US20220338863A1 - Suture Passing Instrumentation and Methods of Use Thereof - Google Patents
Suture Passing Instrumentation and Methods of Use Thereof Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20220338863A1 US20220338863A1 US17/847,350 US202217847350A US2022338863A1 US 20220338863 A1 US20220338863 A1 US 20220338863A1 US 202217847350 A US202217847350 A US 202217847350A US 2022338863 A1 US2022338863 A1 US 2022338863A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- suture
- knot
- stylet
- needle
- tissue
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Pending
Links
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 95
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 38
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 38
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 36
- 241000287107 Passer Species 0.000 claims abstract description 16
- 230000007547 defect Effects 0.000 claims description 92
- 230000007704 transition Effects 0.000 claims description 2
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 abstract description 6
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 330
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 55
- 238000013519 translation Methods 0.000 description 35
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 25
- 230000004888 barrier function Effects 0.000 description 19
- 230000000717 retained effect Effects 0.000 description 19
- 230000000994 depressogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 18
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 16
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 11
- 239000012858 resilient material Substances 0.000 description 10
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 8
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 8
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 8
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000007373 indentation Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000002028 premature Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000000284 resting effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 229920001971 elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 239000000806 elastomer Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910001220 stainless steel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 239000010935 stainless steel Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000002452 interceptive effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000008439 repair process Effects 0.000 description 3
- 208000037408 Device failure Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000032798 delamination Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000000151 deposition Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000000881 depressing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000003041 ligament Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000005499 meniscus Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920001296 polysiloxane Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 238000003825 pressing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000004872 soft tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000001356 surgical procedure Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 2
- 208000012266 Needlestick injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000005299 abrasion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005452 bending Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000001124 body fluid Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000000988 bone and bone Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001010 compromised effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010276 construction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005489 elastic deformation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013536 elastomeric material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007667 floating Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000003127 knee Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000002739 metals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 210000003205 muscle Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000452 restraining effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003746 surface roughness Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008685 targeting Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002435 tendon Anatomy 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B17/04—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets for suturing wounds; Holders or packages for needles or suture materials
- A61B17/0469—Suturing instruments for use in minimally invasive surgery, e.g. endoscopic surgery
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B17/04—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets for suturing wounds; Holders or packages for needles or suture materials
- A61B17/06—Needles ; Sutures; Needle-suture combinations; Holders or packages for needles or suture materials
- A61B17/062—Needle manipulators
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B17/04—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets for suturing wounds; Holders or packages for needles or suture materials
- A61B17/0482—Needle or suture guides
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B2017/0042—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets with special provisions for gripping
- A61B2017/00455—Orientation indicators, e.g. recess on the handle
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B17/04—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets for suturing wounds; Holders or packages for needles or suture materials
- A61B17/0469—Suturing instruments for use in minimally invasive surgery, e.g. endoscopic surgery
- A61B2017/0475—Suturing instruments for use in minimally invasive surgery, e.g. endoscopic surgery using sutures having a slip knot
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B17/04—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets for suturing wounds; Holders or packages for needles or suture materials
- A61B2017/0496—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets for suturing wounds; Holders or packages for needles or suture materials for tensioning sutures
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B17/04—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets for suturing wounds; Holders or packages for needles or suture materials
- A61B17/06—Needles ; Sutures; Needle-suture combinations; Holders or packages for needles or suture materials
- A61B2017/06052—Needle-suture combinations in which a suture is extending inside a hollow tubular needle, e.g. over the entire length of the needle
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B90/00—Instruments, implements or accessories specially adapted for surgery or diagnosis and not covered by any of the groups A61B1/00 - A61B50/00, e.g. for luxation treatment or for protecting wound edges
- A61B90/08—Accessories or related features not otherwise provided for
- A61B2090/0807—Indication means
- A61B2090/0811—Indication means for the position of a particular part of an instrument with respect to the rest of the instrument, e.g. position of the anvil of a stapling instrument
Definitions
- the disclosure relates to a method for passing a suture through tissue. More specifically, the disclosure relates to a method for passing suture through tissue bi-directionally.
- the instant disclosure is directed to methods and devices for passing suture bi-directionally using a hybrid approach.
- Such an approach involves translating a suture strand in one direction directly, that is without requiring the suture to be coupled to a shuttle or ferrule, while translation of the suture in the other direction is accomplished by using a suture trap to capture the suture and translating the suture trap along with the suture.
- a hybrid method such as is described hereinbelow provides several heretofore unknown and unrecognized advantages. These include, but are not limited to, the following: In designs utilizing a shuttle or ferrule to carry the suture both to and from the distal tip, the first pass of the shuttle to the tip requires the shuttle to be coupled to the distal tip in some manner. This coupling can, in certain instances, be compromised by tissues or bodily fluids entering the device, or damage by the user, whereby the security and integrity of the trap is lessened.
- embodiments of a method described herein include steps of advancing a suture at least partially through tissue; and retrieving the suture; wherein one of the steps of advancing and retrieving comprises manipulating the suture directly, and wherein the other step of advancing and retrieving comprises manipulating a suture trap to which the suture is coupled.
- FIGS. 2 a -2 f illustrate steps of a method in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention
- FIGS. 3 a -3 d illustrate further steps of a method in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention
- FIGS. 3 e -3 h illustrate alternative embodiments of a device and method in accordance with the present invention
- FIGS. 4 c -4 g illustrate various components of a device in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention
- FIGS. 4 h -4 o illustrate a device in accordance with an alternate embodiment of the present invention
- FIG. 5 a -5 e illustrate steps of a method in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention
- FIGS. 6 a -6 h show a device and method in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention
- FIGS. 6 i -6 l illustrate a device and method in accordance with an alternative embodiment of the present invention
- FIGS. 6 m ( i )- 6 w ( ii ) illustrate a device and method in accordance with yet another alternative embodiment of the present invention
- FIGS. 7 a -7 e illustrate a suture holder and a stylet, in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention
- FIGS. 9 a -9 i illustrate steps of a method in accordance with alternative embodiments of the present invention.
- FIGS. 11 a -11 d illustrate steps of a method in accordance with an alternate embodiment of the present invention.
- FIGS. 12 a -12 f illustrate steps of a method in accordance with an alternate embodiment of the present invention
- FIGS. 13 a -13 d illustrate steps of a method in accordance with an alternate embodiment of the present invention
- FIGS. 13 e -13 g illustrate a suture holder in accordance with an alternate embodiment of the present invention
- FIGS. 14 a -14 f illustrate steps of a method in accordance with an alternate embodiment of the present invention
- FIGS. 15( a )-( c ) illustrate steps of a method in accordance with an alternate embodiment of the present invention
- FIG. 16 illustrates a suture holder in accordance with an alternate embodiment of the present invention
- FIGS. 17 a -17 c illustrate steps of a method in accordance with an alternate embodiment of the present invention
- FIGS. 18 a -18 c illustrate steps of a method in accordance with an alternate embodiment of the present invention
- FIGS. 19 a -19 g illustrate a device and method in accordance with an alternate embodiment of the present invention
- FIGS. 20 a -20 e illustrate a device and method in accordance with another alternate embodiment of the present invention
- FIGS. 21 a -21 e illustrate a device and method in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention
- FIGS. 22 a and 22 c -22 k illustrate a device and method in accordance with embodiments of the present invention
- FIGS. 23 a -23 e illustrate a device and method in accordance with another embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 24 illustrates a device and method in accordance with an alternate embodiment of the present invention
- FIGS. 25 a -25 e illustrate a device and method in accordance with another embodiment of the present invention.
- FIGS. 26 a -26 b illustrate a device and method in accordance with another embodiment of the present invention
- FIGS. 27 a -27 d illustrate a device and method in accordance with still another embodiment of the present invention
- FIGS. 28 a -28 h illustrate a device and method in accordance with still another embodiment of the present invention.
- FIGS. 29 a -29 e illustrate a device and method in accordance with another embodiment of the present invention.
- a method for treating a defect within a region of tissue is effected by positioning a suture holder on a distal side of a tissue and passing a suture through the tissue from the proximal side and coupling the suture to the suture holder. The suture holder is then retrieved through the tissue towards the proximal side of the tissue.
- FIGS. 1 a - b illustrate one aspect of a device for treating a defect in a tissue which is referred to herein as device 100 .
- Device 100 may be configured for accessing tissue (e.g. disc annulus fibrosus tissue) having a defect and delivering an element such as a suture 240 through the tissue to treat the defect.
- the suture may be resorbable.
- Device 100 includes a proximal portion 14 (also referred to herein as “device proximal portion 14 ”) and a distal portion 13 having a neck portion 15 and a distal tip 12 (also referred to herein as “device distal tip 12 ”).
- Distal tip 12 is longitudinally spaced apart from proximal portion 14 and is coupled thereto via the longitudinally extending neck portion 15 . According to one embodiment, distal tip 12 is coupled to a shaft 16 of the proximal portion 14 defining a tissue receiving gap 10 therebetween. Device 100 can be positioned such that distal tip 12 is positioned on a distal side of the tissue being treated and proximal portion 14 is positioned on a proximal side of the tissue.
- Device 100 may comprise an actuator, actuating member or actuating mechanism (such as a trigger 218 shown in FIG. 1 a ) for advancing the various components within the device such as needle 116 and stylet 319 , as described herein below, from the proximal portion 14 towards distal tip 12 of device 100 .
- the trigger 218 may be used for advancing both needle 116 and stylet 319 in a direction along the longitudinal axis of device 100 .
- both needle 116 and stylet 319 translate longitudinally from the proximal portion 14 towards distal tip 12 .
- the needle 116 and stylet 319 may be configured to retract proximally back towards proximal portion 14 of device 100 when trigger 118 is released.
- the actuating member allows for at least two degrees of manipulation for advancing various components of the device 100 by differing amounts.
- the handle 100 comprises a handle body 14 that defines an inner chamber 140 (within which a stylet hub 430 and a needle hub 130 are located) where the stylet hub 430 is coupled to the stylet 319 and the needle hub 130 is coupled to the needle 116 .
- the trigger 218 has a geared portion 220 that co-operatively engages with a gear rack 434 of the stylet hub 430 to allow the stylet hub 430 and the needle hub coupled thereto to slide within the chamber 140 defined by the handle of device 100 .
- a means for decoupling/coupling two coaxial members during translation such as (i) a suture passing or suture holder retrieving member (e.g. stylet 319 ), and (ii) a tissue puncturing member (e.g. needle 116 ), is disclosed.
- the means for decoupling/coupling allows one member to travel further than the other, whereas translation of both members is affected by a single trigger.
- needle 116 and stylet 319 are coupled using a needle release button 600 which allows the needle hub 130 to co-operatively engage with the stylet hub 430 allowing the needle 116 and stylet 319 combination to be advanced together.
- an element for controlling the translation distance of a suture passing element/suture holder retrieving element such as a stylet 319 is provided, such that the translation distance of the stylet 319 at a first actuation of a trigger is different than the translation distance of the stylet 319 at a second actuation of the trigger.
- a depth selection mechanism depth selector 500
- the depth selector 500 allows various degrees of advancement of the stylet 319 in terms of how far it can be translated relative to the needle 116 .
- the depth selector 500 fits into the stylet hub 430 , as shown.
- a tissue puncturing member such as a needle 116 may be housed within the device proximal portion 14 may be used to puncture tissue to allow the suture passing member such as stylet 319 to be passed through the tissue.
- the needle 116 may be hollow and may define a lumen therethrough for housing a Stylet 319 and suture 240 therein.
- the needle 116 may be beveled at its distal end to allow engagement or interaction with the suture holder 316 to allow suture to be passed through a channel formed therebetween.
- the suture passing member e.g. stylet 319
- the tissue puncturing member e.g. a needle 116
- Device 100 has a suture passing mechanism capable of passing an element such as a suture 240 from proximal portion 14 to distal tip 12 (in order to pass the suture 240 from the proximal side of the tissue to the distal side of the tissue).
- Suture passing mechanism can include a moveable suture passing member, such as a stylet 319 , which is housed within proximal portion 14 .
- Stylet 319 is moveable between a proximal position and first or second predetermined distal positions.
- the stylet 319 is configured for passing suture knot 250 through tissue 200 and coupling suture knot 250 to suture holder 316 attached to the distal tip 12 . This enables passing of suture 240 through tissue 200 .
- Device 100 further includes a mechanism for retrieving suture holder 316 from distal tip 12 such that suture holder 316 (and the suture coupled thereto) is passed from the distal side to the proximal side through tissue 200 .
- a mechanism can include a suture holder retrieving member such as a stylet 319 .
- stylet 319 is further configured for retrieving suture holder 316 (and thus the suture knot 250 coupled thereto) from the distal tip 12 .
- Suture holder retrieving member is longitudinally translatable between proximal portion 14 and distal tip 12 and is optionally capable of reciprocal movement.
- stylet 319 is capable of passing a portion of suture 240 (which may include a knot 250 ), from proximal portion 14 to suture holder 316 at distal tip 12 and for retrieving suture holder 316 from distal tip 12 to proximal portion 14 .
- An element such as suture 240 is housed within proximal portion 14 of device 100 .
- a portion of the suture 240 such as a knot 250 is held within the device proximal portion 14 adjacent to a suture passing member such as stylet 319 , so that it can be passed through tissue by the stylet 319 as it advances from the device proximal portion 14 to the distal tip 12 .
- the element passed by the suture passing member may be an anchor which may be operatively coupled to the suture passing member.
- the device 100 described comprises a slot 117 within the needle 116 and a similar slot 117 ′ within the shaft to allow the suture 240 to be routed to secure the suture in place.
- the suture 240 is guided through slot 117 to the exterior of the needle and exists through as similar slot formed within the shaft 16 as later shown in FIGS. 28 a and 28 b .
- the needle and shaft slots may be offset from one another.
- the knot 250 of the suture 240 is unable to pass through the slot within the needle, thus securing the knot 250 within the needle lumen.
- Device 100 further includes a suture holder 316 that is removably attached to distal tip 12 .
- the suture holder 316 is capable of receiving a portion of a suture 240 such a as a knot 250 from the proximal portion 14 of the device 100 from a suture passing member such as a stylet 319 and retaining it at the distal tip 12 .
- suture holder 316 is removably attached to the distal tip 12 of device 100 via a trap engagement feature such as wire 20 which interacts with a tip engagement feature of the trap (such as a window, slot or aperture) for allowing the suture holder 316 to be held within a receiving chamber 12 B defined by the device distal tip 12
- the wire 20 may be attached to a wire stop 18 which may allow removal of wire to decouple the suture holder 316 from the distal tip.
- the device comprises a distal tip 12 .
- the distal tip 12 may comprise a chamber 12 B ( FIG. 3 d ) for receiving the suture holder 316 .
- the chamber 12 B may define a lumen therethrough and may be open at both of its longitudinally opposed ends.
- the distal tip 12 may taper towards its distal end to facilitate positioning or advancement of the device 100 within a region of tissue.
- the device 100 includes a suture retaining element for retaining a portion of the suture 240 such as a suture knot 250 on a distal side of the tissue.
- the suture retaining element may be a component of the distal tip 12 .
- the suture retaining element can be, for example a component of the suture holder, e.g. a distal opening thereof, with the suture holder being received within a the distal tip 12 .
- distal tip 12 of device 100 defines a receiving chamber 12 B which holds suture holder 316 therein.
- the suture holder 316 may be detachably coupled to the distal tip 12 .
- Suture holder 316 comprises an engagement feature for detachably coupling the suture holder 316 to the distal tip 12 .
- suture holder 316 is initially detachably coupled to the distal tip 12 within receiving chamber 12 B using a wire 20 that is received within an opening or channel 320 of suture holder 316 , as is further shown in FIGS. 2 a -2 f and FIGS. 3 a -3 c .
- the wire 20 is threaded through an opening or aperture in the distal tip 12 and into the receiving chamber 12 B; it is received within the opening 320 of the suture holder 316 and secures the suture holder 316 within the receiving chamber 12 B.
- the wire 20 may be attached to a wire stop which, when actuated, allows wire 20 to be removed. As shown in FIG. 3 d , the wire 20 may be at least partially removed or retracted such that wire 20 is no longer coupled to suture holder 316 , to allow disengagement of the suture holder 316 from the receiving chamber 12 B of the distal tip 12 . This enables retraction or retrieval of the suture holder 316 by the suture holder retrieving member which in this example comprises the stylet 319 .
- an engagement and release mechanism is provided to allow the stylet 319 to selectively engage with, and disengage from, the needle 116 .
- a coupling/decoupling mechanism is provided (i) to couple the stylet hub 430 to the needle hub 130 in order to move the needle 116 and the stylet 319 together as an assembly, and (ii) to later decouple the needle hub 130 from the stylet hub 430 to allow the stylet 319 to advance on its own.
- the coupling/de-coupling mechanism may be in the form of a needle release button 600 as shown in FIGS. 4 a -4 g .
- the button 600 In its initial position the button 600 has both the needle hub 130 and the stylet hub 430 coupled. The button can be depressed manually for decoupling the two hubs.
- the needle release button 600 may be a spring-loaded button where the spring is biased away from the needle hub 130 in its first/initial position or the nominal position 600 A.
- the button 600 may be connected to the needle hub 130 or may be a part of the needle hub 130 .
- the button 600 In its nominal position 600 A, the button 600 provides an interference block 601 which obstructs the path the stylet hub 430 (and thus the stylet hub proximal portion 432 ), obstructing/impeding the movement of the stylet 319 , as is further illustrated in FIG. 4 d . More specifically, first the needle release button 600 in position 600 A couples the needle hub 130 to the stylet hub 430 (which is driven by actuation of a trigger). By coupling the two hubs, the actuation of the trigger drives both the stylet 319 , and the needle 116 forward. This forward translation stops when the needle 116 hits the suture holder 316 . At this point, the interference block 601 of needle release button 600 is obstructing/impeding the stylet hub 430 .
- the button 600 When the button 600 is depressed (compressing the spring 603 ), the button 600 moves from its first position 600 A to its second position 600 B as shown in FIGS. 4 e and 4 f . Depressing the button 600 removes the obstruction created by the interference block 601 and allows the stylet hub 430 , and thus the stylet hub proximal portion 432 to translate relative to the needle hub 130 (as shown in FIG. 4 g ) with the stylet hub proximal portion 432 depressing spring 605 against the bias. This allows the stylet 319 to advance beyond the needle 116 , as the trigger 218 is continued to be pressed (as shown earlier in FIGS. 2 d and 3 c ). As the stylet hub 430 is advanced, it continues to press against the needle release button 600 , keeping it in the second or depressed position 600 B.
- an automated system for coupling and decoupling the needle 116 and the stylet 319 is disclosed. Similar to the embodiment of the needle release button 600 described above, in the initial position, the needle release button 600 couples the stylet hub 430 to the needle hub 130 .
- the button 600 can be depressed automatically for decoupling the two hubs. More specifically, the interference block 601 of the button 600 engages with the stylet hub 430 when it is in its nominal or initial position 600 A, as shown in FIG. 4 h . to couple the needle hub 130 to the stylet hub 430 during forward translation.
- the button 600 is coupled to the needle hub 130 or is a part of the needle hub 130 .
- the button 600 comprises an overhang or hook 604 that rides over the handle body 14 ′ of the device.
- the hook 604 rests against the handle body that defines the inner chamber 140 (within which the stylet hub 430 and the needle hub 130 are located).
- the button 600 is retractable into the needle hub 130 , but cannot retract until the hook 604 is positioned within a notch 142 defined within the handle body 14 ′.
- a ramp 602 is provided on the interference block 601 on its proximal face, and a corresponding ramp 402 is provided on a distal face of the stylet hub 430 , that interacts with ramp 602 of the interference block 601 .
- ramp 402 of the stylet hub 430 engages ramp 602 of the interference block 601 , allowing the button 600 (which includes interference block 601 ) to advance distally along with the stylet hub 430 .
- the button 600 is advanced until the button 600 is aligned with the notch 142 , as shown in FIGS. 4 j and 4 k .
- the needle hub 130 is pushed/advanced by the stylet hub 430 /button 600 until the button 600 can retract out of the way into the needle hub 130 .
- the interference block 601 is forced down by ramp 402 of the stylet hub 430 , as it interacts with ramp 602 of the interference block 601 .
- the button 600 now moves from its initial position 600 A to its second position 600 B. This allows the stylet hub 430 to be advanced further distally relative to the needle hub 130 , as shown in FIGS. 4 l and 4 m .
- the portion of the stylet hub 430 that defines ramp 402 slides over the needle hub 130 , thus decoupling the needle hub 130 from the stylet hub 430 .
- the stylet hub 430 has advanced while the needle hub 130 has not.
- a needle release button 600 ′ is provided internal to the handle body 14 ′.
- the needle release button 600 ′ initially locks the needle hub 130 and the stylet hub 430 and is automatically depressed for disengaging the two hubs, allowing the stylet 319 to be advanced beyond the needle 116 (while the needle is blocked by the suture holder 316 ( FIG. 2 d )).
- the embodiment of the needle/stylet interlock or needle release button 600 ′ is shown in FIGS. 6 m -6 x .′. Similar to embodiments described herein previously with respect to FIGS.
- FIG. 6 m illustrates the device 100 prior to a first actuation of the trigger and additionally shows the interlock 600 ′ in its first position 600 A′.
- FIGS. 6 m ( i ), 6 m ( ii ) and 6 m ( iii ) show a side bottom view of the device 100 showing the needle release button 600 ′ in its initial position 600 A′.
- 6 m ( i ) and 6 m ( iii ) show a cut-away view showing ramp 602 ′ provided on a proximal face of an interference block 601 ′, and a corresponding ramp 402 ′ that is provided on a distal portion of the stylet hub 430 , that interacts with ramp 602 ′ of the interference block 601 .
- the proximal housing or handle body 14 ′ comprises a tab 1408 that extends from the handle body 14 ′ into the handle inner chamber 140 defined by the handle body 14 ′.
- an overhang portion or hook 604 ′ of the button 600 ′ is positioned below the tab 1408 of the handle body 14 ′ of the device 100 .
- the tab 1408 may prevent the needle release button 600 ′ from being prematurely depressed upwards into its second position 600 B′ and allows the stylet hub 430 and needle hub 130 to be advanced together.
- the tab 1408 functions to prevent the button 600 ′ from being released by allowing the hook 604 ′ to abut against or engage with the tab 1408 .
- the button 600 ′ is coupled to the needle hub 130 and is retractable into the needle hub 130 ; however, the button 600 ′ cannot retract until the hook 604 is positioned/translated past the tab 1408 defined within the handle body 14 ′.
- the needle release button 600 ′ is coupled to the needle hub 130 .
- the needle release button 600 ′ may be biased towards its initial position 600 A′ by a biasing means.
- the biasing means for the needle release button 600 ′ comprises a spring biased mechanism.
- the hook 604 ′ of the needle release button 600 ′ is biased towards its initial position 600 A′ using a spring.
- the needle release button 600 ′ and particularly the hook 604 ′ has the ability to retract, when the needle release button 600 ′ is in its depressed or second position 600 B′, for example under application of a force. This allows the stylet hub 430 to be advanced further distally relative to the needle hub 130 .
- an element for controlling the translation distance of a suture passing element/suture holder retrieving element such as a stylet 319 is provided, such that the translation distance of the suture passing element at the first actuation of a trigger is different than the translation distance of the suture holder retrieving element at a second actuation of the trigger.
- a depth selection mechanism depth selector 500 , 500 ′, as shown in FIGS. 5 a -5 e , 6 a - h , FIGS. 6 i - 61 and FIGS. 6 m -6 x .
- the depth selector 500 allows various degrees of advancement of the stylet 319 in terms of how far it can be translated relative to the needle 116 .
- the depth selector 500 fits into the stylet hub 430 .
- the depth selector comprises a component that interferes with full advancement of the stylet 319 , with the component capable of being positioned adjacent to the stylet hub 430 , distal to the stylet hub 430 .
- This interference component may be a tab (as shown in FIGS. 5 a - e and 6 a - h ) and discussed further with respect to FIGS. 6 i - 61 .
- the interference component may comprise an arm with a stop as shown in FIGS. 6 m -6 x .
- the depth selector may be actuated manually or automatically.
- FIGS. 5 a and 5 b illustrate the depth selector 500 is in its first/initial or starting position or depth setting 500 A and illustrate the starting and final (after trigger actuation) locations of the depth selection or adjustment mechanism 500 with respect to the handle housing.
- the depth selector 500 extends transversely with respect to the longitudinal axis of the device 100 and is coupled to the stylet hub 430 .
- the depth selector 500 defines two positions, a first position 500 A and a second position 500 B.
- an overhang or tab T of the depth selector 500 is positioned adjacent the proximal portion 432 of stylet hub 430 and abuts against a distal face of the proximal portion 432 of stylet hub 430 .
- a projection 501 is provided on the depth selector that snaps into or otherwise engages with an indentation 502 within the stylet hub 430 .
- the projection 501 is held within the indentation 502 until a transversally directed force is applied against the depth selector, to move the depth selector into its second position 500 B.
- the depth selector 500 at its first position or initial depth setting 500 A is positioned such that the tab T is positioned adjacent the stylet hub proximal portion 432 .
- the tab T is positioned distal to the stylet hub proximal portion 432 between the distal surface of the stylet hub proximal portion 432 and the needle hub 130 , and interferes with full advancement of the stylet in terms of how far it can be translated relative to the needle.
- the depth selector 500 is moveable into its second position by application of a transversally directed force F against the depth selector 500 , thereby moving the projection 501 of the depth selector into the second indentation 503 within the stylet hub, which allows the depth selector to remain in its second position 500 B.
- the tab T of the depth selector 500 is not located between the distal surface of the stylet hub proximal portion 432 and needle hub 130 . In this position, the depth selector tab T does not interfere with the advancement of the stylet hub 430 relative to the needle hub 130 and allows the stylet 319 to be advanced to a second predetermined distance to engage the suture holder to retrieve the suture holder 316
- the depth adjustment or selection mechanism may be automated. However, instead of requiring a manual transversally directed force to move the depth selector 500 from its initial position 500 A to 500 B, an automatic mechanism is provided to move the depth selector from its first position 500 A to its second position 500 B. As shown in FIG. 6 i , a depth selector 500 is shown in its first position 500 A, prior to the first trigger actuation of the trigger.
- the device proximal portion or housing 14 additionally comprises an arm 505 and a tab 506 .
- the automatic depth selector 500 functions in a manner similar to the manual embodiment described above to limit the translation of stylet hub proximal portion 432 distally within the handle chamber 140 , thus allowing the stylet 319 to be advanced to deposit the suture knot 240 within the suture holder 316 .
- the tab 506 Upon release of the trigger, when the stylet hub 430 automatically retracts together with needle hub 130 to its initial position, the tab 506 is operable to hit the ramp 505 b of the arm 505 forcing the depth selector 500 to move into its second position 500 B, as shown in FIGS. 6 k and 6 l .
- the tab 506 is positioned on a second side of the arm 505 .
- the projection 501 of the depth selector 500 engages with the second indentation within the stylet hub 430 .
- the stylet hub proximal portion 432 may then be re-advanced with a second actuation of the trigger to allow the stylet 319 to be advanced further to engage the suture holder 316 so that it can be retracted therewith.
- a depth selector is shown with an additional mechanism for generating audible feedback is provided which indicates when the translation of each of the suture passing element and the suture holder retrieving elements (to their respective distances) is complete.
- the suture holder passing element and the suture holder retrieving element can both translate to different distances when actuated.
- a U-shaped depth stop or depth selector 500 ′ is shown. As shown in FIG. 6 m , the depth selector 500 ′ comprises a lower arm 507 and an upper arm 508 , which further comprises a stop 509 .
- the depth selector 500 ′ is pivotally coupled to the stylet hub proximal portion 432 , for example using a pin. Upward rotational movement of the depth selector 500 ′ is prevented as it abuts against the stylet hub proximal portion 432 . Downward rotation movement of the depth selector 500 ′ may also be limited by providing a tab on the depth selector 500 ′ that engages with the stylet hub 430 .
- the handle body 14 ′ of the device comprises depth selector control or guide ribs 1403 , 1405 and click ribs 1404 , 1406 that face/project towards the interior of the chamber 140 defined by the handle body 14 ′. In the initial position a tab 510 of the deflectable arm rests against an upper surface 1403 a of the control rib 1403 .
- the depth selector 500 ′ is positioned such that arm 508 is positioned between the needle hub 130 and the stylet hub proximal portion 432 .
- the stop 509 of arm 508 is operable to contact or abut against the needle hub 130 upon a first actuation of the trigger to prevent full translation of the stylet hub 430 with respect to the needle hub 130 .
- the depth selector 500 ′ comprises a lower arm 507 having a tab 510 that is moveable into its deflected position during the first actuation of the trigger and is moveable thereafter into its undeflected position, to allow tab 510 to hit rib control 1404 of the handle body 14 ′. This allows the depth selector 500 ′ to generate a “clicking” sound indicating the stylet advancement to its first desired distance is complete.
- the depth selector 500 ′ In its second position the depth selector 500 ′ is pivoted downwards so that arm 508 is no longer positioned between the stylet hub proximal portion 432 and the needle hub 130 , and does not interfere with full advancement of the stylet 430 . This allows the stylet 319 to advance distally to a second position to engage with the suture holder. Additionally the lower arm 507 is further moveable into its deflected position during the second actuation of the trigger and is moveable thereafter into its undeflected position, to allow tab 510 to hit control rib 1406 of handle body 14 ′. This allows the depth selector to generate a “clicking” sound indicating the stylet advancement to its second desired distance is complete.
- the stylet hub proximal portion 432 may be an integral part of stylet hub 430 . In other embodiments, the stylet hub proximal portion 432 may be a separate component but is integrally coupled with the stylet hub 430 . In some examples, the stylet hub proximal portion 432 may comprise a material that differs from the stylet hub 430 . In a specific example, the stylet hub proximal portion 432 comprises stainless steel.
- the present device can include a mechanism for compensating for deflection when translating a suture passing element or a suture retrieving element through tissue from the device proximal portion 14 to the device distal tip 12 .
- the device may comprise a mechanism for compensating for deflection upon translation of a tissue puncturing member of the device, such as a needle 116 .
- the device 100 may provide a mechanism for compensating for deflection within another component, such as a longitudinally extending neck portion 15 of the device (which may be a part of shaft 16 of the device proximal portion) which may cause distal tip 12 to deflect.
- the deflection may be a result of the tissue resisting advancement of the needle 116 or stylet 319 or the resistive force of the tissue acting at the distal tip 12 .
- deflection of needle 116 or the distal tip 12 may cause the needle 116 to become misaligned from chamber 12 B which may, for example, prevent a suture passing element such as a stylet housed within the needle 116 to pass a suture into the distal tip 12 .
- a feature for compensating for deflection of the tissue puncturing member.
- the tissue puncturing member comprises a needle 116 housed within shaft 16 .
- the feature for compensating for deflection of the needle 116 comprises providing an offset between the needle 116 and chamber 12 B.
- the needle 116 is advanced from the shaft 16 of the device proximal portion 14 to the distal tip 12 to puncture tissue positioned within the tissue receiving gap 10 .
- the tissue applies a resistive force (F tissue ) to the needle 116 .
- the needle 116 has a non-symmetric (For example, bevel) geometry.
- a component of the applied resistive force acts normal to the longitudinal axis or centerline of the needle (F reaction ).
- This normal force deflects the needle 116 from its centerline.
- the needle 116 may be bent as it is being used to puncture or penetrate the tissue and is thus may become aligned with chamber 12 B of the distal tip 12 .
- the needle 116 is deflected away towards the top of the device as shown as shown by directional arrow M 1 .
- the needle 116 may then be aligned substantially collinearly with the chamber 12 B.
- the needle 116 is deflected such that the tip of the needle 116 engages the opening of the chamber 12 B, and the continued advancement of the needle 116 substantially collinearly aligns the needle 116 with the chamber 12 B as the bevel of the needle 116 results in deflection towards the top of the device as shown as shown by directional arrow M 1 .
- a means is provided for compensating for deflection of the device distal tip 12 .
- the feature for compensating for deflection of the needle 116 comprises providing an offset between the needle 116 and chamber 12 B.
- the distal tip 12 may encounter resistance, such a resistive force that is encountered when the distal tip hits bone (P bone ). If a counter force is applied against this resistive force by the user using the device tip 12 , a thin portion of the shaft 16 , such as longitudinally extending neck portion 15 , may bend.
- the distal tip 12 may bend away or may be deflected towards the bottom of the device (as shown by directional arrow M 2 ). As a result the distal housing or chamber 12 B defined by distal tip 12 , (which the needle 116 is targeting) may be moved. Thus, a force applied by the user using the distal tip 12 may bend a portion of the shaft 16 , aligning chamber 12 B of the distal tip 12 with the needle 116 . In other words the needle 116 and chamber 12 B may become substantially collinear.
- a device 100 that allows the needle 116 to be aligned with chamber 12 B of distal tip 12 in its intended trajectory. More specifically, a device is provided wherein the distal tip 12 and the needle 116 are misaligned, in order to compensate for the misalignment created by deflection of either the distal tip 12 or the needle 116 . More specifically, the device 100 provides a chamber or channel 16 B defined by the shaft 16 of the proximal housing, chamber 16 B having a longitudinal axis or centerline L p .
- the device 100 further comprises a chamber 12 B defined by the distal tip 12 of the distal housing, chamber 12 B having a longitudinal axis or centerline L d .
- device 100 provides that the centerline L p of the shaft chamber 16 B is offset from centerline L d of the distal tip chamber 12 B.
- the chamber 12 B is offset or misaligned in the direction of needle and shaft deflection as shown, so that the deflected needle 116 still targets within the chamber 12 B within the distal tip 12 .
- a pre-curved needle 116 ′ is provided.
- the device 100 as shown in FIG. 3 h comprises a distal tip 12 defining chamber 12 B and a shaft 16 defining chamber 16 B, where the centerline L p of chamber 16 B is aligned with or substantially collinear with centerline L d of chamber 12 B.
- the curved needle 116 ′ can accommodate or compensate for the deflection of either the distal tip 12 due bending of the neck portion 15 , or deflection of the needle itself due to resistance force applied by the tissue.
- the distal tip 12 is deflected downwardly, since the trajectory of the curved needle 116 ′ is such that it deflects into the tissue receiving gap 10 , the distal end of the curved needle 116 ′ is aligned with the distal tip 12 .
- the resistive force applied by the tissue may straighten the curve of the needle 116 ′, thus allowing the needle 116 ′ to be aligned with the distal tip 12 .
- a distal end or tip of the needle 116 enter the chamber 12 B within the distal tip 12 , further distal translation force/slides the needle 116 into the chamber 12 B.
- a bevel provided on the needle end face allows the needle 116 to slide into chamber 12 B, to allow the distal end the needle to be substantially collinear with chamber 12 B.
- the needle 116 assumes a slight curve or an s-shaped configuration as it is forced or slid into chamber 12 B.
- the stylet 319 comprising features for engaging the suture holder 316 .
- the engagement between suture holder retrieving member such as the stylet 319 and the trap 416 may be further enhanced by the profile or configuration of stylet 319 .
- the suture holder retrieving element such as stylet 319 may comprise an engagement feature that co-operatively engages with the suture holder 316 such as the trap 416 .
- the engagement feature may comprise a recess or groove that engages with fingers of the trap 416 .
- the engagement feature may comprise a protrusion that engages with the fingers of the trap 416 .
- a stylet 419 is provided as shown in FIGS. 7 a -7 e .
- the stylet 419 comprises a stylet tip 420 and a stylet shaft 424 .
- a portion of the stylet tip 420 has a width W 2 .
- a portion of the stylet shaft 424 adjacent and proximal to the stylet tip 420 has a width W 1 .
- the width W 2 along a portion of the stylet tip 420 being greater than width W 1 along a portion of the stylet shaft 424 .
- the portion of the stylet tip 420 having width W 2 being defined as the stylet tip wider region 421 .
- the portion of the stylet shaft 424 having width W 1 being defined as the shaft narrower region 423 .
- a shoulder or edge 426 may form at the interface between the stylet tip wider region 421 , and the stylet shaft narrower region 423 .
- the stylet tip wider region 421 defines a shoulder or edge 426 .
- a protrusion forms the engagement feature of stylet 419 .
- the protrusion is formed by the stylet tip wider region 421 .
- the engagement feature comprises the shoulder or edge 426 defined by the stylet tip wider region 421 .
- the stylet tip wider region 421 is of a substantially greater diameter than the stylet shaft narrower region 423 .
- the stylet shaft may have a substantially rectangular cross-section or a partially rectangular cross-section along portions thereof.
- the stylet shaft 424 has four flats or planar surfaces 425 that form the reduced rectangular cross-section along the distal portion of the shaft 424 along the shaft narrower region 423 .
- shaft 424 has a partially rectangular cross-section along the shaft portion 427 , with a portion of the shaft cross-section being rounded or circular.
- the shaft narrower region 423 may have any other cross-sectional shape which may non-limitingly include any one of a circular, oval or square cross-section or combinations thereof.
- the stylet 419 functioning as the suture holder retrieving member is advanced to capture the trap 416 .
- the stylet is advanced through the trap 416 such that the shoulder or edge 426 defined by the stylet tip wider region 421 advances past a distal opening of the trap 416 ( FIG. 7 d ).
- the distal opening of the trap 416 is defined by fingers 322 that substantially converge at the distal end, the fingers 322 having a nominal shape and position.
- the trap 416 is resilient and the fingers 322 flex as the stylet tip 420 is advanced past the distal opening of the trap 416 , and return substantially to their nominal shape/position when the stylet tip 420 is positioned distal to the trap 416 (i.e.
- the shoulder or edge 426 when the shoulder or edge 426 is positioned distal to the trap 416 ).
- the distal opening of the trap 416 has a smaller width than the width along the stylet tip wider region 421 .
- the shoulder or edge 426 of the stylet tip wider region 421 abuts against the narrow distal end of the trap 416 , thereby preventing the stylet tip 420 from retracting back through the trap 416 .
- the stylet 419 and the trap 416 are then retracted together as a unit, through tissue site P 2 through the second segment of tissue 200 .
- the suture holder 316 may comprise a trap 416 having fingers 322 and the suture holder retrieving member such as stylet 319 may comprise an indent which engages with the fingers of the trap 416 .
- the stylet 319 may comprise any other feature that allows the stylet 319 to engage a suture holder 316 .
- an engagement mechanism may be provided between the stylet 319 and the trap 416 that enables the trap 416 to be retracted along with the stylet 319 as the stylet 319 is retracted, allowing for disengagement of the trap 416 from the distal tip 12 , as shown in FIG. 3 d .
- This allows the suture knot 250 to be withdrawn proximally through a second side of the tissue, for example through tissue site P 2 using the trap 416 .
- the suture 240 is passed from the distal side to the proximal side of the tissue through the second segment of the tissue.
- this allows the suture 240 to be passed through tissue on both sides of the defect to allow the two sides of the tissue to be approximated in order to substantially seal the defect.
- the suture holder 316 defines an opening on its distal side.
- the suture holder 316 is capable of receiving the stylet 319 that pushes the knot 250 through such that it exits through the opening thereof.
- the opening on the distal side of the suture holder 316 is defined by the suture retaining means.
- the suture retaining means may be understood to be the portion of the suture holder defining the distal opening through which knot 250 is positioned.
- FIGS. 7 a -7 c One specific embodiment of the suture holder 316 for receiving a knot 250 is described with reference to FIGS. 7 a -7 c . In one specific example, as shown in FIG.
- the suture holder 316 described herein above may comprise a trap 416 .
- the trap 416 allows a suture holder retrieving member, such as the stylet 319 to engage the trap 416 when the stylet 319 is advanced to a second predetermined distance or in the second pass ( FIGS. 3 c -3 d and FIG. 7 d ) to allow the trap 416 to be retracted with the stylet 319 .
- the trap 416 is formed from a tubular hollow elongate member terminating in flexible tips or fingers 322 .
- the tips or fingers 322 which may be elastic or resilient, form the suture retaining component of the trap 416 .
- the stylet 319 is advanced through tissue on a first side of the defect to pass the suture 240 there-through.
- the flexible elastic fingers 322 of the trap 416 forming the suture retaining component flex to allow the stylet 319 to pass the knot 250 through the trap 416 ( FIG. 7 b ).
- the fingers 322 subsequently return to their nominal position when the stylet 319 is retracted, to trap and retain the knot 250 in a position distal to the trap 416 ( FIG. 7 c ), which in one example, may be beyond the device distal tip 12 .
- the trap 416 allows the knot 250 to travel through the trap in one direction and retains the knot 250 , preventing proximal movement of the knot 250 through the trap 416 .
- the suture retaining component of the trap 416 comprises at least four fingers 322 .
- the suture retaining component of the trap 416 comprises at least three fingers 322 .
- trap 416 comprises a bevel at its proximal end face (a beveled proximal face) to allow engagement with the bevel at the distal end of the needle 116 (beveled distal face) according to one embodiment as described above,
- suture holder refers to a suture trap 316 operable to capture a suture passed therethrough by a suture passing member.
- a device 100 is used to practice a method of the present invention to treat a defect.
- the device 100 comprises a suture holder 316 at a distal tip thereof.
- the suture holder 316 may be releasably coupled to the distal tip 12 using any of the member engagement features described herein.
- the suture holder 316 may be coupled to the distal tip 12 using co-operative engagement between the suture holder 316 and distal tip 12 or using a wire that passes through the distal tip 12 into an aperture of the suture holder 316 .
- the suture holder 316 may at least partially define a lumen there-through.
- the suture holder 316 has a suture retaining component for remotely capturing and/or retaining a portion of the suture.
- the suture portion may be captured remotely from the user during a medical procedure.
- the suture retaining/capturing component comprises one or more resilient fingers (or ‘spring biased appendages’) that are inwardly biased with respect to the suture holder.
- the suture retaining component comprises one or more resilient members or fingers that project from (a surface) of the suture holder to effect, direct or restrain motion when brought into contact with a second object.
- the one or more resilient fingers effect, direct or restrain motion of a portion of the suture.
- the fingers project sufficiently inwards to prevent retraction of the suture portion.
- the suture portion is taken from the group consisting of a suture knot, a suture ball, a metal tab or a plastic tab.
- the suture retaining component may comprise one finger.
- the suture retaining component may comprise more than one finger.
- the suture retaining component may comprise two, three, or four fingers.
- the inwardly biased fingers are located at a distal end of the suture holder.
- the one or more fingers are positioned at a location along the longitudinal length of the suture holder. In one example of this, as shown in FIGS.
- the suture holder 316 has one or more resilient arms or finger 322 that may be bent or tapered towards the interior of the suture holder 316 at about a mid-length of the suture holder 316 .
- the suture holder 316 has one arm or finger 322 .
- the fingers 322 may be referred to as protrusions, members or tips.
- the device 100 further comprises a suture passing member in the form of a stylet 319 that has a groove 428 along its distal portion.
- the stylet 319 is housed within a hollow needle 116 that functions as a tissue puncturing member.
- a portion of the suture 240 , such as knot 250 is held within the needle 116 in the device proximal portion, as shown in FIGS. 9 a -9 b , and 9 c .
- the distal end of stylet 319 is equipped for pushing the suture knot 250 into suture holder 316 as shown in FIG. 9 d upon advancement of the stylet 319 to a first predetermined distance.
- the resilient arm or finger 322 of the suture holder 316 is capable of flexing to allow passage of stylet through the suture holder 316 as shown in FIG. 9 e .
- the suture holder 316 may additionally function to restrict movement of the suture passing member such as stylet 319 , such that it allows the suture passing member to advance till it allows the suture knot 250 to engage the suture retaining component and the suture passing member is free to retract there-from as shown in FIG. 9 e .
- the suture holder 316 may additionally function to restrict movement of the suture holder retrieving member, such as stylet 319 such that it can engage stylet 319 upon readvancement of stylet 319 to a second distance.
- the suture holder 316 may comprise tabs that are held within a window 128 of the distal tip 12 to allow the suture holder to be coupled to the distal tip 12 .
- the stylet 319 may be rotatable to change its orientation between first and second orientations.
- first orientation such groove 428 of the stylet 319 faces away from the arm or finger 322 , as shown in FIG. 9 h .
- This may help prevent the groove 428 of the stylet 319 from engaging the arm or finger 322 during initial advancement of the stylet 319 , thus ensuring that the stylet 319 can be retracted freely after the knot 250 is deposited at the suture holder 316 .
- the stylet 319 in its first orientation the stylet 319 is in its non-engaging orientation where it cannot engage the suture holder 316 as it is advanced.
- the stylet 319 In its second orientation, the stylet 319 is in its suture holder engaging orientation where the groove 428 is positioned on the same side as the arm or finger 322 so the stylet 319 may engage the suture holder 316 upon re-advancement.
- the arm or finger 322 of the suture holder 316 is operable to fit into or engage the groove 428 of the stylet 319 , which may allow the stylet to retrieve the suture holder 316 upon retraction, as shown in FIG. 9 i .
- the arm or finger 322 of the suture holder 316 functions to restrict or restrain the motion of the stylet 319 and allows engagement of the stylet 319 with the suture holder 316 .
- the device 100 comprises a suture holder 316 that is disposed at the device distal tip 12 .
- the suture holder 316 comprises a hollow tubular member defining a lumen there-through.
- the suture holder 316 comprises a suture retaining component such as one or more inwardly biased resilient fingers that project from a surface of the suture holder 316 at a distal end thereof.
- the fingers 322 function to effect, direct or restrain motion of a portion of the suture passed through the suture holder 316 .
- the fingers 322 additionally also function to restrict motion of the suture passing member used to pass the suture portion through the suture holder 316 , and further to engage the suture holder retrieving member that is passed thereafter through the suture holder 316 to retrieve the suture holder 316 with the suture portion coupled thereto.
- the suture holder 316 comprises an engagement feature for releasably coupling the suture holder 316 to the device distal tip 12 .
- the engagement feature comprises co-operative engagement between the suture holder 316 and the device distal tip 12 .
- the suture holder 316 has an indent, a recess or groove 321 that co-operatively engages with a projection 121 of the distal tip 12 , to allow the suture holder 316 to be releasably coupled to the distal tip 12 , as shown in FIG. 10 a .
- the engagement feature allows suture holder 316 to remain detachably engaged with the suture holder 316 during advancement of stylet 319 to pass suture 240 and retraction thereafter as shown in FIGS. 10 b and 10 c .
- the disengagement of the projection 121 of the distal tip 12 with the indent, recess or groove 321 of the suture holder 316 may be affected by rotation of the suture holder 316 using stylet 319 after it has been re-advanced through the suture holder 316 as shown in FIGS. 10 d and 10 e , thereby allowing suture holder 316 to be retracted through tissue on the opposing side of the defect using the suture holder retracting member such as stylet 319 , as shown in FIG. 10 f.
- FIG. 11 a A further alternate embodiment is shown in FIG. 11 a , with the suture holder 316 disposed at the device distal tip 12 and is received within a receiving chamber of the distal tip 12 .
- the suture holder 316 comprises a suture retaining component in the form of one or more fingers 322 , as described previously to retain a portion of the suture 240 that is passed by the suture passing member into the suture holder 316 .
- the suture holder 316 further comprises an engagement feature allowing it to be detachably coupled to the device distal tip 12 .
- the engagement feature comprises a notch or an engaging surface 330 that co-operatively engages with a projection at the distal tip 12 , to retain the suture holder 316 within the receiving chamber of the distal tip 12 .
- the projection at the distal tip 12 is a projection 131 of a spring clip 132 , with the spring clip 132 being coupled to the distal tip 12 , as shown in FIG. 11 a .
- the suture holder 316 comprises a suture retaining member such as fingers 322 , to capture and retain the suture knot 250 therein.
- the stylet 319 may comprise an engagement feature to order to allow the stylet 319 to engage the suture holder 316 , as shown in FIG. 11 b .
- the stylet 319 may have a tip wider region that has a width that is greater than the width along the distal end of the suture holder 316 for engaging with the suture holder upon advancement of the stylet tip wider region through and distal to the suture holder 316 .
- a mechanism is provided to disengage the suture holder 316 from the distal tip 12 . As shown in FIGS.
- the needle 116 that houses the stylet 319 may be rotatable (for example by 90 degrees) to allow the suture holder 316 to rotate with the needle 116 allowing the notch or engaging surface 330 to be rotated out of engagement with the projection of the spring clip 132 , thus decoupling the suture holder 316 from the distal tip 12 .
- This ensures that the notch or engaging surface 330 no longer faces the clip 132 ; instead, the spring clip 132 is adjacent and in contact with a non-engaging surface of the suture holder 316 , (which in one particular example may be a smooth outer surface of the suture holder 316 ). This allows the stylet 319 (as the suture holder retrieving member), as well as the suture holder 316 , to be retracted with limited, reduced or substantially no hindrance.
- a device 100 shown in FIG. 12 a may be used
- the suture holder 316 may be detachably coupled to the distal tip 12 using co-operative engagement.
- the suture holder 316 additionally comprises a suture retaining component where the suture retaining/capturing component comprises an element of the suture holder 316 that at least partially defines an aperture.
- the suture retaining component comprises a wall of the suture holder 316 that defines an aperture.
- an edge 327 b of the wall defines the aperture and forms a proximal boundary of the aperture.
- the aperture may be any one of a rectangular aperture, an oblong aperture or a key-shaped aperture.
- the aperture may be referred to as a slot, a window, an opening or a hole.
- the suture holder 316 defines a hollow lumen at least partially there-through. In one example, the suture holder 316 defines a lumen that extends completely there-through.
- the suture retaining component comprises a distal face of a wall of the suture holder 316 , the distal face defining the aperture. In one example, the aperture extends transversally within the wall of the suture holder 316 . In other examples, the aperture extends longitudinally within the wall of the suture holder 316 . In some embodiments, the aperture extends both transversally and longitudinally.
- the aperture is an L-shaped slot 323 having a transversally extending portion 323 b that is formed distally to longitudinally extending opening 323 a .
- a portion of the suture 240 may be passed into the slot 323 through the longitudinally extending opening 323 a .
- the suture portion may then be retained by the suture retaining component within the transversally extending portion 323 b of the slot.
- the suture retaining component comprises an edge 327 b of the suture holder wall that forms the proximal boundary of the slot 323 .
- the device 100 further comprises a suture passing member.
- the suture passing member comprises an elongate needle 116 that defines an opening 123 for carrying a portion of the suture 240 .
- the suture portion is a suture knot 250 .
- the suture portion comprises a tab 260 which may be a metal or a plastic tab affixed to a free end of the suture.
- the device 100 is insertable through a defect within a region of tissue, such that the suture holder 316 (coupled to the device distal tip 12 ) is positioned on a distal side of a first segment of tissue (Not shown).
- the needle 116 (functioning as the suture passing member) may be advanced through the first segment of tissue to deposit the suture portion within the suture holder 316 .
- the needle is advanceable to a first distance (which may be a predetermined distance) such that the suture tab 260 or knot 250 is received within the longitudinally extending opening 323 a of slot 323 of the suture holder 316 .
- the distal portion of the needle 116 is received into the suture holder 316 but the raised portion or projection 125 of the needle 116 does not engage with the suture holder 316 .
- the needle 116 may then be rotated 180 degrees (e.g. counterclockwise) to translate the suture tab 260 or knot 250 within the slot portion 323 b away from the slot opening 323 a to secure the suture tab 260 within the suture holder 316 , as shown in FIG. 12 c .
- the needle 116 may then retracted and rotated by another 180 degrees (e.g. clockwise) after having passed suture 240 through the first segment of tissue on one side of the defect.
- the device 100 may then be re-positioned on the other side of the defect.
- the device 100 is re-positioned such that the suture holder 316 is now positioned on a distal side of a second segment of tissue.
- the needle 116 (now operating as the suture holder retrieving member) is then re-advanced and passed through the second segment of tissue.
- the needle 116 is advanceable to a second distance (which may be a predetermined distance).
- the needle 116 advanced further distally relative to the distance traveled by needle 116 in FIG. 12 b . This allows the raised portion or projection 125 of the needle 116 to be positioned within the suture holder 316 .
- the needle 116 may then be rotated 180 degrees (e.g. counterclockwise) to lock the needle 116 and suture holder 316 together.
- the projection 125 of the needle 116 is received within/engages a portion of the suture holder 316 , such as a recess or a groove or a window 317 as shown.
- the needle 116 is then retracted, disengaging the suture holder 316 from the distal tip 12 . Both the needle 116 and the suture holder 316 can then be withdrawn together through the defect ( FIG. 120 , thereby passing suture 240 coupled to the suture holder 316 through tissue on the second or opposing side of the defect.
- FIGS. 13 a -13 d illustrate a device 100 in accordance with still another embodiment of the present invention for passing a suture through tissue using. Similar to embodiments discussed herein above, the device 100 comprises a suture holder 316 coupled to the device distal tip 12 (not shown). The device 100 additionally comprises a means for passing a portion of the suture from the device proximal portion to the suture holder 316 at the device distal tip 12 .
- the suture holder 316 comprises both an engagement feature for detachably coupling the suture holder 316 to the device distal tip 12 , as well as a suture retaining component for receiving and retaining the suture portion.
- the suture retaining component of the suture holder 316 comprises an aperture defining element of the suture holder 316 .
- the suture retaining component comprises an aperture defining wall of the suture holder 316 .
- the suture retaining component forms/defines an edge of the aperture.
- the suture retaining component comprises a door, i.e. a hinged, sliding or revolving barrier that forms an edge of the aperture.
- the barrier is positioned substantially perpendicularly between opposed edges of the aperture. Additionally, the barrier is moveable between an open position and a closed position, where the barrier in its open position allows access to the aperture for receipt of the suture portion therein.
- the barrier forms a side edge of the aperture. In another example, the barrier forms a proximal edge of the aperture.
- the suture holder 316 defines a longitudinally extending slot 323 with the suture retaining component comprising a barrier or flap 325 at the proximal opening of the slot 323 .
- the barrier may be hinged or pivotable. As an example of this, the barrier is biased towards its closed position. Furthermore, the bias may be provided using a spring biased mechanism. In one example, the barrier 325 is coupled to the suture holder 316 using a spring that biases the barrier towards its closed position.
- the operation of the device in use is discussed further herein below.
- the knot 250 pushes against the hinged barrier 325 , causing the hinged barrier 325 to open towards the interior of the slot 323 to receive the knot 250 , as shown in FIG. 13 b .
- the hinged barrier 325 closes, and returns to its nominal closed position ( FIG. 13 c ).
- a stopper S may be provided that prevents the barrier from opening towards the exterior of the trap and allows the barrier to remain in the closed position.
- the suture knot 250 is retained in the slot 323 by the hinged barrier 325 ( FIG. 13 d ).
- the suture holder 316 and subsequently the knot 250 retained therein, may then be retracted through tissue on an opposing side of the defect using a suture holder retrieving member as discussed for any of the embodiments described herein.
- the suture holder retrieving member comprises a needle 116 .
- the needle 116 comprises a projection or tooth 125 .
- the needle 116 is advanced to retrieve the suture holder 316 .
- the tooth 125 is received within a lumen 13 ′ of a longitudinally extending shaft 13 within the suture holder 316 .
- the needle 116 is not free to rotate as the movement of the needle 116 is restricted to longitudinal advancement due to the interaction of the tooth 125 with lumen 13 ′.
- the tooth 125 is positioned adjacent a groove or window 317 of the suture holder 316 .
- the tooth 125 is received within the groove or window 317 and engages therewith. This couples the needle 116 to the suture holder 316 enabling the needle 116 and the suture holder 316 to be retracted together.
- the hinged barrier 325 may be replaced by a resilient member or tab 1325 A, as shown in FIG. 13 e .
- the material properties of the tab 1325 A may allow it to return substantially to its nominal or resting position.
- the tab 1325 A may comprises an elastomer.
- the tab 1325 A comprises silicone.
- suture holder 316 may comprise a plurality of tabs.
- suture holder 316 comprises two tabs such as tabs 1325 A and 1325 B, shown in FIG. 13 f and FIG. 13 g .
- the suture holder 316 comprises three tabs. In other embodiments, the suture holder 316 may comprise more than three tabs.
- a device 100 for passing suture for example to treat a defect, wherein the device comprises a suture holder 316 coupled to a distal tip of the device 100 .
- the suture holder 316 in some embodiments may define a lumen at least partially there-through.
- the suture holder comprises a suture retaining component for capturing and retaining the suture.
- the suture retaining component comprises a wall defining an aperture such as a slot 327 , which in one example is positioned at or adjacent a distal end of the suture holder 316 .
- the slot is defined by an edge 327 b of the wall that is proximal to the slot 327 and forms the proximal boundary of the slot 327 .
- the suture retaining component comprises a distal face of a wall of the suture holder 316 where the distal face defines the aperture.
- the suture holder 316 further comprises an engagement feature for coupling the suture holder 316 to the device distal tip 12 for example, through co-operative there-between.
- the suture holder 316 comprises a projection that is received within a notch or a recess of the distal tip 12 .
- the projection on the suture holder 316 comprises a fin 328 .
- the device 100 further comprises a needle 116 carrying a suture knot 250 of the suture strand 240 , as shown in FIG. 14 a.
- the device 100 is inserted through a defect within the tissue in order to treat it.
- the device distal tip 12 is positioned on a far side of the tissue and positioned such that a first segment of tissue 200 is received the tissue receiving gap 10 (not shown).
- the needle 116 is then advanced through the first segment of tissue on one side of the defect, to a first distance such that it is received within the suture holder 316 and the knot 250 is positioned distal to the suture holder 316 , as shown in FIG. 14 b .
- the needle 116 is then rotated by 180 degrees (e.g.
- the device 100 is then re-positioned at tissue on a second side of the defect.
- the device further comprises a suture holder retrieving member that is housed within the proximal portion and advanced distally to retrieve the suture holder 316 .
- a suture holder retrieving member that is housed within the proximal portion and advanced distally to retrieve the suture holder 316 .
- the needle 116 also functions as the suture holder retrieval member and is then re-advanced through tissue and into the suture holder 316 to a second location (which requires advancing a greater distance (distally) relative to the distance traveled by the needle 116 with respect to FIG. 14 b ).
- a raised portion or projection 125 of needle 116 is received within the suture holder 316 and the needle 116 is then rotated 180 degrees (e.g. counterclockwise) to allow the projection 125 to engage a window or aperture defined by a wall of the suture holder 316 .
- This allows the needle 116 to engage the suture holder 316 while substantially simultaneously allowing the fin 328 of the suture holder 316 to disengage from the device distal tip.
- the needle 116 can then be withdrawn or retracted, thereby drawing the suture holder 316 and suture 240 through tissue on the second side of the defect.
- a device 100 having a suture holder 316 coupled to the device distal tip 12 .
- the suture holder 316 may comprise a resilient material such as an elastomer, plastic or metal such as stainless steel.
- the suture holder 316 may comprise a resilient material that is capable of elastic deformation when force is applied to it and is capable of returning substantially to its original position when the force is removed.
- the suture holder 316 comprises a valve 1516 . In one example, passage of material/object through the valve 1516 in a first direction exerts an internal force which causes it to open.
- valve 1516 is formed of an elastomer such as silicone. In another specific example the valve 1516 is formed of a metal such as stainless steel.
- FIG. 15 a is an illustration of a valve 1516 comprising resilient material.
- FIG. 15 a shows the valve 1516 with fingers or flaps 1522 a and 1522 b at rest, when no force is applied.
- force when force is applied on the inside of the valve or internal pressure is applied, it causes the two fingers 1522 a and 1522 b to separate and may cause the two faces to stretch away from each other as shown in FIG. 15 b .
- the two fingers 1522 a and 1522 b separate as the knot 250 is pushed through the valve 1516 for example, using a stylet 319 . Once the knot 250 is passed through the valve 516 , the fingers 1522 a and 1522 b return substantially back to their resting position.
- the internal force may be removed allowing the valve to return substantially to its resting/nominal position. Additionally, in some embodiments, as further shown in FIG. 15 c , an external force may be applied to fingers 1522 a , 1522 b which may assist in returning the fingers substantially to their nominal position.
- the valve 1516 may be closed using a pull wire. In other examples, alternative means may be used to close the valve 1516 , such as an electromagnetic means or a mechanically driven means.
- the suture holder 316 may comprise a valve, For example, a duckbill valve 1616 as illustrated in FIG. 16 .
- a duckbill valve 1616 may generally comprise an elastomeric material.
- the duckbill valve 1616 may comprise other materials such as plastics or metals such as stainless steel.
- the duckbill valve comprises two fingers or flaps 1622 a and 1622 b that are joined together along their sides along the length of the duckbill valve 1616 .
- a slit or opening 1627 is formed at the distal end of the valve 1616 . The opening of slit 1627 is formed along the distal face of the valve, between the two fingers or flaps 1622 a and 1622 b.
- the suture holder 316 comprises a valve 1716 comprising two fingers or flaps 1722 a and 1722 b , as shown in FIG. 17 , with a longitudinally extending slot 1729 extending there-between along a portion of their length.
- the valve 1716 functions to allow passage of material or object there-through in a first direction, but prevents the movement or flow of the material or object there-through in a second direction substantially opposite to the first direction.
- the slot 1729 extends substantially along the length of the valve 1716 .
- the two fingers 1722 a and 1722 b are coupled by the proximal portion 1720 of the valve 1716 .
- the proximal portion 1720 comprises elastic properties.
- the slot 1729 does not extend along the proximal portion 1720 of the valve 1716 and the proximal portion 1720 comprises a continuous cylindrical/tubular section that extends circumferentially about the two fingers 1722 a , 1722 b .
- the cylindrical/tubular section comprise metal and the continuous metallic cylinder that connects the first and second fingers 1722 a and 1722 b functions substantially like a spring.
- the slot 1729 may extend substantially along the length of the valve 1716 until the proximal portion 1720 .
- An additional component may be used at the proximal portion 1720 of the valve 1716 such as a metal ring to secure the two fingers 1722 a , 1722 b.
- the valve 1716 may comprise a resilient material such as an elastomer, a plastic or a metal.
- the valve 1716 may be formed from a combination of resilient and non-resilient materials.
- the valve 1716 has resilient fingers 1722 a , 1722 b that are coupled to a rigid metallic ring 1721 along the proximal portion 1720 .
- the combination allows the resilient fingers 1722 a and 1722 b to flex, widening slot 1729 to allow passage of material/object there-through in a first direction.
- the rigid ring 1721 allows the fingers 1722 a and 1722 b to close thereafter to prevent the passage of the material/object there-through in a second direction.
- the fingers 1722 a and 1722 b may comprise a rigid material and the proximal portion 1720 of the valve 1716 may comprise a resilient material.
- the proximal portion 1720 then functions to allow the fingers 1722 a and 1722 b to open to allow forward passage of material/object through the valve 1716 and to close thereafter substantially back to their resting position to prevent backward flow of the material/object there-through.
- the device 100 is positioned such that the valve 1716 is positioned on a distal side of the tissue.
- a suture passing member may then be used to pass a portion of the suture 240 , such as a knot 250 , from the device proximal portion to the device distal tip 12 .
- the suture passing member comprises a stylet 319 that may be housed within the device proximal portion 14 .
- the stylet 319 is advanced through a first segment of tissue and then advanced further through the valve 1716 .
- the valve 1716 expands or opens up to allow the stylet 319 to push the knot through the valve 1716 ( FIG. 15 b ).
- a distal opening formed at the distal end of the valve enlarges as the stylet 319 is passed through.
- the entire body of the valve 1716 may flex to allow the stylet 319 to push the knot therethrough.
- the valve 1716 springs back substantially to its closed position as shown in FIG. 15 c .
- the distal opening at the distal end of the valve closes back or in other words returns substantially back to its nominal size, thus preventing the knot 250 and suture 240 from translating proximally through the valve 1716 .
- the nominal size is relative in scale to the size of the knot 250 and is substantially smaller that the knot 250 to prevent the knot from travelling proximally through the valve 1716 .
- the device 100 may then be repositioned or rotated such that a second segment of tissue is positioned within the tissue receiving gap 10 .
- the valve 1716 may then be retrieved through the second segment of tissue that is on an opposing side of the defect using any of the embodiments as described herein above.
- a device 100 for passing suture 240 through a region of tissue.
- the device comprises a suture holder 316 comprising a trap 1816 coupled to the device distal tip 12 , the trap 1816 comprising a suture retaining component for receiving and retaining a portion of a suture 240 .
- the portion of the suture 240 is passed from a proximal portion 14 of the device through the tissue to the device distal tip 12 using a suture passing member such as a stylet 519 .
- the stylet 519 may be housed within the needle 116 within the device proximal portion.
- the stylet 519 may be housed within an additional elongate member 519 ′ within the hollow needle 116 .
- the stylet 519 may be advanceable from the device proximal portion to the distal tip 12 with the elongate member 519 ′.
- the stylet 519 comprises a distal tip 520 for passing the suture portion and pushing it into the trap 1816 .
- the distal tip 520 of the stylet 519 has a sharpened tip or end 521 for carrying the suture portion.
- the stylet 519 is a barbed stylet additionally having one or more teeth 522 for engaging and carrying the suture portion.
- the sharpened end 521 and teeth 522 of the distal tip 520 allow the suture knot 250 to be translated from the device proximal portion 14 through the tissue (at a first location) to be deposited at the trap 1816 at the device distal tip 12 .
- the knot 250 may be removably secured to the stylet 319 .
- the knot 250 is removably secured to the stylet 519 by spearing it using the sharpened end 521 of the stylet 519 .
- the knot 250 may be passed from a proximal side of the tissue to a distal side of the tissue and may be held at the device distal tip 12 ( FIG. 18 b ) by a suture retaining means such as suture retaining component of the trap 1816 .
- the suture retaining component may comprise a finger 1822 within the trap 1816 which can flex to allow the stylet 519 to pass the knot 250 through the trap 1816 .
- the finger 1822 subsequently returns to its nominal position when the stylet 519 is retracted, to trap and retain the knot 250 within the trap 1816 ( FIG. 18 c ).
- the trap 1816 may then be retracted through tissue (at a second location different from the first location) and passed from the distal side of the tissue to the proximal side of the tissue.
- the trap 1816 may be retracted using a suture holder retrieving member of any of the embodiments described hereinabove to pass the suture 240 through the second tissue location.
- a device 100 is disclosed as shown in FIG. 19A . Similar to embodiments described herein above, the device 100 has a shaft 16 that is coupled to a distal tip 12 via a longitudinally extending neck 15 . The shaft 16 is a part of the device proximal portion 14 . A tissue receiving gap 10 is formed between the distal tip 12 and the proximal portion 14 . The distal tip 12 defines a chamber 12 B for receiving a suture holder 316 . Initially, the suture holder 316 is housed within the chamber 12 B. The distal tip 12 defines a slot 1940 .
- the slot 1940 within the distal tip 12 is an L-shaped slot that is axially and circumferentially disposed along an outer surface thereof.
- the L-shaped slot 1940 comprises a substantially rectangular slot 1940 a that is longitudinally or axially disposed along the exterior of the distal tip 12 .
- the rectangular slot 1940 a is in communication with a substantially square slot 1940 b which is disposed circumferentially along the exterior of the distal tip 12 .
- the suture holder 316 comprises a trap 1916 having two or more fingers 1922 . In other examples a suture holder 316 may be of the type described in embodiments discussed previously herein.
- the trap 1916 also defines a substantially rectangular slot 1942 that is axially disposed along an outer surface of the trap 1916 as shown in FIGS. 19B and 19C .
- the trap 1916 is positioned such that slot 1942 of the trap is positioned substantially adjacent slot 1940 a of the distal tip 12 .
- rectangular slots 1940 a , 1942 are aligned substantially co-axially with respect to each other.
- a needle 116 is disposed within a proximal portion 14 of the shaft 16 .
- the device 100 is inserted into a region of tissue at the site of a defect.
- the device 100 is positioned such that a first segment of tissue on one side of the defect is positioned within the tissue receiving gap 10 .
- the needle 116 is used to carry the suture 240 from the device proximal region 14 through the first segment of tissue to the device distal tip 12 .
- the needle 116 comprises a notch or slot 117 in which the suture strand 240 is detachably secured, where the suture strand 240 comprises a knot 250 at its distal end.
- the needle 116 is advanced from the device proximal portion 14 to the distal tip 12 .
- the needle 116 may be sized to be received within the trap 1916 and may be used to transfer the suture 240 held within notch 117 to be transferred to slots 1940 , 1942 .
- the needle 116 carries the suture 240 through the first segment of tissue and is advanced further until it abuts the trap 1916 .
- a stylet 319 is housed within the needle 116 and is used to deposit the suture 240 within the distal tip 12 .
- the stylet 319 is translated distally until it is received within the trap 1916 .
- the stylet 319 pushes the knot 250 such that it passes through slots 1940 a , 1942 as shown in FIG. 19D .
- the suture 240 is positioned within slot 117 within the needle 116 such that the knot is placed outside the needle 116 .
- Slot 117 of the needle 116 is aligned with slots 1940 , 1942 of the distal tip 12 and the suture holder respectively, such that when the needle 116 is advanced and abuts against the trap 1916 , the stylet 319 advances the suture 240 into slots 1940 , 1942 .
- the knot 250 of the suture 240 is carried by the needle 116 and then advanced into the trap 1916 and into slots 1940 a , 1942 using the stylet 319 , such that it rests on the outside of the distal tip 12 .
- the stylet 319 is advanced further until the knot 250 is positioned at a distal end of each of the slots 1940 a and 1942 .
- the trap 1916 is then rotated clockwise for example using the stylet 319 or the needle 116 (similar to embodiments described herein previously).
- a mechanism may be provided within the device proximal portion 14 that that allows rotation of the needle 116 or the stylet 319 .
- Clockwise rotation of the trap 1916 allows slot 1942 to be translated radially. This allows slot 1942 of the trap 1916 to now be aligned with the substantially square slot 1940 b of the distal tip 12 , trapping or locking the knot 250 within slot 1940 b , as shown in FIGS. 19E and 19F .
- the knot is held within slot 1940 b and rests against/abuts a proximal wall of the slot 1940 b . This prevents knot 250 from translating proximally.
- the needle 116 and stylet 319 are then retracted.
- the device 100 is then rotated and repositioned such that a second segment of tissue is positioned within the tissue receiving gap 10 .
- the needle 116 and the stylet 319 are then re-advanced through the second segment of tissue until the needle 116 abuts against the trap 1916 .
- the stylet 319 is then advanced further until the tip of the stylet 319 is positioned distal to the trap and the stylet 319 engages with the trap 1916 .
- the stylet 319 is then rotated counterclockwise to transtate slot 1942 radially such that it is aligned again with slot 1940 a of the distal tip 12 .
- the knot 250 not longer abuts the proximal wall of slot 1940 b and is free to move proximally within the slots 117 , 1942 , of the needle and the trap respectively Thus, the stylet 319 is then retracted to withdraw the trap 1916 along with knot 250 , as shown in FIG. 19G . This allows suture 240 to be passed through the second segment of tissue. The suture 240 can then be used to approximate the defect.
- device 100 includes features for deploying a suture knot, such as a partially pre-tied suture knot, as illustrated in various embodiments shown in FIG. 21-27 .
- Some embodiments of device 100 comprise a retaining element that is coupled to the device 100 for retaining a portion of the suture during at least a part of the knot deployment procedure.
- the device comprises an elongate member 110 having a retaining or tensioning element 900 disposed thereon.
- the device 100 may also be used to pass a suture 240 through a region of tissue 200 prior to deploying the knot.
- device 100 may be used to pass suture through first and second segments, 201 , 202 of a region of tissue 200 having a defect 300 , as described herein.
- another device may be used to pass the suture 240 through the region of tissue 200 and device 100 is used to deploy a suture knot.
- a suture 240 is formed into one or more loops 700 around the elongate member 110 .
- the retaining or tensioning element 900 may be coupled to the device 100 proximal (relative to a user) to a location of the one or more suture loops 700 .
- a first portion 701 of the suture 240 extending from the one or more loops 700 is coupled to a distal end of the device 100 .
- the first portion 701 defines a post 703 .
- Segment 703 a of the post 703 generally extends from the tissue 200 , specifically segment 202 of the tissue, to the device 100 where it is coupled.
- segment 703 b extends from the tissue 200 , specifically segment 201 of the tissue 200 , to the loops 700 of the suture 240 .
- the lengths of each of the segments 703 a , 703 b may vary at various points during the procedure.
- a second portion 702 of the suture 240 extends from the one or more loops 700 and interacts with the retaining or tensioning element 900 , the second portion 702 being substantially longitudinally opposed (i.e. if the suture were to be released from the device and, for example, straightened out, portion 702 would be substantially longitudinally opposed to portion 701 ) to the first portion 701 .
- the second portion 702 of the suture 240 forms a locker 704 .
- the second portion 702 is passed under the retaining or tensioning element 900 and is held in frictional engagement between the retaining or tensioning element 900 and the elongate member 110 .
- the suture 240 may be routed and retained in other ways through the retaining or tensioning element 900 .
- the loops 700 of the partially pre-tied knot may be formed onto a portion of the shaft 16 .
- the retaining or tensioning element may comprise a resilient spring member 912 as shown in FIG. 24 .
- the device 100 is illustrated after loops 700 of the pre-tied knot have been deployed from the device 100 onto the post 703 of the suture 240 forming a Dines knot 720 as the post 703 is pulled through the loops 700 .
- the first portion 701 of the suture 240 forms the post 703
- the second portion 702 of the suture 240 forms the locker 704 with the post comprising segments 703 a and 703 b .
- the locker 704 is held in tension by the resilient spring member 912 that is coupled to the device 100 .
- the resilient spring member 912 may be hook-shaped.
- the locker maybe formed into a loop Y, and the loop Y may held in engagement by the resilient hook-shaped member 912 that passes through the loop Y.
- the retaining or tensioning element 900 for holding the second portion 702 of the suture such as the locker 704 may include interlocking mechanical pieces.
- the retaining or tensioning element 900 may comprise two interlocking mechanical pieces, whereby a first mechanical piece is coupled to the locker 704 and maintains tension on it.
- the retaining or tensioning element 900 provides resistance against the movement of the locker 704 .
- the retaining or tensioning element may provide a frictional force against the locker 704 .
- the first mechanical piece interacts with the second mechanical piece (i.e. the two pieces are co-operatively engaged with each other).
- the device 100 has a shaft 16 that is coupled to a distal tip 12 via a longitudinally extending neck 15 .
- the shaft 16 is a part of the device proximal portion 14 .
- a tissue receiving gap 10 is formed between the distal tip 12 and the shaft 16 .
- a needle 116 is housed within the device proximal region 14 and one portion of a suture or a suture strand 240 is coupled to the device 100 , for example to the needle 116 .
- the suture 240 may be secured within the needle 116 for example in proximity to the needle tip. In a specific example of this, the suture 240 may be formed into a knot and retained within a slot within the needle tip.
- the suture 240 may be formed/arranged into one or more loops 700 wrapped around a portion of the shaft 16 .
- the suture 240 may be formed into a partial or fully pre-tied knot.
- embodiments of the present invention provide a means is provided for indirectly coupling the loops 700 of the partially or fully pre-tied knot onto the device 100 .
- a partially or fully pre-tied knot is provided without coupling or tying the loops 700 of the partially pre-tied knot directly onto the device 100 . In one such example, as shown in FIGS.
- the one or more loops 700 of the partially or fully pre-tied knot are formed around a knot slider 800 that is mounted on the shaft 16 and detachably coupled thereto.
- the loops 700 are wrapped around the exterior of the knot slider proximal to a flexible arm 818 of the knot slider 800 .
- the arm 818 is shown in its initial position in FIGS. 22 c and 22 d ( iii ). In its first position 818 A, the arm 818 prevents the loops 700 from sliding off the knot slider 800 and thus serves as an obstructing member 818 .
- the suture 240 exits the needle 116 , extends proximally and forms a service loop L.
- the suture 240 is then arranged into the one or more loops 700 around a portion of the knot slider 800 .
- the portion of the suture 240 coupled to the needle 116 distal to the loops 700 may be termed a first portion 701 of the suture 240 .
- a substantially longitudinally opposed second portion 702 of the suture 240 extends proximally from the suture loops 700 .
- the second portion 702 of the suture 240 forms a locker, or knot locker.
- the first portion 701 of the suture defines a post.
- the knot slider 800 comprises an inner slider body 802 and an outer slider body (or external knot slider) 804 .
- the inner slider body 802 comprises a substantially cylindrical projection 806 .
- the projection 806 defines a lumen 810 and a distal opening 812 .
- a longitudinally extending slot 814 runs substantially along the length of the projection 806 and is in communication with distal opening 812 and lumen 810 .
- a partially circular slot 816 is formed into the inner slider body 802 at the base of the projection 806 and partially surrounds projection 806 as shown in FIG. 22 d ( ii ), showing a rear view of the knot slider 800 .
- a boundary or edge 817 defines the slot 816 .
- the slot 816 is in communication with slot 814 as well the device lumen 810 also shown in FIG. 22 d ( iii ), showing a rear perspective view of the knot slider 800 .
- a retaining or tensioning element is mounted onto the projection 806 .
- the retaining or tensioning element comprises a resilient material such as an O-ring (an “elastomeric ring”) or a short section of tubing.
- the retaining or tensioning element comprises an O-ring 910 .
- a retention force applied by the O-ring 910 may comprise the force of friction.
- the retention force may be varied by changing the normal force and by changing the coefficient of friction (which may be altered by changing material properties or surface roughness).
- the loops 700 are formed onto the knot slider 800 , and the first and second portions 701 , 702 of the suture 240 extend from the loops 700 , as shown in FIG. 22 c .
- a segment of the second portion 702 of the suture 240 may be restrained or substantially held in place by the retaining or tensioning element (such as the O-ring 910 ).
- the retaining or tensioning element, (such as the O-ring 910 ) may be used to secure both the first and second portions, 701 , 702 of the suture 240 .
- the second portion 702 of suture 240 is passed through an opening 805 within the external knot slider 804 and into the opening 812 formed within the projection 806 of the inner slider body 802 .
- the suture 240 is then passed through lumen 810 of the projection 806 .
- the suture 240 may then be guided in the direction G along slot 816 as shown in FIG. 22 d ( iv ) such that it is held by the O-ring 910 and is pinched between the projection 806 and the O-ring 910 .
- FIG. 22 e This is further illustrated in FIG. 22 e , where the suture 240 is guided laterally outwards (as shown by directional arrow A) such that it exits from the longitudinally extending slot 814 ).
- the suture 240 may then be guided in a circular motion (as shown by directional arrow B) through the slot 816 such that it is positioned between the projection 806 and the O-ring 910 .
- the resilient O-ring 910 substantially holds or restrains the second portion 702 of the suture 240 by applying a force to maintain tension on it.
- the O-ring functions to maintain tension on the second portion 702 of the suture by frictionally engaging it.
- the suture retaining element such as O-ring 910 can hold one or more other portions of the suture 240 , such as the service loop L of the suture first portion 701 .
- the service loop L of the first portion 701 may be passed through the O-ring together with the second portion 702 in the manner described above. Once passed through the O-ring, both the service loop L of the first portion 701 and the second portion 702 may be routed through the device proximal portion 14 , for example through tubing as shown in FIG. 22 f .
- the O-ring functions to keep the service loop L taut to allow one end of suture portion 701 to remain coupled to the needle 116 housed within the device shaft 16 .
- the suture portion 701 is coupled to the needle tip via a knot formed at the end of the suture portion 701 . The O-ring helps to keep the suture portion 701 taut to retain the knot within a slot within the needle tip.
- embodiments of the present invention provide a means to allow for a controlled deployment of a partially or fully pre-tied knot.
- a knot slider is provided that is coupled to the shaft/handle of the device via a releasable coupling.
- a means is provided to prevent the partially or fully pre-tied knot from sliding until a predetermined force is applied to the releasable coupling.
- the shaft 16 of the proximal portion 14 comprises a notch or a recess 1601 , as shown in FIG. 22 j , which co-operatively engages with a projection 820 on the knot slider 800 .
- a projection 820 is formed on the flexible arm 818 of the outer slider body 804 , which co-operatively engages with recess 1601 in order to detachably couple the knot slider 800 to the shaft 16 .
- the projection 820 may be formed at any other suitable location on the knot slider 800 .
- a projection may be formed on the shaft 16 that may engage a recess within the knot slider 800 .
- any other engagement mechanism may be provided that allows the knot slider 800 to be detachably coupled to the device 100 .
- the projection 820 ′ may be formed within a portion 822 of the outer slider body 804 that defines a hollow cavity 823 .
- Portion 822 of the knot slider 800 is then mounted onto a raised segment 1401 of the device proximal portion 14 .
- the raised segment 1401 of the device proximal portion 14 is received within the hollow cavity 823 defined by the knot slider 800 .
- the raised segment 1401 is formed onto a handle body forming a part of the device proximal portion 14 .
- An additional projection 1402 is formed on the raised portion 1401 .
- the projection 1402 of the device proximal portion and projection 820 ′ of the knot slider form a snap-fit engagement for detachably coupling the slider 800 to the device proximal portion 14 .
- This may help ensure that the knot slider 800 remains in its proximal position during shipment and/or handling of the device and during use, until such as time as is desired for the knot slider 800 to be released from its proximal position.
- the knot slider 800 is passively coupled to the shaft 16 of the device 100 .
- the O-ring 910 is mounted onto the projection 806 and an additional projection 806 ′, as shown.
- the shaft 16 presses into O-ring to deflect the O-ring.
- the knot slider 800 is passively coupled to shaft 16 via interference or frictional engagement between the O-ring 910 and shaft 16 .
- the frictional engagement between the O-ring and shaft 16 is sufficient to prevent premature deployment or disengagement of the knot slider 800 from the shaft 16 .
- embodiments of the present invention provide features for deploying a partially pre-tied knot distally off of the device.
- embodiments of the present invention provide a means to prevent loops of the partially pre-tied knot from getting caught within the device (for example within a tissue receiving gap of the device) prior to deployment.
- a knot slider is provided that is detachably coupled to the device that slides to a distal position to cover the tissue-receiving gap, with the loops being released once the gap is covered to prevent the loops from being engaged within the gap.
- the knot slider prevents the loops from sliding off until it is in its distal position over the gap at which point the knot slider allows the loops to be deployed or released.
- the knot slider has a flexible arm that blocks/prevents the loops from sliding off until the slider is in its distal position over the tissue receiving gap, at which point the arm can bend into the tissue receiving gap allowing the loops to slide off the knot slider.
- the arm and the knot slider have tapers to facilitate sliding of the suture.
- Stopping Mechanism Comprises a Tail Hook on the Knot Slider
- the knot slider 800 As the knot slider 800 translates distally along the shaft 16 , a stopping mechanism may be provided to allow the knot slider 800 to be positioned over the tissue receiving gap 10 . In this distal position, Since, the knot slider 800 covers the tissue receiving gap 10 in this distal position, it prevents the loops 700 from being released within the tissue receiving gap 10 and getting stuck therein.
- the knot slider 800 comprises a tail hook 824 .
- the tail hook 824 is a part of the inner slider body 802 .
- the tail hook 824 is operable to slide along a recess or groove 1603 that runs along a portion of the shaft 16 , as shown in FIG. 23 b ( i ).
- tail hook 824 When the tail hook 824 reaches the end of the recess or groove 1603 , further distal translation of the knot slider 800 is impeded.
- the tail hook 824 abuts against or engages a portion of the shaft 16 , allowing the knot slider 800 be positioned in its distal position over the tissue receiving gap 10 .
- the tail hook 824 stops the knot slider 800 in the correct position so the flexible arm 818 is lined up with/adjacent the tissue gap 10 , so that it can be deflected into the tissue receiving gap 10 when tension is applied to the suture 240 , to allow the loops 700 to be released.
- the tail hook 824 may additionally prevent the knot slider 800 from falling off the shaft 16 .
- a snap or snap arm may be provided instead of a tail hook to allow the knot slider 800 to stop in the desired distal position.
- the snap may be actively biased towards the shaft and may comprise an engaging feature that clips or grabs onto the shaft with a biasing force.
- the snap rides along the shaft until it reaches the tissue receiving gap and is deflected therein (or snaps into the tissue gap) because of the bias.
- the snap abuts/stops against the proximal face of the distal tip 12 .
- two snaps or snap arms may be provided to mitigate the risk of one of the snaps interfering with the taut segment 703 a of suture portion 701 that is running across the tissue receiving gap 10 . This allows at least one of the snaps to be deflected into the tissue receiving gap 10 to stop the knot slider 800 in its desired distal position.
- the loops 700 are held in place by the arm 818 which prevents them from sliding off.
- the flexible arm 818 has been positioned against and rests against the shaft 16 until the knot slider 800 is in its distal position. During the time that the arm 818 is in its initial position 818 A, it cannot bend inwards due to hindrance created by the shaft 16 . However, when the knot slider is in its distal position, the inward motion of the flexible arm 818 is no longer blocked by the shaft 16 , as the flexible arm 818 is now positioned adjacent the tissue receiving gap 10 .
- the arm 818 may be actively biased and once the arm 818 is located adjacent the tissue receiving gap 10 , in the absence of any obstruction/hindrance created by the shaft 16 , the arm 818 moves inwards towards its biased position such that it is positioned within the tissue receiving gap 10 .
- the arm 818 may be sized to allow the arm to deflect into its second position distal to the device distal tip 12 . In other words, instead of the arm 818 being deflected into the tissue receiving gap 10 , the arm 818 is deflected into the space distal to the device 100 .
- an automatic mechanism may be provided for the release of the loops 700 .
- the loops 700 may be released when the user presses a button.
- the loops 700 may be released by an additional squeeze of a trigger, such as a third squeeze of the trigger.
- the knot slider 800 along a portion thereof is also angled and tapers down towards its distal end, In other words, the knot slider 800 reduces in diameter from its proximal end to its distal end.
- the knot slider 800 may comprise a downward step between tapered portions thereof. Since, the loops 700 are wrapped around the knot slider 800 and thus constrict around it, the downward taper of the knot slider 800 may allow the loops 700 to be released/slide off with relative ease. Furthermore, the downward taper of the knot slider 800 may prevent the loops 700 from getting caught on (or gripping/binding to) the knot slider 800 and thus may allow the loops 700 to be released.
- the bottom portion of the loops is defined as the portion of the loops 700 that is in contact with the bottom of the knot slider 800 and the top portion of the loops is defined as the portion of the loops 700 in contact with the top portion of the knot slider 800 .
- the top portion starts to move and the loops may grip/bind on the knot slider 800 and not come off.
- the loops 700 may be oriented such that the portion of the bottom portion of the loops 700 at the bottom of the knot slider 800 is positioned distal to the top portion of the loops 700 at the top of the knot slider 800 .
- means may be provided to allow the needle 116 to span across the tissue receiving gap 10 , prior to deploying the partially pre-tied knot.
- the device 100 is withdrawn to deploy the partially pre-tied knot.
- the suture loops 700 of the pre-tied knot first slide distally along shaft 16 , and then along the needle 116 spanning across the tissue receiving gap 10 .
- the loops 700 then may slide onto the distal tip 12 and are subsequently released distal to the device 100 . Additional features may be provided to facilitate translation of the suture loops 700 at the transition between the needle 116 and the distal tip 12 .
- the device 100 may be provided with a sheath or tubing that is positioned around the shaft 16 .
- the sheath or tubing Prior to deploying the partially pre-tied knot, the sheath or tubing may be advanced such that it spans across or covers the tissue receiving gap 10 . Similar to embodiments discussed above, in one particular example, the device may be withdrawn to release/deploy the loops 700 of the partially pre-tied knot.
- the loops 700 of may slide distally along the shaft 16 until they reach the sheath or tubing spanning across the tissue receiving gap 10 .
- the loops 700 may then slide along the sheath or tubing and onto the distal tip 12 .
- the loops 700 may then be released distal to the device distal tip 12 .
- the sheath or tubing may comprise clear tubing.
- the distal tip 12 of the device 100 may be pivotally coupled to the shaft 16 and may be pivoted or swiveled with respect to the shaft 16 , prior to deploying/releasing the pre-tied knot.
- the distal tip 12 may be pivoted (or rotated) away from the path of the loops 700 .
- the loops 700 may then be released and may slide distally along the shaft 16 without being caught within the tissue receiving gap 10 .
- a device 100 may be provided for passing suture that contains features for managing suture as described herein below wither reference to FIGS. 28 a - h and FIGS. 29 a - e.
- the device of the present invention comprises features for suture management.
- certain features have been incorporated into the device for preventing damage to the suture, while other features have been incorporated into the device for routing the suture.
- features are provided to prevent the device from jamming.
- the present invention provides a structure/feature to allow suture to be routed without being constrained.
- embodiments of the present invention provide a slot.
- the present invention provides a means to limit damage to the suture while the suture is being manipulated.
- embodiments of the present invention provide a spacing/gap to allow suture to pass freely without fraying.
- embodiments of the present invention provide surface modifications such as cut-outs to prevent damage to the suture such as fraying.
- the present invention provides a means to prevent the device from jamming or locking.
- embodiments of the present invention provide a spacing/gap for the suture to prevent the suture from binding the device mechanism.
- embodiments of the present invention provide surface modifications such as cut-outs to provide space for the suture to prevent the suture from binding the device mechanism.
- a device 100 for passing a suture 240 through a region of tissue.
- Device 100 comprises a device proximal portion 14 comprising a shaft 16 that is coupled to a device distal tip portion having a distal tip 12 .
- the device 100 further comprises a suture moving assembly 2822 housed within the device 100 for moving a suture 240 between the device proximal portion 14 and the distal tip 12 .
- the suture moving assembly 2822 comprises a needle 116 within which a stylet 2819 is positioned.
- the stylet 2819 and the needle 116 are housed within chamber or channel 16 B defined by the shaft 16 .
- a suture 240 (comprising an enlarged portion such as a knot 250 ) is held at one end within the needle 116 , with the knot 250 being retained within the needle and the stylet 2819 being positioned proximal to the knot 250 .
- the device 100 described comprises a structure/feature to allow the suture 240 to be routed in a manner limiting constraint of the suture.
- the feature for facilitating routing of the suture 240 comprises a slot.
- the suture 240 is guided through a slot 2817 to the exterior of the needle and exists through as similar slot 2817 ′ formed within the shaft 16 as shown in FIG. 28 b .
- the needle slot 2817 and the shaft slot 2817 ′ are 90 degrees out of rotation with respect to each other as shown in FIGS. 28 a and 28 b .
- the needle slot 2817 and the shaft slot 2817 ′ are radially offset from one another.
- the enlarged portion of the suture 240 is unable to pass through the slot 2817 within the needle, thus maintaining the position of the enlarged portion of the suture within the needle lumen.
- the slot 2817 within the needle may be positioned proximal and, for example, adjacent to, a distal end of the needle 116 .
- the slot 2817 also may help prevent damage to the suture 240 by preventing the suture 240 from being routed across a sharp end point of the needle 116 . Additionally, the slot 2817 minimizes damage to the suture 240 resulting from pinching which prevents the device 100 from jamming or locking. Slot 2817 ′ of the shaft 16 works in conjunction with the needle slot 2817 to perform a similar function including reducing the risk of device failure due to binding/locking of the device. In some embodiments as shown in FIG. 28 a , the suture may be held in frictional contact between the stylet 319 and needle 116 .
- the slot 2817 may offer additional advantages.
- the slot 2817 of the needle allows tension to be applied to the suture 240 while enabling the knot 250 to remain within the needle (when it is pulled against the inner wall of the needle 116 ).
- the suture 240 may exit the needle 116 as tension is applied to the suture 240 .
- tension may cause the suture 240 to be pulled out of the needle 116 .
- the needle slot 2817 allows the suture 240 to be maintained within the needle slot 2817 such that the suture position remains substantially fixed relative to the needle 116 when the needle 116 is advanced towards the trap 2816 (i.e. during deployment).
- the suture while retained within needle 116 , may or may not be substantially coupled directly thereto. This may additionally help minimize the risk of suture 240 getting damaged or interfering with the suture moving assembly (i.e. locking/binding the device mechanism) as it is advanced.
- a slot is present only in the shaft and not in the needle or vice versa.
- the device 100 In order to pass the suture 240 through the tissue, the device 100 is positioned such that a first segment of tissue is received within the tissue receiving gap.
- the suture moving assembly 2822 (comprising needle 116 , stylet 2819 and suture 240 operably coupled thereto) is then translated distally, such that it passes through the first segment of tissue until the needle 116 abuts a suture holder such as the trap 2816 , as illustrated in FIG. 28 c .
- the stylet 2819 is then advanced further to deposit the suture knot 250 and thus suture 240 within the trap 2816 as shown in FIG. 28 d , whereas the needle 116 cannot be advanced further due to interference by the trap 2816 .
- the trap 2816 may comprise features, as described previously, to capture the suture 240 .
- the stylet 2819 is now positioned within the trap 2816 .
- a gap or spacing 2834 is provided between the distal end face of the needle and the proximal end face of the trap for suture clearance.
- the suture 240 is routed through the gap or spacing 2834 substantially without being damaged or frayed. In other words, as the stylet 2819 is advanced, the suture 240 is translating relative to the needle 116 and the trap 2816 . By having a gap or spacing 2834 between needle 116 and trap 2816 , the suture 240 is substantially free to move.
- the gap or spacing 2834 is created by providing a mismatch between the distal end face of the needle 116 and the proximal end face of the trap 2816 , as shown in FIGS. 28 c and 28 d . More specifically, the gap or spacing 2834 is created by providing diverging angles on the trap face and needle face. In one example, a chamfer is additionally provided on the trap edge. In one specific example, the gap or spacing 2834 is created by providing a relief cut-out 2830 r .
- the relief cut-out 2830 r provides a passage between the trap 2816 and the needle 116 , and prevents the suture 240 from getting frayed or chaffed due to suture 240 being pinched between the trap 2816 and the needle 116 as shown in FIGS. 28 d and 28 f .
- the relief cut-out 2830 r helps minimize damage to the suture 240 .
- the relief cut-out may also prevent the device 100 from getting locked/jammed.
- the gap or spacing 2834 formed between the distal end face of the needle 116 and the proximal end face of the trap 2816 provides sufficient clearance to prevent suture 240 from becoming pinched between the needle 116 and the trap 2816 , which may help prevent chafing or fraying or severing of the suture 240 .
- the gap or spacing 2834 prevents jamming/locking of the device by preventing pinching of the suture 240 .
- the gap or spacing 2834 allows for improved routing of suture 240 which may substantially reduce the risk of failure of device 100 .
- the gap or spacing 2834 between the needle 116 and the trap 2816 may help prevent the suture moving assembly 2822 (which includes the needle 116 and the stylet 2819 ) or any of the moving components within device 100 from binding or jamming due to the suture 240 getting caught therebetween.
- the suture moving assembly 2822 may also comprise features to substantially minimize damage to the suture 240 .
- the stylet 2819 has a reduced cross-section along a distal portion thereof (also discussed previously and shown in FIGS. 7 a -7 e ).
- a gap or spacing 2836 forms between the distal portion of the stylet 2819 having the reduced cross-section and an inner wall of the trap 2816 . In other words there is a clearance for the suture 240 adjacent to the stylet 2819 .
- the gap or space 2836 may be provided in the form of symmetric clearance as shown in FIG. 28 d ( ii ) where the stylet 2819 has a reduced cross-section substantially along its outer periphery. In other embodiments, the gap or spacing 2836 may be provided in the form an asymmetric clearance as shown in FIG. 28 d ( i ), where a portion of the stylet 2819 periphery has a reduced cross-section.
- the suture 240 is advanced with it as the knot 250 is pushed by the stylet 2819 .
- Having clearance or gap/spacing 2836 substantially adjacent to the stylet 2819 allows the suture 240 to slide inside the trap 2816 without pinching or binding and allows the stylet 2819 to deposit the suture knot 250 within the trap 2816 such that it is coupled thereto.
- the gap or spacing 2836 allows the suture 240 to travel.
- the gap or spacing 2836 substantially prevents fraying of the suture 240 as it is routed between the trap 2816 and the stylet 2819 as the stylet 2819 is advanced.
- the gap or spacing 2836 also prevents the device from jamming by preventing the suture from being pinched or caught between the stylet 2819 and the trap 2816 .
- the stylet 2819 is then withdrawn from the distal tip 12 to the shaft 16 .
- the clearance of gap/spacing 2836 may also aid withdrawal of the stylet 2819 , by preventing damage to the suture 240 and by preventing jamming of the device as the stylet 2819 is withdrawn.
- a minimal amount of clearance is provided between the trap 2816 and the interior of the distal tip 12 , sufficient to provide the advantages described above while minimizing the risk of suture 240 being caught between trap 2816 and the interior of distal tip 12 .
- the device 100 is re-positioned to pass suture 240 through a second segment of tissue.
- the suture 240 is pulled towards the axis of rotation of the device, for example, along the longitudinally extending neck 15 of the device 100 .
- a relief cut-out 2830 r is provided within the trap 2816 of the suture moving assembly 3022 .
- the relief cut-out 2830 r is provided at the location where suture 240 is pulled and positioned when leaving the distal tip 12 , thus substantially preventing the suture 240 from being damaged. More specifically, in some embodiments, the relief cut-out 2830 r is provided within the trap 2816 towards the rotational axis of the device 100 , as shown in FIG. 28 e . In other words, the relief cut-out 2830 r is provided within the trap 2816 at a location facing or adjacent the neck 15 , as shown in the drawings, and prevents the suture 240 from being frayed or cut against a sharp corner or edge of the trap 2816 , as it is routed away from the distal tip 12 . In addition, cut-out 2830 r allows additional room for suture routing, thereby reducing the risk of the suture causing the device to jam or lock-up.
- the stylet 2819 having a stylet tip 2820 is then re-advanced distally a second time, such that is passes through a second segment of tissue towards the distal tip 12 .
- substantially all of the stylet tip 2820 passes through the trap 2816 to couple the trap 2816 thereto.
- the gap or space 2836 between the stylet 2819 and trap 2816 , as well as gap 2834 between needle end face and trap 2816 may additionally help limit or prevent damage to the suture 240 as the stylet 2819 is advanced.
- the gap 2834 is further enhanced by the cut-out 2830 r , to ensure that the suture 240 is not damaged or constrained as the needle 116 and the stylet 2819 are advanced. As a result, the risk of the device 100 binding/jamming may be reduced. Additionally, in order to accommodate the stylet tip 2820 within the trap 2816 , the knot 250 (and thus suture 240 ) advances distally with the stylet tip 2820 as the stylet tip 2820 passes through the trap 2816 .
- the gap or space 2836 (shown and discussed above) allows the knot 250 and the suture 240 to be advanced distally substantially without being pinched or bound. The gap or space 2836 may also substantially prevent the suture 240 from being damaged minimizing chafing or fraying of suture 240 .
- a space or gap may be provided distal to the trap 2816 within the distal tip 12 in order to accommodate the knot 250 .
- the space or gap may be provided in the form of a channel 2838 , which is more readily visualized in FIG. 28 g .
- the channel 2838 is provided between the suture moving assembly 2822 (i.e. trap 2816 of the suture moving assembly 2822 ) and a wall of the distal tip 12 that defines chamber 12 B.
- the channel is of a sufficient length to ensure that the knot 250 can advance a sufficient distance in front of the stylet 2819 .
- the channel 2838 allows the knot 250 to advance a distance substantially equal to the length of the stylet tip 2820 .
- the channel 2838 may help prevent the knot 250 from falling to the side of the stylet 2819 .
- the channel 2838 allows suture 240 to be drawn distally through the trap 2816 , minimizing pinching of the suture 240 by the stylet tip 2820 as it passes through the trap 2816 . This may help minimize risk of failure of device 100 .
- the dimensions of channel 2838 may help prevent binding of the device mechanism as the stylet 2819 , trap 2816 and suture knot 250 are withdrawn back through the distal tip by avoiding suture 240 getting caught there-between.
- the gap or space 2836 between the stylet and trap 3106 , as well as gap 2834 between needle end face and trap 2816 may additionally help prevent damage to the suture as the stylet is withdrawn.
- the channel 2838 (specifically, the length thereof) also prevents the stylet 2819 from becoming inadvertently coupled to a distal face of the device distal tip 12 .
- Additional features may be provided within the device 100 to further aid in minimizing damage to the suture 240 as the trap 2816 and thus suture knot 250 are withdrawn using the stylet 2819 through the second segment of tissue towards the proximal portion 14 .
- the suture 240 bends at about 180 degrees around the trap 2816 as the trap 2816 (and thus suture 240 ) is withdrawn through the second segment of tissue upon retraction of the needle 116 and the stylet 2819 .
- the suture 240 makes a sharp bend around the face of the trap 2816 .
- a relief or cut-out may be provided within the trap 2816 such as cut-out 2830 r (as discussed previously).
- the cut-out 2830 r may provide a substantially blunt edge in order to minimize abrasion or cutting of the suture 240 against a sharp edge of the trap 2816 .
- a gap or spacing 2830 p may be provided in the form of a counter-bore 2832 , between the exterior of the trap 2816 and interior of the shaft 16 to accommodate the suture 240 . Additionally, the counter-bore 2832 may also provide sufficient room/space to allow the knot 250 to be positioned adjacent the stylet and the trap 2816 .
- the knot 250 may become positioned around the stylet tip 2820 and may become lodged against the trap 2816 , as the stylet 2819 is withdrawn. As the stylet is withdrawn, tension is applied to the suture 240 to pull it through the tissue, which is resisted by the knot 250 as it in unable to go back (move proximally) through the trap 2816 (For example, between fingers of the trap 2816 ). Thus, being in tension but being unable to pass back through the trap, the knot 250 may become positioned beside the stylet 2819 .
- a spacing or gap (such as counter-bore 2832 ) is provided within the shaft 16 to accommodate the knot 250 beside the stylet 2819 , while the needle/trap/stylet are retracted out of the tissue receiving gap 2810 .
- the counter-bore 2832 provides sufficient space to substantially prevent damage to suture 240 and may additionally prevent the device 100 from failing (e.g. due to binding of the mechanism due to the suture 240 being pinched, for example between the trap and/or stylet and the interior of the shaft 16 ).
- some embodiments of the present invention provide a means to substantially prevent the device 100 from failing. More specifically, some embodiments of the present invention provide a means to prevent suture 240 from getting pinched between various components, in order to prevent the device mechanism from binding (or in other words in order to prevent the moveable components of the device from getting jammed).
- the device 100 comprises features to allow suture 240 to be routed within the proximal portion or housing 14 to prevent the suture 240 from getting entangled or damaged.
- the suture 240 comprises a first portion forming a post having a service loop, and longitudinally opposed second portion forming a locker.
- the service loop of the post and the locker may be relatively long and may stored within a handle of the device proximal portion 14 , in order to minimize the risk of suture 240 tangling.
- the locker and post may be stored such that the suture 240 can be deployed with relative ease during use.
- suture routing tubes are provided within the handle, and the first and second portions of the suture 240 are individually routed through one of the tubes and housed therein.
- the suture 240 may be routed through a spool payout mechanism.
- the first and second portions of the suture 240 may be guided through clips or separate channels within the proximal portion 14 to prevent the suture from getting entangled.
- the device incorporates a ‘suture passing assembly’ 2922 which may, for example, include any of the following: needle 116 , stylet 2919 , and/or a suture holder 2916 , etc.
- a ‘suture passing assembly’ 2922 which may, for example, include any of the following: needle 116 , stylet 2919 , and/or a suture holder 2916 , etc.
- suture holder 2916 may be passed both ways through the tissue (i.e. proximally through the tissue and then back distally).
- the elongate member may comprise a combination of the stylet 2919 and the needle 116 .
- the elongate member forming the suture moving assembly 2922 may comprise a needle 116 , without a stylet.
- the suture moving assembly 2922 may be operable to pass suture 240 between shaft 16 and the distal tip 12 (distally or proximally), to pass suture 240 through tissue.
- the suture moving assembly 2922 may be operable to pass a suture holder 2916 , with suture 240 coupled or secured thereto, between the shaft 16 and distal tip 12 (distally or proximally).
- the suture moving assembly 2922 may be operable to first draw suture 240 between the distal tip 12 and the shaft 16 proximally through a first segment of tissue and then pass suture 240 (with or without a suture holder 2916 ) distally through a second segment of tissue.
- a device 100 for passing a suture 240 through a region of tissue.
- Device 100 comprises a device proximal portion 14 comprising a shaft 16 that is coupled to a device distal tip portion having a distal tip 12 .
- the device 100 further comprises a suture moving assembly 2922 housed within the device 100 for moving a suture 240 between the device proximal portion 14 and the distal tip 12 .
- a part of the suture moving assembly 2922 may be housed within the device proximal portion 14 (for example within a lumen or chamber 16 B defined by shaft 16 of the proximal portion 14 ) and a part of the suture moving assembly 2922 may at least partially be receivable within the distal tip 12 (for example within a chamber 12 B defined by the distal tip 12 ).
- the suture 240 may be operably coupled to one or more components of the suture moving assembly 2922 .
- the chamber 16 B within the shaft 16 (of the device proximal portion 14 ) and chamber 12 B within the distal tip 12 each include a spacing or gap (formed between components of suture moving assembly 2922 and an inner wall of either shaft 16 or distal tip 12 , respectively) to allow the suture 240 to be passed substantially without being damaged.
- the width of chamber 16 B may vary along the length of the shaft 16 .
- chamber 16 B in FIG. 29 a is shown as referring to the narrower, proximal portion of the shaft lumen, it also refers to the wider, more distal portion of the shaft lumen as shown, for example, in FIG. 29 d.
- the device 100 is positioned within tissue such that a first segment of tissue 201 is received within the tissue receiving gap 2910 .
- a (minimal) gap or spacing forms between an outer surface of the suture moving assembly 2922 and an inner wall of the shaft 16 .
- the gap or spacing is denoted by reference numeral 2930 p .
- Gap 2930 p may, in some embodiments, comprise a counter-bore or offset recess.
- the gap or spacing 2930 p between suture moving assembly 2922 and shaft 16 provides sufficient room to prevent suture 240 from getting pinched between the suture moving assembly 2922 (as it is advanced) and the shaft 16 , for example by folding onto itself as shown in FIG. 29 b , and thus may substantially prevent pinching of the suture which can lead to chafing, fraying or other damage to the suture.
- the gap or spacing 2930 p substantially prevents (or minimizes the risk of) jamming/locking of the device by preventing pinching of the suture.
- the gap or spacing 2930 p allows for improved routing of suture 240 which may substantially reduce the risk of failure of device 100 .
- the gap or spacing 2930 p may help prevent the suture moving assembly 2922 or any of the moving components within device 100 from binding or jamming due to the suture 240 .
- the gap or spacing 2930 p prevents the suture moving assembly 2922 from locking due to the suture 240 getting caught between the suture moving assembly 2922 and the shaft 16 , thus interfering with its advancement.
- chamber 12 B defined by the distal tip 12 may also define a spacing or gap, denoted by 2930 d in FIG. 29 c .
- the suture moving assembly 2922 is advanced distally to pass suture 240 through a segment of tissue, and advanced further towards the distal tip 12 , to couple the suture 240 thereto.
- the suture moving assembly 2922 is advanced until a portion of the assembly 2922 is received within the device distal tip 12 .
- a suture holder 2916 of the suture moving assembly 2922 is positioned within chamber 12 B of the distal housing.
- a gap 2930 d is formed between the outer diameter of the suture holder 2916 and inner walls of distal tip 12 defining chamber 12 B.
- the gap 2930 d allows the suture 240 to be routed so that it is not pinched or caught between a portion of the distal tip 12 and the suture moving assembly 2922 .
- the suture moving assembly is rotated to couple the suture holder 2916 to the distal tip 12 , and an additional relief or gap may be provided which may allow the suture holder 2916 to be coupled to the distal tip 12 substantially without damaging the suture 240 .
- the stylet 2919 is then withdrawn proximally and received within the proximal portion 14 .
- the gap 2930 d may also help minimize damage to the suture as the elongate member is withdrawn proximally.
- gap 2930 d may, in some embodiments, be sufficiently large so as to allow sufficient space for manipulation of the various components described herein while limiting/preventing suture 240 from being constrained or damaged.
- gap 2930 d is suitably dimensioned so as to prevent suture 240 from being manoeuvred into position between components of suture moving assembly 2922 and the inner wall of distal tip 12 .
- device 100 may be repositioned as shown in FIG. 29 d , so that a second segment of tissue 202 is received within the tissue receiving gap 2910 .
- device 100 is rotated pulling suture 240 towards the axis of rotation of the device.
- the suture 240 is pulled towards the neck 15 .
- a relief cut-out 2930 r may be provided.
- the relief 2930 r may be formed within the distal tip 12 adjacent the neck 15 (as shown).
- a cut-out may be present within a part of the suture moving assembly 2922 , such as within the suture holder 2916 .
- the relief cut-out 2930 r prevents or limits the suture 240 from being frayed or cut by a sharp corner or edge of the distal tip 12 and/or a corner of the part of the suture moving assembly 2922 , such as suture holder 2916 .
- components of the suture moving assembly 2922 are re-advanced towards the distal tip 12 to retrieve the suture. As these components enter the distal tip 12 for the second time there may be risk of damage to the suture, such as fraying, or risk of the device being jammed/locked due to pinching of suture 240 .
- the spacing or gap 2930 d within the distal tip 12 may help minimize the risk of damage to the suture 240 and/or failure of device 100 .
- the suture moving assembly 2922 is then withdrawn so that the suture 240 is now drawn/passed from the device distal tip 12 , through the second segment 202 of tissue, to the device proximal portion 14 .
- the spacing or gap 2930 d (described earlier) as well as the relief cut-outs, such as cut-out 2930 r , may additionally help prevent damage to the suture and reduce the risk of the device 100 jamming as the suture moving assembly 2922 is withdrawn proximally.
- gap 2930 d helps mitigate the risk of suture damage and/or device failure both when the suture moving assembly enters the distal tip as well as when it is retracted along with the suture.
- spacing is provided to accommodate the suture 240 beside the suture moving assembly 2922 .
- a gap or spacing 2930 p is provided within the proximal shaft 16 , which provides sufficient space to substantially minimize chafing or fraying of the suture 240 .
- the spacing 2930 p is in the form of a counter-bore 2932 , as shown in FIG. 29 e .
- the counter-bore 2032 provides sufficient room within the shaft 16 to prevent the suture 240 from being pinched between a part of the suture moving assembly 2922 (as it is retracted) and the shaft 16 .
- a device 100 is provided that is similar to the embodiments discussed above.
- the distal tip 12 has receiving chamber 12 B for receiving and holding a suture holder such as a trap 2016 therein.
- the distal tip 12 comprises a slot 2040 axially disposed along an outer surface thereof.
- Slot 2040 is formed from two substantially rectangular slots 2040 a and 2040 b , with slot 2040 b being positioned distal to slot 2040 a .
- the two slots 2040 a , 2040 b are spaced apart by a pair of inwardly directed tabs 2040 c that extend into the slot 2040 .
- the tabs 2040 c comprise a resilient material.
- the trap 2016 also comprises a slot 2042 that is axially disposed along its outer surface, as shown in FIGS. 20B, 20C and 20D .
- Trap 2016 comprises a pair of inwardly directed tabs 2042 c that extend into the slot 2042 .
- the tabs 2042 c can be formed from a resilient material and can deform when sufficient force is applied.
- Trap 2016 is held within the chamber 12 B of the distal tip 12 such that slots 2042 and 2040 are aligned with each other.
- the slots 2042 and 2040 are positioned such that tabs 2042 c , 2040 c are offset from each other.
- Tabs 2042 c of the trap 2016 are positioned distal to tabs 2040 c of the distal tip 12 such that clearance is provided to pass/route a suture 240 through the slot 2042 and into slot 2040 b .
- An alternative method of use of the device is described with respect to the embodiment shown in FIG. 20A and is described herein below.
- Device 100 in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention can be used to repair tissue defects.
- a method of treating a defect in a tissue is effected by passing a portion of a suture through a first region of the tissue positioned around the defect and coupling a suture portion to a suture holder.
- the suture holder is then retrieved through a second region of the tissue which is across the defect from the first region thereby forming a knotable loop.
- the loop can then be tied to close the defect.
- the tissue defect repaired by the present device can be, for example, a tear in annulus fibrosus tissue or a defect formed in the annulus fibrosus as part of a discectomy procedure.
- Tissues that may be treated using embodiments of the present invention include, but are not limited to: annulus fibrosus tissue of an intervertebral disc, meniscal tissue of the knee, muscle tissue, ligaments, tendons or other tissues of the shoulder or other soft tissues within a patient's body, for example tissues that are amenable to arthroscopic treatment or are amenable to suturing.
- the defect may non-limitingly include delamination or tears of the meniscus (as mentioned previously) and a method of the present invention may be useful to reverse the delamination, or secure/contain the tear.
- a method of the present invention may include treatment of a defect, such as a tear within a ligament, a defect within percutaneous tissue, or a defect within the outer surface of tissue such as skin.
- a defect such as a tear within a ligament, a defect within percutaneous tissue, or a defect within the outer surface of tissue such as skin.
- Still further examples of a method of the present invention may include use within surgical procedures or in vessel repair, shoulder or hip repair.
- device 100 when treating a defect in the annulus fibrosus tissue of an intervertebral disc, device 100 is inserted at the site of the defect 300 , as illustrated in FIG. 2 a .
- the device 100 is sized and configured to be usable through a surgical portal that may be placed at the treatment site as part of a discectomy or other surgical procedure.
- the device 100 is inserted through defect 300 such that tissue 200 is received within tissue receiving gap 10 .
- Distal tip 12 is inserted through the defect and positioned within substantially within the nucleus pulposus while proximal portion 14 is positioned substantially outside the annulus fibrosus with neck portion 15 of device 100 positioned through the defect.
- a suture passing member e.g.
- tissue on a first side of the defect 300 which may be referred to herein as a “first segment” 201 of tissue, is positioned within the tissue receiving gap 10 , as illustrated in FIG. 2 a .
- Activation of trigger 218 (shown in FIGS. 1 a - b ) translates stylet 319 from the proximal side 200 a to the distal side 200 b through the tissue at tissue region or site P 1 . As is illustrated in FIG.
- a tissue puncturing member such as needle 116 can be used to penetrate tissue 200 at puncture site P 1 prior to advancing stylet 319 .
- needle 116 and stylet 319 can be advanced together.
- Needle 116 may create a desired first puncture through puncture site P 1 . The puncture is created through a first location within the first segment of tissue 201 at some distance from the defect 300 on a first side of the defect 300 .
- device 100 When device 100 is positioned within tissue 200 as described above, it may be angled such that the amount of tissue between defect 300 and puncture site P 1 (the ‘bite depth’) is maximized. This helps to maximize the distance (from defect 300 ) at which the suture 240 is passed through the tissue, thereby reducing the likelihood of suture 240 tearing through the tissue when tension is applied to suture 240 .
- Such angling can also be used to pass suture 240 through tissues that are thicker or are better capable of holding the suture (such as more fibrous tissue for example) than tissues adjacent to defect 300 .
- the suture 240 is passed through tissues that may be preferable, in that they are better able to retain or support the suture 240 .
- needle 116 and stylet 319 can be advanced together following puncturing through P 1 to abut and stop against a proximal face of suture holder 316 , positioned at distal tip 12 .
- the suture holder 316 includes a trap 416 with a bevel at its proximal end face and the needle 116 may also be beveled at its distal end, to allow engagement with the beveled end face of trap 416 .
- the trap and the needle may meet only along a portion of their end faces.
- the partial interaction between needle 116 and trap 416 allows a channel or gap 334 to form there-between as shown in FIG. 3 b .
- This allows for a portion of suture 240 to be passed through channel or gap 334 to help prevent suture 240 from being cut, frayed or severed.
- the interaction between the needle 116 and trap 416 may be sufficient to prevent the suture knot 250 from inadvertently escaping through the channel 334 .
- trap 416 and needle 116 may meet substantially along their entire end faces.
- stylet 319 advancing the suture knot 250 is advanced distally through suture holder 316 such that suture knot 250 is coupled to, or engages, the suture retaining element of suture holder 316 .
- the distal end of stylet 319 pushes the suture knot 250 into suture holder 316 , allowing suture knot 250 to be positioned on the distal side of tissue 200 .
- Suture holder 316 allows substantially one way travel of the suture knot 250 , i.e.
- suture holder 316 allows the suture knot 250 to pass substantially distally through the suture holder 316 (for example through an opening at the distal end of the suture holder 316 ) while impeding or preventing the knot 250 from being retracted through the same opening once it is passed therethrough.
- the stylet 319 pushes the knot 250 through the suture holder 316 such that it exits through an opening on the distal side of the suture holder 316 .
- a distal portion of stylet 319 is received within the suture holder 316 without being permanently coupled or secured thereto; in other words, the stylet is received in a manner whereby the stylet 319 is free to retract independently from the suture holder 316 .
- the suture holder 316 comprises a resilient material which allows movement of the stylet 319 into suture holder 316 and allows the knot 250 to be pushed through the suture holder 316 such that it is retained on the distal side of the suture holder 316 .
- Device 100 can then be repositioned such that region P 2 of the second segment of tissue 202 (across defect 300 ) is positioned within tissue receiving gap 10 .
- the device 100 is rotated about 180 degrees to position the device 100 at region P 2 on the opposing side of the defect 300 . In some such embodiments, the device is rotated approximately 180 degrees prior to passing the suture through region P 2 .
- Device 100 can also be repositioned such that the suture holder 316 is retracted through a second location through the first segment 201 of tissue on the same side of defect (P 3 ).
- a suture holder retrieving element such as stylet 319 is then re-advanced through, for example, tissue site P 2 , along with a tissue puncturing element such as needle 116 or following puncturing of tissue 200 by needle 116 .
- needle 116 is passed through tissue 200 , it abuts against a surface of suture holder 316 which impedes further advancement of needle 116 as shown in FIG. 3 b .
- Stylet 319 is then advanced further through suture holder 316 and engages suture holder 316 , as illustrated in FIG. 3 c .
- Suture holder 316 allows substantially one way travel of the stylet 319 , relative to the suture holder 316 , thereby allowing the stylet 319 to travel distally through suture holder 316 , while substantially limiting or preventing proximal movement of stylet 319 there-through (once the stylet has been advanced beyond the portion of the suture holder configured to engage with the stylet).
- Stylet 319 is then retracted through the tissue site P 2 (which is displaced across defect 300 from P 1 ), for example on the second side 202 of the defect, but before stylet 319 is retracted, the suture holder is disengaged from distal tip 12 which allows it to be retracted along with stylet 319 as shown in FIG. 3 d .
- suture holder 316 is resilient and comprises a structure and/or material that provides both flexibility and elasticity, while having sufficient rigidity to allow the stylet 319 to remove the suture holder 316 from the distal tip 12 during retraction of the stylet 319 . These properties of rigidity and flexibility may help prevent backward or proximal movement of the stylet 319 relative to the suture holder 316 as noted above.
- the suture holder 316 is retracted along with the stylet 319 .
- This allows the suture knot 250 to be withdrawn proximally through tissue site P 2 using the suture holder 316 .
- the suture holder is drawn from the distal side of the tissue 200 (for example, the internal surface of the tissue), to the proximal side of the tissue 200 (for example, the external surface of the tissue).
- the suture 240 has been passed through tissue sites P 1 and P 2 and across a region of tissue 200 or across tissue defect 300 .
- the device may be rotated, for example by 90 degrees, prior to withdrawing the device from the tissue.
- the device 100 may be rotated again approximately 90 degrees in a clockwise direction before withdrawing the device 100 from the tissue.
- the device 100 may be rotated approximately 90 degrees in a counter-clockwise direction before withdrawing the device 100 from the tissue.
- the device 100 may be rotated by about 90 degrees in the same direction as it was previously rotated before withdrawing the device 100 from the tissue.
- device 100 may be retracted without rotation, taking care not to snag or grab the suture while retracting.
- a closure knot 252 may then be provided to approximate tissue flanking the defect 300 .
- the closure knot 252 is provided as a pre-tied knot.
- the closure knot 252 is formed by tying the ends of suture 240 .
- the embodiments of a device and method described above may aid in approximation of a defect within the tissue and can be used for example to provide a suture loop that substantially completely encircles the defect. More specifically, defect 300 may then be treated by approximating the defect 300 by securing the suture strands that have been passed through both regions P 1 and P 2 , on the first and opposing sides of the defect 300 using a closure knot.
- the closure knot may be formed during the procedure or may be in the form of a pre-tied knot that is tightened to approximate the tissue by bringing tissue on the first and second sides of the tissue together.
- FIG. 8 a shows steps involved in depositing a suture knot at the distal tip, in accordance with a method of the present invention, the steps being shown in order from top to bottom.
- the device in its starting position is positioned at a desired tissue location.
- the needle then penetrates through the tissue (with the stylet and suture being housed within the needle).
- the stylet advances and pushes suture knot through the trap.
- the stylet and needle then retract from tissue and suture end such as suture knot remains through the trap.
- FIG. 8 b shows steps involved in retrieving the trap from the distal tip, the steps being shown in order from top to bottom.
- the needle penetrates tissue (the stylet being housed within needle). Then the stylet advances until its tip is captured by the trap. The retention wire is then retracted from the trap. The needle, trap, stylet and suture then retract from tissue.
- one or more of the steps may be automated.
- the method of the present invention may comprise initially passing the suture holder (with a portion of a suture detachably coupled thereto) through a first tissue site on one side of the defect, and subsequently retrieving the suture portion through a second tissue site an opposing side of the defect, i.e. reversing the order described above.
- the method of the present invention may comprise retrieving a portion of a suture for example from a device distal tip placed on a distal side of the tissue, passing the suture through a first tissue site such that it is passed from a distal side of the tissue to the proximal side of the tissue, and capturing it within a suture holder (e.g. within the device proximal portion).
- the method may further comprise passing the suture holder through a second tissue site, such that it is passed from the proximal side of the tissue to the distal side of the tissue and coupling the suture holder to the device distal tip. In one example, this may allow for an internal knot to be placed within the tissue.
- the method of the present invention may comprise passing a portion of the a suture through a soft tissue on one side of the defect and coupling the suture portion to a suture holder comprising a suture anchor, whereby the suture anchor is then retrieved through an opposing side of the defect.
- a device 100 may be provided for deploying a partially or fully pre-tied knot with the device additionally comprising a suture retaining component 900 for retaining a portion of the suture as shown in FIGS. 21 a - e .
- the device 100 may be used to deploy a closure knot after the suture has been passed through for example, first and second segments of tissue on both sides of a defect, in order to re-approximate tissue on both sides of the defect 300 .
- a device may be used to deploy a knot to substantially re-approximate the defect 300 by bringing together the first and second tissue segments around the defect 300 .
- the embodiments of a device and method described above may aid in approximation of a defect within the tissue and can be used for example to provide a 360 degree suture loop, i.e. a suture loop that substantially completely circumscribes the defect.
- the device 100 is withdrawn proximally along with segment 703 a of the post 703 coupled thereto until the suture 240 is taut, thus placing the suture 240 in tension. Since the system is in tension, as the device 100 (and thus segment 703 a of the post 703 ) is pulled or retracted further, the loops 700 fall or release distally off the device 100 and segment 703 a of the post 703 is pulled proximally through the loops 700 . In other words, the loops 700 are deployed or released over segment 703 a of the post 703 . When the loops are positioned over the post 703 , they form a knot 720 ( FIG. 21 b ). As shown in FIG.
- the loops are deployed at a distance d from the tissue 200 .
- the distance by which the device 100 is withdrawn proximally is substantially equivalent to the distance the loops 700 are displaced distally.
- the suture 240 is routed such that segment 703 a of the post 703 extends from the distal end of the device 100 to tissue 200 , and the post passes through tissue 200 with segment 703 b extending proximally from tissue 200 back towards loops 700 to which it is integrally coupled.
- the proximally directed force applied to segment 703 a of the post 703 results in a distally directed force being applied to segment 703 b of the post 703 which translates to a distally directed force applied against the loops 700 , thus pulling them off the device 100 and onto the post 703 .
- the device 100 is then retracted further while the second portion 702 of the suture 240 forming the locker 704 is held by the retaining or tensioning element 900 .
- the retaining or tensioning element 900 provides resistance to movement by, for example, providing a frictional force F f (not shown in the drawings) against the locker 704 , thus preventing the locker 704 from slipping.
- F f frictional force
- FIG. 21 c as the device 100 is pulled/retracted, the device 100 (and thus segment 703 a of the post 703 ) is withdrawn proximally with respect to the tissue 200 while the loops 700 of the knot 720 substantially collapse or cinch around the post 703 .
- the knot 720 is cinched substantially at distance d (not necessarily the same as the distance ‘d.’ in FIG. 21 b above) from the tissue 200 in proximity to a distal end of the device 100 .
- the position of the knot 720 with respect to tissue 200 remains unchanged as the knot 720 is being collapsed or cinched.
- allow the retaining or tensioning element 900 to retain or maintain tension on the second portion 702 of the suture strand 240 (such as a locker 704 ) while the knot 720 is being cinched or collapsed.
- the device includes a means (such as the retaining or tensioning element 900 ) for limiting/preventing motion of one portion of the suture strand 240 , such as a second portion 702 of the suture strand 240 , relative to another portion of the suture strand, such as a part of the first portion 701 of the suture strand, during at least a part of the knot deployment procedure.
- the device may limit motion of the second portion 702 relative to a part of the first portion 701 that is affixed to the device 100 , while the knot 720 is collapsed.
- the retaining or tensioning element 900 may limit movement of the locker 704 relative to a part of the segment 703 a of the post 703 that is coupled to the device 100 .
- the retaining or tensioning element 900 prevents motion of the second portion 702 of the suture strand 240 relative to the device 100 .
- the means for limiting/preventing motion (such as the retaining element 900 ) may apply a frictional force and/or maintain tension on a portion of the suture 240 .
- Retaining second portion 702 within retaining element 900 may also be understood to allow motion of parts of suture portion 701 relative to the retained suture portion 702 .
- suture portion 702 may function to either enable or prevent/limit relative motion between the suture portions, depending on which portions of suture are examined.
- the device 100 is withdrawn or retracted further, relative to tissue 200 .
- the knot 720 begins to translate or slide distally along the post 703 (thus allowing the device 100 to be withdrawn) and the locker 704 is released from the tensioning or retaining element 900 .
- Some embodiments allow the locker 704 to be automatically released or withdrawn from the retaining element 900 , for example when the knot is sliding, to avoid premature locking, excessive tightening or cinching of the knot 720 .
- Releasing the locker 704 allows the locker 704 and the portion of post 703 affixed to device 100 to move relative to one another.
- the device 100 is withdrawn until the knot 720 slides to rest substantially adjacent/against tissue 200 . This allows, for example, the suture 240 to place tension on the first and second segments 201 , 202 of the tissue 200 , in order to approximate the defect 300 .
- embodiments of the present invention comprise a device having one or more features for: a) retaining/restraining a portion of the suture strand while tension is applied to another portion of the suture strand to cinch the knot; and b) releasing the portion of suture strand prior to the knot being locked or excessively tightened or cinched.
- the suture as a whole is still retained by the device at a different location along the suture length.
- the particular portion of suture that was retained by the retaining feature of the device may be released such that it is free to move, while other portions of the suture strand may remain coupled to/retained by the device.
- release may comprise an active or passive act of releasing (or a combination of the two), allowing/enabling, for example, relative motion between two portions of the suture strand.
- “releasing the one portion of suture strand” may thereby allow the one portion of suture strand (for example, locker 704 ) to move relative to another portion of the suture strand (for example a part of segment 703 a of the post 703 that is coupled to the device 100 ).
- a device may be provided to deploy a pre-tied knot after the suture 240 has been passed through both first and second segments 201 , 202 of tissue 200 (for example around a defect 300 ), in order to bring the tissue segments together.
- the device 100 of FIGS. 22 a - f comprises a pre-tied knot in terms of loops 700 that are indirectly coupled to the device shaft 16 .
- the loops 700 are disposed onto a knot slider 800 that is mounted on the device shaft 16 .
- the force F f that is applied by the O-ring is less than the force of frictional engagement between the O-ring 910 and the shaft 16 .
- the suture portion 701 is placed in tension applying a force F A to the suture in the service loop L.
- the service loop L is pulled out of engagement with the O-ring.
- the service loop L slips out from between the O-ring 910 and the projection 806 , as shown in FIG. 22 h .
- the excess suture i.e. the segment of suture portion 701 forming the service loop L is deployed or pulled out from the proximal housing 14 .
- the excess suture from the service loop L is also consequently withdrawn.
- the slack in suture portion 701 has been removed and the suture portion 701 is placed in tension.
- the taut suture portion 701 places tension on the loops 700 wrapped around the knot slider 800 .
- force is applied to the loops 700 formed around the knot slider 800 , thus applying a force F B (not shown in the drawings) on the knot slider 800 .
- Force F B is sufficient to disengage the knot slider 800 from the shaft 16 or any other part of the proximal portion 14 or device 100 to which it is detachably coupled.
- the projection 820 of knot slider 800 will move out of engagement from projection 1402 of the device proximal portion.
- the knot slider 800 is decoupled from the device proximal portion 14 and, as the device 100 is retracted/pulled, it slides distally along the shaft 16 .
- the tail hook 824 of the knot slider slides along the recess or groove 1603 of the shaft 16 until it reaches the end of the groove 1603 .
- the tail hook abuts against or engages a portion of the shaft 16 .
- the knot slider 800 is then positioned in its second configuration within the tissue receiving gap 10 of device 100 .
- the knot slider 800 is positioned such that the flexible arm 818 is lined up with or adjacent the tissue receiving gap 10 .
- the tension on the top portion of the loops 700 will pull the top portion forward and since the bottom portion of the loops may already be distally ahead of the top portion, and positioned on a taper, the loops 700 may slip/slide off the knot slider 800 well with relative ease.
- suture portion 701 forms a post 703 and suture portion 702 forms a locker 704 with post 703 comprising segments 703 a and 703 b .
- the post 703 is routed such that segment 703 a of the post 703 runs distally from the device distal tip 12 to the second segment 202 of tissue 200 .
- the post 703 then passes through the second segment 202 , along the opposite side/face of the tissue 200 and through the first segment 201 of the tissue 200 .
- Post segment 703 b then runs proximally from the first segment 201 of tissue 200 to the loops 700 .
- segment 703 b of the post 703 exerts a “pulling” force on the loops 700 distally, allowing them to be deployed or released onto the post 703 in proximity to the device distal tip 12 .
- the positioning of the knot slider 800 within the tissue receiving gap 10 prevents the loops 700 from being released within the tissue receiving gap 10 . This prevents the loops from being deployed onto neck 15 of the device and collapsing or cinching thereon as they are tightened.
- the loops 700 are deployed distally off the knot slider 800 onto the first portion 701 of the suture 240 that is coupled to the device 100 , i.e. the post segment 703 a .
- the loops 700 are deployed distally onto the post segment 703 a forming a knot 720 while tension is maintained on the locker by the O-ring 910 .
- the loops 700 are deployed at a distance d from the tissue 200 , as shown in FIG. 23 b.
- the O-ring further functions to tension the suture 240 to aid in collapsing the loops 700 of the knot 720 .
- a segment 703 a of the post 703 is withdrawn proximally while tension is maintained on the locker 704 by the O-ring 910 .
- the force F C applied to the suture to collapse the knot 720 is less than the F f applied by O-ring 910 to the locker 704 .
- the retaining or tensioning element such as the O-ring 910 retains and/or restrains a second portion 702 (forming the locker 704 ) of the suture 240 while tension is applied to the first portion 701 (forming the post 703 ) of the suture 240 to cinch or partially cinch the knot 720 .
- the O-ring 910 provides resistance against movement of the locker 704 , preventing the locker 704 from moving which assists in collapsing the knot 720 .
- the O-ring 910 applies a retention force such as a force of friction F f against the locker 704 while the post 703 is tensioned.
- the knot 720 collapses until the force to further collapse the knot is greater than the force/tension applied by the O-ring on the locker 704 .
- the knot 720 is collapsed distal to the device 100 in proximity to the device distal tip 12 , as shown in FIG. 23 c . As the device 100 is pulled the knot 720 remains substantially stationary with respect to tissue 200 with the device 100 moving proximally relative to tissue 200 .
- the device 100 is further retracted proximally, thereby retracting/pulling post segment 703 a and applying a force F C on the loops 700 .
- the force F C is greater than the force F f applied by the O-ring 910 on the locker 704
- the locker 704 is released and the collapsed loops 700 , and thus knot 720 , slide distally along the post 703 as shown in FIG. 23 d .
- the applied suture tension is greater than the frictional force applied by the O-ring.
- the locker 704 moves distally relative to the O-ring 910 causing the locker 704 to slide relative to the O-ring 910 .
- the retaining or tensioning element such as the O-ring 910 releases the second portion 702 (forming the locker 704 ) prior to the knot 720 being locked or excessively tightened or cinched.
- some embodiments allow for retaining the locker 704 of the suture 240 while the knot is being cinched while allowing the locker 704 to be automatically released or withdrawn from the retaining or tensioning element, for example when the knot is sliding, to avoid premature locking, excessive tightening or cinching of the knot 720 .
- the locker 704 when the knot 720 begins to slide, the locker 704 is no longer held in frictional contact with the O-ring 910 and may slip out completely from the O-ring. In other examples, the locker 704 may be free to slide or translate distally relative to the O-ring 910 but is held by the O-ring 910 during the procedure. When the O-ring releases the locker 704 it allows relative movement between the locker 704 and the part of segment 703 a of the post 703 that is coupled to the device 100 . The loops 700 continue to travel distally along the post 703 until they are in proximity to the tissue 200 , as shown in FIG. 23 e.
- Additional force may be applied to the locker 704 and/or the post 703 in order to further tighten and/or lock the knot 720 for example in order to approximate the defect 300 .
- the locker 704 and the post 703 may be used to create additional knots in order to further secure the knot 720 .
- the additional knots are half-hitches. In a particular embodiment, four half-hitches are created.
- the additional knot is an overhand knot or surgeon's knot.
- the additional knot is a double-overhand knot where either the post or the locker may be pulled to lock the knot. Alternatively both the post and the locker may be pulled simultaneously in order to lock the knot.
- the knot 720 is sliding locking knot. In one specific example the knot 720 is a Dines knot.
- FIG. 24 An alternative embodiment of a method of deploying a pre-tied knot as shown in FIG. 24 .
- the device 100 is withdrawn to deploy the loops 700 distally off the device 100 at a distance from tissue 200 .
- the loops 700 are displaced distally substantially by the same distance that the device 100 (and thus segment 703 a of the post) has travelled proximally.
- the device 100 is pulled proximally, withdrawing the post segment 703 a coupled thereto while the locker 704 is retained by the resilient member 912 .
- the Dines knot 720 collapses distal to the device 100 in proximity to the device at substantially the same distance from the tissue 200 at which the loops 700 have been deployed.
- the Dines knot 720 collapses until the force applied to the post 703 to further collapse the knot is greater than the retention force applied by resilient member 912 on the locker 704 .
- the knot 720 begins to slide towards the tissue and the loop Y of the locker 704 slips out of engagement with the resilient member 912 .
- the resilient member 912 retains the locker 704 while tension is being applied to the post 703 to collapse or cinch the knot 720 , it releases the locker 704 as the knot 720 begins to slide, prior to the knot being locked or excessively tightened or cinched.
- the device 100 continues to be pulled until the knot 720 slides to a position substantially adjacent the tissue.
- the knot 720 may then be locked by applying a force to the locker 704 and/or the post 703 .
- the first mechanical piece interacts with the second mechanical piece (i.e. the two pieces are co-operatively engaged with each other).
- the suture 240 is passed through tissue as discussed previously for embodiments described herein above.
- the device 100 is then withdrawn proximally to deploy loops 700 onto the post 703 forming a knot 720 .
- the device 100 is further pulled proximally to collapse the knot 720 until such time that the force required to further collapse the knot 720 is greater than the holding force of the two mechanical pieces.
- the retaining or tensioning element 900 retains the second portion 702 of the suture 240 while tension is applied to the first portion 701 of the suture to cinch the knot 720 but allows the second portion 702 to be released or withdrawn, for example automatically, when the knot is sliding to avoid premature locking or excessive tightening or cinching of the knot 720 .
- An example of this comprises a first resilient member coupled to the locker 704 , the first resilient member being coupled to a second resilient member that is attached to the device body similar to the example shown in FIG. 24 .
- the loops 700 of a partially or fully pre-tied knot are formed onto a portion of the shaft 16 .
- the loops 700 are formed distal to a retaining or tensioning element 900 mounted on the device shaft 16 .
- the retaining or tensioning element comprises an O-ring 910 .
- the first portion 701 of the suture 240 extending from the loops 700 forms the post 703 with the post comprising segments 703 a and 703 b .
- the second portion 702 extending from the loops 700 , forms the locker 704 .
- the device 100 is used to pass suture through the tissue 200 .
- the suture 240 is passed through both first and second segments of tissue, 201 , 202 and the device is then withdrawn proximally enabling the loops 700 of the partially pre-tied knot to be deployed or released over the post 703 as shown in FIG. 25 b , forming a knot 720 at a distance from the tissue 200 . Since the post 703 is connected to the device, extends distally, through the tissue and back proximally to the loops 700 , as post segment 703 a is retracted/pulled proximally, post segment 703 b is pulled distally and pulls loops 700 distally off the device to form the knot 720 .
- the length of a portion of the suture 240 forming the loops 700 is denoted as l.
- post segment 703 a As the device is withdrawn further, post segment 703 a is pulled, tensioning the post 703 , while the retaining or tensioning element 900 in the form of the O-ring 910 restrains locker 704 .
- the O-ring frictionally engages the locker 704 allowing the tension in the post 703 to collapse the loops 700 and thus knot 720 .
- an increase in length is observed in each of post segment 703 a and the locker 704 .
- the increase in length is seen proximal to the knot 720 between the knot 720 and the device distal tip 12 and is substantially a result of the decrease in diameter or length 1 of the loops 700 . As shown in FIG.
- the extra suture 240 now seen in the post segment 703 a and locker 704 , proximal to the collapsed knot 720 is altogether substantially equal to the length of 1 of the suture originally forming loops 700 and is denoted by 1 ⁇ 2 for each of 703 a and 704 .
- the device 100 As the device 100 is pulled proximally, it collapses the loops 700 , thus partially cinching the knot 720 (also shown in FIGS. 25 d , 25 e ).
- the knot 720 is collapsed distal, and substantially adjacent, to the distal tip of the device 100 .
- the loops 700 continue to collapse until the O-ring 910 no longer resists movement of the locker 704
- FIGS. 26 a and 26 b The mechanism involved in collapsing the knot is further described in FIGS. 26 a and 26 b .
- the post segment 703 a As the device 100 is retracted, the post segment 703 a is retracted along with it.
- the force with which the post segment 703 a is retracted is denoted as F v (not shown).
- the force that is applied by the O-ring to retain the locker 704 is denoted as F f .
- F v The force that is applied by the O-ring to retain the locker 704
- F f As the post segment 703 a is retracted/pulled proximally, it results in a force F v being applied on the knot 720 which is less than the force of friction F f applied by the retaining or tensioning element 900 on the locker 704 . This allows the post 703 to collapse the knot 720 , as shown in FIG.
- FIG. 26 a and FIG. 26 b As the knot is collapsed, greater and greater forces are required to tighten the knot, and eventually applied by the post 703 is greater than F f applied by the retaining or tensioning element 900 .
- the locker 704 is then released from the retaining or tensioning element 900 and knot 720 slides distally along the post 703 .
- the device 100 is retracted/pulled/withdrawn until the knot 720 slides to a position substantially adjacent the tissue.
- the retaining or tensioning element 900 retains the locker 704 while tension is applied to the post 703 to cinch the knot 720 but allows the locker 704 to be released or withdrawn, for example automatically, when the knot is sliding to avoid premature locking or excessive tightening or cinching of the knot 720 .
- the tension in the suture 240 allows the first and second segments 701 , 702 of tissue to be approximated for example, to close a defect within the tissue.
- the knot 720 may be tightened by pulling the locker 704 and/or the post 703 . Additional knots may be formed on top of the knot 720 in order to further secure the knot 720 .
- FIG. 27 a Another embodiment is shown in FIG. 27 a , where loops 700 of the partial knot are positioned over or stored around a portion of the device 100 , such as a component of the shaft 16 or a component mounted on the shaft 16 , such as a slider 800 ′.
- the first and second portions of the suture 240 extending from the loops 700 are routed under a retaining or tensioning element or tensioner 900 positioned on the device shaft 16 , proximal to the loops 700 and may be stored within the device proximal portion 14 such as within the handle of the device 100 .
- the first and second ends of the suture 240 form the post 703 and locker 704 respectively with the post 703 comprising segments 703 a and 703 b .
- the device 100 may be used to pass suture through first and second segments 201 , 202 of tissue 200 around a defect 300 , similar to embodiments discussed previously.
- the device 100 is then retracted/pulled/withdrawn such that the loops 700 of the partial knot are positioned over/about the post, completing or forming the knot 720 as shown in FIG. 27 b .
- the component onto which loops 700 are mounted such as slider 800 ′, slides until it is positioned at a distal end of the device, with the loops 700 now being positioned over the post 703 , forming the knot 720 .
- the device 100 is pulled further so that the loops are deployed off the distal end of the device 100 onto the post 703 distal to the device 100 .
- the post segment 703 a is pulled, resulting in post 703 applying a force on the knot 720 while the retaining or tensioning element 900 maintains tension or pulls on the locker 704 to cinch knot.
- This allows cinching or collapsing of the knot 720 , as shown in FIG. 27 c .
- the force applied by the post 703 is eventually greater than the force F f applied by the tensioning or retaining element 900 on the locker 704 .
- the locker 704 is released and the knot 720 begins to slide down towards the tissue 200 .
- the retaining or tensioning element 900 retains the locker 704 while the knot 720 is being cinched while allowing the locker 704 to be released or withdrawn from the retaining element when the knot is sliding to avoid premature locking or excessive tightening or cinching of the knot 720 .
- the locker may be pulled fully through the tensioning or retaining element.
- suture 240 places tension on the first and second segments 201 , 202 of tissue 200 , in order to approximate the defect 300 as shown in FIG. 27 d .
- a suture knot 250 that may be coupled to the suture (to assist in passing the suture) may remain in the device shaft 16 while the post 703 is separated from the instrument.
- the stylet is advanced beyond the needle by various amounts during the course of a procedure.
- Various interlock and depth selection features (which allow the stylet 319 to decouple from the needle 116 , to advance to various distances) can be embodied in various ways as described previously.
- the specific embodiment of the manual needle release button is described further in terms of the operation of the device.
- the details of the mechanism of device 100 is described further with reference to FIG. 1 a .
- the trigger 218 has a geared portion 220 that co-operatively engages with a gear rack 434 of the stylet hub 430 that is able to slide within the chamber 140 defined by the handle of device 100 .
- the trigger 218 is coupled to a biasing mechanism such as a spring biased mechanism.
- the spring When the trigger 218 is in a neutral position, the spring is held against the bias. As the trigger is actuated (also shown in FIG. 4 a ), the geared portion 220 of the trigger 218 advances the gear rack 434 which further exerts a force against the spring bias.
- the stylet hub 430 translates distally with the gear rack 434 causing the needle hub 130 (that is coupled to the stylet hub 430 by button 600 in its initial position 600 A), to translate distally with respect to the handle chamber. Additionally, needle 116 is advanced with the needle hub 130 .
- the needle functions as a tissue puncturing member and in one example, advancement of needle 116 allows needle 116 to puncture tissue 200 at site P 1 .
- the stylet 319 is housed within the needle 116 and is also passed through the tissue 200 at site P 1 .
- the stylet 319 functions as a suture passing member and the suture 240 having a knot 250 is passed through the tissue using the stylet 319 .
- the suture knot 250 is positioned adjacent the stylet tip and is carried distally by the stylet tip as it is advanced.
- the needle release button 600 is then depressed (to position 600 B, as shown in FIG. 4 b ), allowing the needle hub 130 to disengage from the stylet hub 430 .
- FIGS. 4 a -4 g illustrate the operation of device 100 with respect to selective advancement of the stylet 319 with respect to the needle 116 to allow a suture 240 to be passed through a first segment of tissue 201 .
- the device 100 is then repositioned to then allow suture 240 to be passed through a second segment of tissue 202 as shown in FIGS.
- the trigger 218 may be re-actuated to re-advance until needle 116 abuts the suture holder 316 ( FIG. 3 b ).
- the needle release button 600 may be depressed again to position 600 B to remove the obstruction from interference block 601 to allow the stylet hub 430 to advance.
- the stylet 319 is then advanced distally, further than the predetermined distance required to deposit the suture knot 250 , such that the stylet 319 is coupled to the suture holder 316 to retract the suture holder 316 with the stylet 319 ( FIGS. 3 c -3 d ).
- the stylet 319 upon a first actuation of the trigger, is initially advanced a certain distance to deposit the suture portion such as knot 250 through the suture holder 316 ( FIG. 2 d ). Further, upon a second actuation of the trigger (after repositioning the device on the other side of the defect), the stylet 319 is subsequently advanced a greater distance to capture the suture holder 316 ( FIG. 3 c ).
- a depth selection mechanism depth selector 500 , as shown in FIGS. 5 a , 5 b and 6 a - e.
- FIGS. 5 a -5 e illustrate operation of device 100 using the depth selector 500 (also referred to as the depth selection or adjustment mechanism) to advance the stylet 319 through a first region of tissue to deposit the knot 250 within the suture holder 316 such that the stylet 319 functions as a suture passing member.
- FIGS. 6 a -6 h illustrate operation of device 100 using the depth selector 500 to advance the stylet 319 further to retrieve the suture holder 316 through a second region of tissue 200 , such that the stylet functions as a suture holder retrieving member.
- FIGS. 5 a -5 e illustrate operation of device 100 using the depth selector 500 (also referred to as the depth selection or adjustment mechanism) to advance the stylet 319 through a first region of tissue to deposit the knot 250 within the suture holder 316 such that the stylet 319 functions as a suture passing member.
- FIGS. 6 a -6 h illustrate operation of device 100 using the depth selector 500 to advance the stylet 319 further
- the depth selector 500 is in its first/initial or starting position or depth setting 500 A and illustrate the starting and final (after trigger actuation) locations of the depth selection or adjustment mechanism 500 with respect to the handle housing.
- the device may be position at a defect 300 as shown in FIGS. 2 a -2 d , to receive a first segment of tissue 201 the tissue receiving gap 10 so that suture 240 may be passed through tissue adjacent the puncture site P 1 .
- the depth selector 500 is initially its first position or initial depth setting 500 A and is positioned such that the tab T is positioned adjacent the stylet hub proximal portion 432 .
- the tab T is positioned distal to the stylet hub proximal portion 432 .
- the needle release button 600 is depressed as discussed above, The button 600 moves from its initial position 600 A to 600 B (Not shown) to allow the stylet 319 to travel further than needle 116 .
- the tab T is positioned or contained between the distal surface of the stylet hub proximal portion 432 and the needle hub 130 , and prevents the stylet hub proximal portion 432 from being further advanced to be positioned flush with the needle hub 130 .
- FIG. 5 e illustrates the step described above with respect to FIGS. 2 e and 2 f , whereby the trigger 218 is released, allowing the stylet 319 to retract while leaving the suture knot 250 engaged with the trap 416 at the distal tip 12 .
- the trigger 218 After depositing the suture knot 250 through tissue site P 1 , when the trigger 218 is retracted it allows the stylet hub 430 to translate proximally, and further retraction of the trigger 218 allows the needle release button 600 to move back to its first or original position 600 A to re-engage the needle hub 130 to the stylet hub 430 , as shown in FIG. 5 e .
- the stylet hub 430 translates proximally and spring 605 returns to its uncompressed state allowing the needle hub 130 to be spaced at its nominal distance with respect to the stylet hub proximal portion 432 .
- the needle hub 130 and the stylet hub 430 both return to substantially the same position they occupied in FIG. 5 c prior to trigger actuation).
- the button 600 had been kept in the depressed position 600 B by the stylet hub 430 pressing against it. As the stylet hub is retracted, it no longer presses on the button 600 .
- the stylet 319 may then re-engage the needle 116 with button 600 moving to its first position 600 A (as the spring 603 in the spring loaded button 600 recoils back to its uncompressed state), and both the stylet and needle 116 may then be automatically retracted together to their initial positions within proximal portion 14 .
- the device 100 may be rotated and the position of the device 100 adjusted to allow suture 240 to be drawn through a second segment of tissue on the other side of the defect 300 .
- the suture 240 may be passed through tissue adjacent the puncture site P 2 .
- the depth selector may now be set to its second position or depth setting 500 B as shown in FIG. 6 a (also depicted in FIGS. 4 c and 4 e ).
- the trigger is actuated to allow the stylet 319 and the needle 116 to be re-advanced from their initial positions such that the needle 116 punctures tissue at puncture site P 2 on the other side of the defect.
- the needle 116 is advanced until it abuts against the suture holder 316 at the distal tip 12 .
- the needle release button 600 is then depressed, as shown in FIG. 6 c , so that it moves from its first position 600 A to its second position 600 B. This decouples the stylet 319 from the needle 116 , allowing the stylet to advance into the suture holder 316 at the device distal tip 12 to engage the suture holder 316 , as shown in FIG.
- Actuation of the depth selector 500 to its second depth setting 500 B, as shown in FIG. 6 a allows the stylet 319 to advance to a second distal position (e.g. a second predetermined distal position) which is further distally, relative to the position described above with reference to FIGS. 2 d and 5 b and which allows stylet 319 to engage or couple to suture holder 316 .
- a second distal position e.g. a second predetermined distal position
- the depth selector 500 may be moved into its second position by applying a transversally directed force F against the depth selector 500 , thereby moving the projection 501 of the depth selector into the second indentation 503 within the stylet hub, which allows the depth selector to remain in its second position 500 B (until a counter force is applied to move it back to its first position).
- a transversally directed force F against the depth selector 500
- the projection 501 of the depth selector into the second indentation 503 within the stylet hub which allows the depth selector to remain in its second position 500 B (until a counter force is applied to move it back to its first position).
- the tab T of the depth selector 500 is no longer located between the distal surface of the stylet hub proximal portion 432 and needle hub 130 .
- the depth selector tab T does not interfere with the advancement of the stylet hub 430 relative to the needle hub 130 .
- the tab T is located external to the travel path of stylet hub 430 .
- the distance the stylet hub 430 travels distally is not limited by the depth selector 500 .
- the distance the stylet hub 430 travels may also be limited by the depth selector 500 . This allows the stylet hub proximal portion 432 to be positioned flush against the proximal surface of the needle hub 130 , i.e.
- the stylet hub proximal portion 432 travels maximally with respect to the needle hub 130 within the handle chamber 140 , as shown in FIG. 6 f .
- using the second depth setting 500 B results in the stylet hub proximal portion 432 being positioned at a closer distance Y 1 from the distal end of the handle chamber 140 , compared to distance Y 2 using the first depth setting 500 A.
- This enables further advancement of the stylet which allows the stylet 319 to extend into the suture holder 316 (such as trap 416 ) so that it engages the suture holder 316 as shown in FIG. 3 c.
- the biasing mechanism coupled to trigger 218 such as the spring-biased mechanism, automatically urges the gear rack 434 of the stylet hub 430 to translate proximally within the handle chamber 140 .
- the stylet 319 is then retracted when the trigger 218 is released, allowing the suture holder 316 to be retracted along with the stylet 319 (as previously discussed with respect to FIG. 3 d ).
- the distal tip 12 of device 100 defines a receiving chamber 12 B.
- the receiving chamber 12 B receives the suture holder 316 therein.
- the suture holder 316 comprises an engagement feature for releasably coupling the suture holder 316 to the distal tip 12 .
- the suture holder 316 is initially secured within the receiving chamber using a wire 20 that engages the suture holder 316 .
- the wire 20 may be attached to a wire stop 18 , shown in FIG. 6 h .
- the wire 20 may be removed by pulling the wire stop 18 , to allow disengagement of the suture holder 316 with the receiving chamber 12 B. This allows retraction of the suture holder 316 , upon release of the trigger 218 ( FIG. 6 h ).
- FIGS. 6 m -6 x An alternative embodiment of the depth selector 500 ′ is described with references to FIGS. 6 m -6 x that comprises an additional mechanism for generating audible feedback indicating when the translation of the stylet 319 to each of its respective first and second translation distances is complete.
- the stylet hub proximal portion 432 translates distally, allowing the depth selector 500 ′ coupled thereto to translate distally.
- the lower arm 507 of the depth selector 500 ′ is deflectable and flexes as tab 510 rides up along an upper surface 1403 a of the control rib 1403 (which includes a tapered section 1403 t ).
- the lower arm 507 moves from its un-deflected position into its deflected position.
- the upper arm 508 may not flex and remains in its initial position.
- the upper arm 508 is in contact with the stylet hub proximal portion 432 which limits the upward movement of arm 508 .
- the tab 510 on the lower arm 507 reaches the end of the control rib 1403 just prior to the stop 509 contacting the needle hub 130 , as shown in FIG. 6 o .
- the arm 507 springs back to its un-deflected initial position as shown in FIG. 6 p .
- click rib 1404 As it deflects back to its initial position it collides with click rib 1404 , thus making a “click” sound.
- the “click” sound indicates that the translation of the suture passing element, such as the stylet 319 to its desired translation distance is complete.
- the “click” may indicate that the stylet 319 has been advanced to a distance to allow the stylet to deposit a suture through a suture holder.
- the stop 509 on the upper arm 508 touches the needle hub 130 and thus limits further forward or distal translation of the stylet hub proximal portion 432 .
- the stylet hub 430 retracts proximally towards its initial/starting position.
- the depth selector 500 ′ is now in its second position and is ready for the second actuation of the trigger.
- the depth selector 500 ′ has been rotated downwards such that it will not contact the needle hub 130 , and will not impede/limit the movement of the stylet hub 430 .
- the depth selector 500 ′ remains in its second position as shown in FIG. 6 t with tab 510 of lower arm 507 translated distally until it abuts against or engages the lower surface 1405 b of the guide or control rib 1405 .
- tab 510 of the lower arm 507 rides down/along the a tapered portion of the lower surface 1405 b of the control rib 1405 , the lower arm 507 flexes, whereas the upper arm 508 cannot flex and remains in its position as shown in FIG. 6 u .
- the position of the upper arm 508 is maintained by contact with the stylet hub 430 .
- the lower arm 507 flexes the upper and lower arms 508 , 507 are pushed apart from each other. As tab 510 of the lower arm 507 reaches the end of the control rib 1405 , the lower arm 507 springs back to its un-deflected position and collides with the click rib 1406 making a “click” sound, as shown in FIG. 6 v .
- the “click” sound indicates that the translation of the suture holder retrieving member, such as the stylet 319 , to its desired translation distance, is complete.
- the arm 507 and rib 1406 may be understood to be components of a feature for providing an indication that the suture passing member has been advanced by a desired amount.
- the “click” indicates that the stylet 319 has been advanced to a distance to allow it to engage with the suture holder, which will allow the stylet 318 to withdraw the suture holder along with it when it is retracted.
- the depth selector 500 ′ does not contact needle hub 130 , allowing further translation of the stylet hub 430 , which in turn allows the stylet to be advanced further for engaging with the suture holder.
- the translation of the stylet hub 430 is limited by a wire puller 1801 also shown in FIG. 6 v .
- the trigger is then released allowing the stylet hub 430 to retract, allowing depth selector 500 ′ to retract therewith.
- the depth selector 500 ′ is guided by control ribs 1405 and 1403 as it is retracted, allowing it to pivot back to its second position.
- the stylet hub 430 translates distally, it allows the needle hub 130 to translate distally to the position shown in FIG. 6 n .
- the ramp 402 ′ of the stylet hub 430 engages ramp 602 ′ of the button 600 ′ that is coupled to the needle hub 130 as shown in FIG. 6 n ( i ), pushing the needle hub 130 distally.
- the hook 604 ′ of the button 600 ′ is now positioned past the tab 1408 as shown in FIG. 6 n ( ii ).
- the needle coupled to the needle hub 130 may encounter tissue resistance.
- resistance may be observed as the needle abuts against the suture holder at the distal end of the device.
- This causes the ramp 402 ′ on the stylet hub 430 to depress the ramp 602 ′ on the needle hub 130 as shown in FIG. 6 o ( i ).
- the needle release button 600 ′ moves to its depressed or second position 600 B′, illustrated in FIGS. 6 o ( i ) and 6 o ( ii ).
- the stylet hub 430 and the needle hub 130 disengage from each other and are no longer operationally coupled.
- the stylet hub 430 Upon second actuation of the trigger, the stylet hub 430 is then re-advanced
- ramp 402 ′ of the stylet hub 430 and ramp 602 ′ of the needle release button 600 ′ allows or forces the stylet hub 430 and the needle hub 130 to advance together.
- Hook 604 ′ of the needle release button 600 ′ rides below the tab 1408 until it is advanced beyond the tab 1408 . As shown in FIGS.
- the stylet hub 430 is advanced to allow the stylet to engage the suture holder at the distal tip to allow the suture holder to be retracted with the stylet.
- the needle release button 600 ′ remains in its depressed position 600 B′ and hook 604 ′ of the needle release button 600 ′ rides above the tab 1408 as shown in FIG. 6 w and further illustrated in FIGS. 6 w ( i ) and 6 w ( ii ).
- the stylet hub 430 and needle hub 130 have been retracted proximally as shown in FIG. 6 x , and the stylet withdraws the suture holder proximally as it is retracted.
- the needle release button 600 ′ remains in its depressed or second position 600 B′.
- a method for passing suture comprising passing suture from the device proximal portion to the distal tip to be held therein, and capturing the suture using the suture holder while retrieving the suture holder from the distal tip.
- the device 100 is positioned within a region of tissue having a defect.
- the device is positioned such that a first segment of tissue is positioned within a tissue receiving gap 10 of the device 100 .
- the suture 240 may be held within a needle 116 for example within a notch 117 as shown in FIG. 20B , and the needle 116 may then be advanced to pass the suture 240 through the first segment of tissue.
- a stylet 319 may additionally be housed within the needle and may be used in conjunction with the needle 116 to slide the suture 240 into the trap 2016 .
- the stylet 319 may be advanced distally further than the needle 116 to pass the suture 240 through both slot 2040 a of the distal tip 12 and slot 2042 a of the trap 2016 , as shown in dashed outline in FIG. 20C .
- the stylet 319 may then be translated further such that it pushes the suture 240 through the resilient tab 2040 c of the distal tip 12 .
- the needle 116 and the stylet 319 may then be retracted.
- the device 100 may then be repositioned such that the second segment of tissue is received within the tissue receiving gap 10 .
- the needle 116 and a stylet 319 housed within the needle 116 may both be advanced through the second segment of tissue.
- the needle 116 may be translated longitudinally until it abuts against the trap 2016 .
- the stylet 319 may then advanced further through the trap 2016 such that it engages the trap 2016 .
- the suture 240 at this point is held between the two sets of tabs 2040 c and 2042 c .
- the suture 240 is positioned distal to tab 2040 c and proximal to tab 2042 c .
- the stylet 319 is then retracted allowing the trap 2016 to be pulled along with it.
- the suture 340 has been passed through both the first and second segment of tissue around the defect.
- the defect may be approximated by deploying a knot to tighten and tie the two ends of the suture.
- slot 2040 of the device distal tip may not comprise a pair of tabs 2040 c .
- the suture 240 is passed from the device proximal portion to the distal tip 12 through the first segment of tissue as described previously.
- the suture 240 is coupled to the distal tip 12 by passing suture 240 through the pair of tabs 2042 c of the trap 2016 using the stylet 319 , wherein trap 2016 is coupled to the distal tip 12 .
- the trap 2016 can then be disengaged from the distal tip 12 and retracted using the stylet 319 to pass suture 240 through the second segment of tissue as previously described.
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Surgery (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
- Medical Informatics (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Surgical Instruments (AREA)
- Materials For Medical Uses (AREA)
- Polysaccharides And Polysaccharide Derivatives (AREA)
Abstract
The instant disclosure is directed to methods and devices for passing suture bi-directionally using a hybrid approach. Embodiments of a method described herein include steps of advancing a suture at least partially through tissue; and retrieving the suture; wherein one of the steps of advancing and retrieving comprises manipulating the suture directly, and wherein the other step of advancing and retrieving comprises manipulating a suture trap to which the suture is coupled. Embodiments of a device that may be used to practice the method embodiments include a bi-directional suture passer having a proximal portion for holding a portion of a suture therein; a distal tip coupled to the proximal portion and defining a tissue receiving gap there-between; a reciprocally moveable suture passing member housed within the proximal portion for translating the suture portion between the proximal portion and the distal tip; and a knot carrier for indirectly coupling a knot to the device.
Description
- This application is a continuation of U.S. application Ser. No. 14/238,945 filed Feb. 14, 2014, which is a national stage of PCT application PCT/IB2012/054204, filed Aug. 17, 2012, which claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional applications 61/524,765, filed Aug. 18, 2011, 61/524,766, filed Aug. 18, 2011, 61/561,486, filed Nov. 18, 2011, 61/582,464, filed Jan. 2, 2012, 61/586,287, filed Jan. 13, 2012, 61/593,846, filed Feb. 1, 2012, and 61/597,449, filed Feb. 10, 2012.
- The disclosure relates to a method for passing a suture through tissue. More specifically, the disclosure relates to a method for passing suture through tissue bi-directionally.
- The instant disclosure is directed to methods and devices for passing suture bi-directionally using a hybrid approach. Such an approach involves translating a suture strand in one direction directly, that is without requiring the suture to be coupled to a shuttle or ferrule, while translation of the suture in the other direction is accomplished by using a suture trap to capture the suture and translating the suture trap along with the suture.
- A hybrid method such as is described hereinbelow provides several heretofore unknown and unrecognized advantages. These include, but are not limited to, the following: In designs utilizing a shuttle or ferrule to carry the suture both to and from the distal tip, the first pass of the shuttle to the tip requires the shuttle to be coupled to the distal tip in some manner. This coupling can, in certain instances, be compromised by tissues or bodily fluids entering the device, or damage by the user, whereby the security and integrity of the trap is lessened. Furthermore, unintended severing of the suture during the first pass results in a free-floating shuttle or ferrule within the patient's body, whereas a hybrid approach, whereby one pass of suture is done without requiring a shuttle or ferrule, leaves only a comparatively insignificant section of suture for the same failure mode. Furthermore, in designs passing suture in both directions without utilizing a shuttle or ferrule, the ability to securely grasp a suture once it has entered the body is difficult to implement in a consistent and reproducible manner. A hybrid approach, whereby suture is captured by a suture trap prior to being translated in a second pass, provides an advantage since retrieving a suture trap is significantly more achievable.
- Employing a suture trap, that is a component configured to capture or retain a suture once it is passed through the material to be sutured, provides a unique and unanticipated advantage over shuttles and ferrules to which the suture is pre-attached, as it facilitates certain methods utilizing a hybrid approach as discussed hereinabelow.
- In one broad aspect, embodiments of a method described herein include steps of advancing a suture at least partially through tissue; and retrieving the suture; wherein one of the steps of advancing and retrieving comprises manipulating the suture directly, and wherein the other step of advancing and retrieving comprises manipulating a suture trap to which the suture is coupled.
- In another broad aspect, embodiments of a device that may be used to practice the method embodiments include a bi-directional suture passer having a proximal portion for holding a portion of a suture therein; a distal tip coupled to the proximal portion and defining a tissue receiving gap there-between; a reciprocally moveable suture passing member housed within the proximal portion for translating the suture portion between the proximal portion and the distal tip; and a suture trap operable to be detachably coupled to the distal tip for capturing the suture passed by the suture passing member.
- Various features of this aspect are described as well, including but not limited to depth selection mechanisms, interlocking features for coupling and de-coupling components and suture routing features to minimize risk of suture damage during a suture passing procedure.
- In an additional broad aspect of the present invention, devices and methods are disclosed for controlled deployment of a knot, such as a pre-tied knot, from a device such as a medical instrument. Features of this aspect include a knot carrier or slider, a retaining element for maintaining tension on a portion of a suture strand as well as means for routing suture for controlled knot deployment.
- In order that the invention may be readily understood, embodiments of the invention are illustrated by way of examples in the accompanying drawings, in which:
-
FIGS. 1a, 1b are an illustration of a device for practicing a method in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention; -
FIGS. 2a-2f illustrate steps of a method in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention; -
FIGS. 3a-3d illustrate further steps of a method in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention; -
FIGS. 3e-3h illustrate alternative embodiments of a device and method in accordance with the present invention; -
FIGS. 4a-4b illustrate steps of a method in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention; -
FIGS. 4c-4g illustrate various components of a device in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention; -
FIGS. 4h-4o illustrate a device in accordance with an alternate embodiment of the present invention; -
FIG. 5a-5e illustrate steps of a method in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention; -
FIGS. 6a-6h show a device and method in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention; -
FIGS. 6i-6l illustrate a device and method in accordance with an alternative embodiment of the present invention; -
FIGS. 6m-6x illustrate a device and method in accordance with yet another alternative embodiment of the present invention; -
FIGS. 6m (i)-6 w(ii) illustrate a device and method in accordance with yet another alternative embodiment of the present invention; -
FIGS. 7a-7e illustrate a suture holder and a stylet, in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention; -
FIGS. 8a-8b illustrate steps of a method in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention; -
FIGS. 9a-9i illustrate steps of a method in accordance with alternative embodiments of the present invention; -
FIGS. 10a-10f illustrate steps of a method in accordance with an alternative embodiment of the present invention; -
FIGS. 11a-11d illustrate steps of a method in accordance with an alternate embodiment of the present invention. -
FIGS. 12a-12f illustrate steps of a method in accordance with an alternate embodiment of the present invention; -
FIGS. 13a-13d illustrate steps of a method in accordance with an alternate embodiment of the present invention; -
FIGS. 13e-13g illustrate a suture holder in accordance with an alternate embodiment of the present invention; -
FIGS. 14a-14f illustrate steps of a method in accordance with an alternate embodiment of the present invention; -
FIGS. 15(a)-(c) illustrate steps of a method in accordance with an alternate embodiment of the present invention; -
FIG. 16 illustrates a suture holder in accordance with an alternate embodiment of the present invention; -
FIGS. 17a-17c illustrate steps of a method in accordance with an alternate embodiment of the present invention; -
FIGS. 18a-18c illustrate steps of a method in accordance with an alternate embodiment of the present invention; -
FIGS. 19a-19g illustrate a device and method in accordance with an alternate embodiment of the present invention; -
FIGS. 20a-20e illustrate a device and method in accordance with another alternate embodiment of the present invention; -
FIGS. 21a-21e illustrate a device and method in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention; -
FIGS. 22a and 22c-22k illustrate a device and method in accordance with embodiments of the present invention; -
FIGS. 23a-23e illustrate a device and method in accordance with another embodiment of the present invention; -
FIG. 24 illustrates a device and method in accordance with an alternate embodiment of the present invention; -
FIGS. 25a-25e illustrate a device and method in accordance with another embodiment of the present invention; -
FIGS. 26a-26b illustrate a device and method in accordance with another embodiment of the present invention; -
FIGS. 27a-27d illustrate a device and method in accordance with still another embodiment of the present invention; -
FIGS. 28a-28h illustrate a device and method in accordance with still another embodiment of the present invention; and -
FIGS. 29a-29e illustrate a device and method in accordance with another embodiment of the present invention. - According to one broad aspect embodiment of the present invention there is provided a method for treating a defect within a region of tissue. The method is effected by positioning a suture holder on a distal side of a tissue and passing a suture through the tissue from the proximal side and coupling the suture to the suture holder. The suture holder is then retrieved through the tissue towards the proximal side of the tissue.
- With specific reference now to the drawings in detail, it is stressed that the particulars shown are by way of example and for purposes of illustrative discussion of certain embodiments of the present invention only. Before explaining at least one embodiment of the invention in detail, it is to be understood that the invention is not limited in its application to the details of construction and the arrangement of the components set forth in the following description or illustrated in the drawings. The invention is capable of other embodiments or of being practiced or carried out in various ways. Also, it is to be understood that the phraseology and terminology employed herein is for the purpose of description and should not be regarded as limiting.
-
FIGS. 1a-b illustrate one aspect of a device for treating a defect in a tissue which is referred to herein asdevice 100.Device 100 may be configured for accessing tissue (e.g. disc annulus fibrosus tissue) having a defect and delivering an element such as asuture 240 through the tissue to treat the defect. In some embodiments, the suture may be resorbable.Device 100 includes a proximal portion 14 (also referred to herein as “deviceproximal portion 14”) and adistal portion 13 having aneck portion 15 and a distal tip 12 (also referred to herein as “devicedistal tip 12”).Distal tip 12 is longitudinally spaced apart fromproximal portion 14 and is coupled thereto via the longitudinally extendingneck portion 15. According to one embodiment,distal tip 12 is coupled to ashaft 16 of theproximal portion 14 defining atissue receiving gap 10 therebetween.Device 100 can be positioned such thatdistal tip 12 is positioned on a distal side of the tissue being treated andproximal portion 14 is positioned on a proximal side of the tissue. -
Device 100 may comprise an actuator, actuating member or actuating mechanism (such as atrigger 218 shown inFIG. 1a ) for advancing the various components within the device such asneedle 116 andstylet 319, as described herein below, from theproximal portion 14 towardsdistal tip 12 ofdevice 100. Thetrigger 218 may be used for advancing bothneedle 116 andstylet 319 in a direction along the longitudinal axis ofdevice 100. Astrigger 218 is actuated, bothneedle 116 andstylet 319 translate longitudinally from theproximal portion 14 towardsdistal tip 12. Theneedle 116 andstylet 319 may be configured to retract proximally back towardsproximal portion 14 ofdevice 100 whentrigger 118 is released. As described further hereinbelow, the actuating member allows for at least two degrees of manipulation for advancing various components of thedevice 100 by differing amounts. - Structures internal to the
handle 100 are presently described with reference toFIGS. 1 .a and 1 b. As shown inFIG. 1a , thehandle 100 comprises ahandle body 14 that defines an inner chamber 140 (within which astylet hub 430 and aneedle hub 130 are located) where thestylet hub 430 is coupled to thestylet 319 and theneedle hub 130 is coupled to theneedle 116. Thetrigger 218 has a gearedportion 220 that co-operatively engages with agear rack 434 of thestylet hub 430 to allow thestylet hub 430 and the needle hub coupled thereto to slide within thechamber 140 defined by the handle ofdevice 100. - In some embodiments, a means for decoupling/coupling two coaxial members during translation, such as (i) a suture passing or suture holder retrieving member (e.g. stylet 319), and (ii) a tissue puncturing member (e.g. needle 116), is disclosed. The means for decoupling/coupling allows one member to travel further than the other, whereas translation of both members is affected by a single trigger. As shown in
FIG. 1a ,needle 116 andstylet 319 are coupled using aneedle release button 600 which allows theneedle hub 130 to co-operatively engage with thestylet hub 430 allowing theneedle 116 andstylet 319 combination to be advanced together. - In some embodiments, an element for controlling the translation distance of a suture passing element/suture holder retrieving element such as a
stylet 319 is provided, such that the translation distance of thestylet 319 at a first actuation of a trigger is different than the translation distance of thestylet 319 at a second actuation of the trigger. In order to allow for varying the distance to which astylet 319 is advanced when thetrigger 218 is actuated, certain embodiments of the present invention provide a depth selection mechanism (depth selector) 500, as shown inFIG. 1a . Thus, thedepth selector 500 allows various degrees of advancement of thestylet 319 in terms of how far it can be translated relative to theneedle 116. In some embodiments thedepth selector 500 fits into thestylet hub 430, as shown. - In some embodiments, a tissue puncturing member, such as a
needle 116 may be housed within the deviceproximal portion 14 may be used to puncture tissue to allow the suture passing member such asstylet 319 to be passed through the tissue. Theneedle 116 may be hollow and may define a lumen therethrough for housing aStylet 319 andsuture 240 therein. In one specific example, theneedle 116 may be beveled at its distal end to allow engagement or interaction with thesuture holder 316 to allow suture to be passed through a channel formed therebetween. In some embodiments, the suture passing member (e.g. stylet 319) may be coupled to the tissue puncturing member (e.g. a needle 116) for at least a part of the procedure. -
Device 100 has a suture passing mechanism capable of passing an element such as asuture 240 fromproximal portion 14 to distal tip 12 (in order to pass thesuture 240 from the proximal side of the tissue to the distal side of the tissue). Suture passing mechanism can include a moveable suture passing member, such as astylet 319, which is housed withinproximal portion 14.Stylet 319 is moveable between a proximal position and first or second predetermined distal positions. Thestylet 319 is configured for passingsuture knot 250 throughtissue 200 andcoupling suture knot 250 tosuture holder 316 attached to thedistal tip 12. This enables passing ofsuture 240 throughtissue 200.Device 100 further includes a mechanism for retrievingsuture holder 316 fromdistal tip 12 such that suture holder 316 (and the suture coupled thereto) is passed from the distal side to the proximal side throughtissue 200. Such a mechanism can include a suture holder retrieving member such as astylet 319. Thus,stylet 319 is further configured for retrieving suture holder 316 (and thus thesuture knot 250 coupled thereto) from thedistal tip 12. Suture holder retrieving member is longitudinally translatable betweenproximal portion 14 anddistal tip 12 and is optionally capable of reciprocal movement. Thus, in some embodiments stylet 319 is capable of passing a portion of suture 240 (which may include a knot 250), fromproximal portion 14 tosuture holder 316 atdistal tip 12 and for retrievingsuture holder 316 fromdistal tip 12 toproximal portion 14. - An element such as
suture 240 is housed withinproximal portion 14 ofdevice 100. According to one example, a portion of thesuture 240 such as aknot 250 is held within the deviceproximal portion 14 adjacent to a suture passing member such asstylet 319, so that it can be passed through tissue by thestylet 319 as it advances from the deviceproximal portion 14 to thedistal tip 12. In other embodiments, the element passed by the suture passing member may be an anchor which may be operatively coupled to the suture passing member. - In some embodiments as show in
FIG. 1b , thedevice 100 described comprises aslot 117 within theneedle 116 and asimilar slot 117′ within the shaft to allow thesuture 240 to be routed to secure the suture in place. Thesuture 240 is guided throughslot 117 to the exterior of the needle and exists through as similar slot formed within theshaft 16 as later shown inFIGS. 28a and 28b . The needle and shaft slots may be offset from one another. Theknot 250 of thesuture 240 is unable to pass through the slot within the needle, thus securing theknot 250 within the needle lumen. -
Device 100 further includes asuture holder 316 that is removably attached todistal tip 12. Thesuture holder 316 is capable of receiving a portion of asuture 240 such a as aknot 250 from theproximal portion 14 of thedevice 100 from a suture passing member such as astylet 319 and retaining it at thedistal tip 12. - In one specific example, as shown in
FIG. 1a ,suture holder 316 is removably attached to thedistal tip 12 ofdevice 100 via a trap engagement feature such aswire 20 which interacts with a tip engagement feature of the trap (such as a window, slot or aperture) for allowing thesuture holder 316 to be held within a receivingchamber 12B defined by the devicedistal tip 12 Thewire 20 may be attached to awire stop 18 which may allow removal of wire to decouple thesuture holder 316 from the distal tip. - The structure of a
device 100 is described in further detail herein below with reference toFIGS. 2a -7 e. - In embodiments described in
FIGS. 2a-3d , the device comprises adistal tip 12. Thedistal tip 12 may comprise achamber 12B (FIG. 3d ) for receiving thesuture holder 316. Thechamber 12B may define a lumen therethrough and may be open at both of its longitudinally opposed ends. In one embodiment as additionally shown inFIGS. 1a-b thedistal tip 12 may taper towards its distal end to facilitate positioning or advancement of thedevice 100 within a region of tissue. In some embodiments thedevice 100 includes a suture retaining element for retaining a portion of thesuture 240 such as asuture knot 250 on a distal side of the tissue. In one embodiment, the suture retaining element may be a component of thedistal tip 12. In some embodiments, as shown inFIG. 2d , the suture retaining element can be, for example a component of the suture holder, e.g. a distal opening thereof, with the suture holder being received within a thedistal tip 12. - In one specific example,
distal tip 12 ofdevice 100 defines a receivingchamber 12B which holdssuture holder 316 therein. As mentioned above, thesuture holder 316 may be detachably coupled to thedistal tip 12.Suture holder 316 comprises an engagement feature for detachably coupling thesuture holder 316 to thedistal tip 12. In one specific example,suture holder 316 is initially detachably coupled to thedistal tip 12 within receivingchamber 12B using awire 20 that is received within an opening orchannel 320 ofsuture holder 316, as is further shown inFIGS. 2a-2f andFIGS. 3a-3c . Thewire 20 is threaded through an opening or aperture in thedistal tip 12 and into the receivingchamber 12B; it is received within theopening 320 of thesuture holder 316 and secures thesuture holder 316 within the receivingchamber 12B. Thewire 20 may be attached to a wire stop which, when actuated, allowswire 20 to be removed. As shown inFIG. 3d , thewire 20 may be at least partially removed or retracted such thatwire 20 is no longer coupled tosuture holder 316, to allow disengagement of thesuture holder 316 from the receivingchamber 12B of thedistal tip 12. This enables retraction or retrieval of thesuture holder 316 by the suture holder retrieving member which in this example comprises thestylet 319. - Various embodiments or implementations of an engagement and release mechanism are provided to allow the
stylet 319 to selectively engage with, and disengage from, theneedle 116. In one example, a coupling/decoupling mechanism is provided (i) to couple thestylet hub 430 to theneedle hub 130 in order to move theneedle 116 and thestylet 319 together as an assembly, and (ii) to later decouple theneedle hub 130 from thestylet hub 430 to allow thestylet 319 to advance on its own. - The coupling/de-coupling mechanism may be in the form of a
needle release button 600 as shown inFIGS. 4a-4g . In its initial position thebutton 600 has both theneedle hub 130 and thestylet hub 430 coupled. The button can be depressed manually for decoupling the two hubs. Theneedle release button 600 may be a spring-loaded button where the spring is biased away from theneedle hub 130 in its first/initial position or thenominal position 600A. In one example, thebutton 600 may be connected to theneedle hub 130 or may be a part of theneedle hub 130. In itsnominal position 600A, thebutton 600 provides aninterference block 601 which obstructs the path the stylet hub 430 (and thus the stylet hub proximal portion 432), obstructing/impeding the movement of thestylet 319, as is further illustrated inFIG. 4d . More specifically, first theneedle release button 600 inposition 600A couples theneedle hub 130 to the stylet hub 430 (which is driven by actuation of a trigger). By coupling the two hubs, the actuation of the trigger drives both thestylet 319, and theneedle 116 forward. This forward translation stops when theneedle 116 hits thesuture holder 316. At this point, the interference block 601 ofneedle release button 600 is obstructing/impeding thestylet hub 430. - When the
button 600 is depressed (compressing the spring 603), thebutton 600 moves from itsfirst position 600A to itssecond position 600B as shown inFIGS. 4e and 4f . Depressing thebutton 600 removes the obstruction created by theinterference block 601 and allows thestylet hub 430, and thus the stylet hubproximal portion 432 to translate relative to the needle hub 130 (as shown inFIG. 4g ) with the stylet hubproximal portion 432depressing spring 605 against the bias. This allows thestylet 319 to advance beyond theneedle 116, as thetrigger 218 is continued to be pressed (as shown earlier inFIGS. 2d and 3c ). As thestylet hub 430 is advanced, it continues to press against theneedle release button 600, keeping it in the second ordepressed position 600B. - In an alternate embodiment, as shown in
FIGS. 4h-4i , an automated system for coupling and decoupling theneedle 116 and thestylet 319 is disclosed. Similar to the embodiment of theneedle release button 600 described above, in the initial position, theneedle release button 600 couples thestylet hub 430 to theneedle hub 130. Thebutton 600 can be depressed automatically for decoupling the two hubs. More specifically, the interference block 601 of thebutton 600 engages with thestylet hub 430 when it is in its nominal orinitial position 600A, as shown inFIG. 4h . to couple theneedle hub 130 to thestylet hub 430 during forward translation. In some embodiments, thebutton 600 is coupled to theneedle hub 130 or is a part of theneedle hub 130. Thus, as thestylet hub 430 is advanced by actuation of the trigger, theneedle hub 130 and thebutton 600 advance along with it. Thebutton 600 comprises an overhang or hook 604 that rides over thehandle body 14′ of the device. In other words thehook 604 rests against the handle body that defines the inner chamber 140 (within which thestylet hub 430 and theneedle hub 130 are located). Thebutton 600 is retractable into theneedle hub 130, but cannot retract until thehook 604 is positioned within anotch 142 defined within thehandle body 14′. - As shown, for example, in
FIG. 4i , aramp 602 is provided on the interference block 601 on its proximal face, and acorresponding ramp 402 is provided on a distal face of thestylet hub 430, that interacts withramp 602 of theinterference block 601. As thestylet hub 430 is advanced, for example, by pressing a trigger, ramp 402 of thestylet hub 430 engagesramp 602 of theinterference block 601, allowing the button 600 (which includes interference block 601) to advance distally along with thestylet hub 430. Thebutton 600 is advanced until thebutton 600 is aligned with thenotch 142, as shown inFIGS. 4j and 4k . In other words, theneedle hub 130 is pushed/advanced by thestylet hub 430/button 600 until thebutton 600 can retract out of the way into theneedle hub 130. Once theinterference block 601 is positioned within thenotch 142, theinterference block 601 is forced down byramp 402 of thestylet hub 430, as it interacts withramp 602 of theinterference block 601. Thebutton 600 now moves from itsinitial position 600A to itssecond position 600B. This allows thestylet hub 430 to be advanced further distally relative to theneedle hub 130, as shown inFIGS. 4l and 4m . In other words, the portion of thestylet hub 430 that definesramp 402, slides over theneedle hub 130, thus decoupling theneedle hub 130 from thestylet hub 430. As further shown inFIGS. 4n and 4o , thestylet hub 430 has advanced while theneedle hub 130 has not. - Automatic Needle Release Button for Coupling and Decoupling the Stylet (Used in Conjunction with the Automatic Depth Selector with Audible Feedback as Described Herein Below)
- In some embodiments a
needle release button 600′ is provided internal to thehandle body 14′. Theneedle release button 600′ initially locks theneedle hub 130 and thestylet hub 430 and is automatically depressed for disengaging the two hubs, allowing thestylet 319 to be advanced beyond the needle 116 (while the needle is blocked by the suture holder 316 (FIG. 2d )). The embodiment of the needle/stylet interlock orneedle release button 600′ is shown inFIGS. 6m-6x .′. Similar to embodiments described herein previously with respect toFIGS. 4j-4k actuation of the trigger allows thestylet hub 430 to advance, and in its initial or engagedposition 600A′ the interlock orneedle release button 600′ allows or forces theneedle hub 130 to advance in unison with thestylet hub 430. As discussed previously,FIG. 6m illustrates thedevice 100 prior to a first actuation of the trigger and additionally shows theinterlock 600′ in itsfirst position 600A′. Furthermore,FIGS. 6m (i), 6 m (ii) and 6 m (iii) show a side bottom view of thedevice 100 showing theneedle release button 600′ in itsinitial position 600A′.FIGS. 6m (i) and 6 m(iii) show a cut-awayview showing ramp 602′ provided on a proximal face of aninterference block 601′, and acorresponding ramp 402′ that is provided on a distal portion of thestylet hub 430, that interacts withramp 602′ of theinterference block 601. In one embodiment, the proximal housing or handlebody 14′ comprises atab 1408 that extends from thehandle body 14′ into the handleinner chamber 140 defined by thehandle body 14′. When theneedle release button 600′ is in its initial position as shown inFIG. 6m (ii), an overhang portion or hook 604′ of thebutton 600′ is positioned below thetab 1408 of thehandle body 14′ of thedevice 100. Thetab 1408 may prevent theneedle release button 600′ from being prematurely depressed upwards into itssecond position 600B′ and allows thestylet hub 430 andneedle hub 130 to be advanced together. In one example, thetab 1408 functions to prevent thebutton 600′ from being released by allowing thehook 604′ to abut against or engage with thetab 1408. Thebutton 600′ is coupled to theneedle hub 130 and is retractable into theneedle hub 130; however, thebutton 600′ cannot retract until thehook 604 is positioned/translated past thetab 1408 defined within thehandle body 14′. In some embodiments, theneedle release button 600′ is coupled to theneedle hub 130. Theneedle release button 600′ may be biased towards itsinitial position 600A′ by a biasing means. In some examples, the biasing means for theneedle release button 600′ comprises a spring biased mechanism. In a particular example of this, thehook 604′ of theneedle release button 600′ is biased towards itsinitial position 600A′ using a spring. Theneedle release button 600′ and particularly thehook 604′ has the ability to retract, when theneedle release button 600′ is in its depressed orsecond position 600B′, for example under application of a force. This allows thestylet hub 430 to be advanced further distally relative to theneedle hub 130. Each of these embodiments of the needle release button are described in greater detail hereinbelow with reference to the device in use. - In some embodiments, an element for controlling the translation distance of a suture passing element/suture holder retrieving element such as a
stylet 319 is provided, such that the translation distance of the suture passing element at the first actuation of a trigger is different than the translation distance of the suture holder retrieving element at a second actuation of the trigger. In order to allow for varying the distance to which astylet 319 is advanced when thetrigger 218 is actuated, certain embodiments of the present invention provide a depth selection mechanism (depth selector) 500, 500′, as shown inFIGS. 5a-5e, 6a-h ,FIGS. 6i -61 andFIGS. 6m-6x . Thus, thedepth selector 500 allows various degrees of advancement of thestylet 319 in terms of how far it can be translated relative to theneedle 116. In some embodiments thedepth selector 500 fits into thestylet hub 430. The depth selector comprises a component that interferes with full advancement of thestylet 319, with the component capable of being positioned adjacent to thestylet hub 430, distal to thestylet hub 430. This interference component may be a tab (as shown inFIGS. 5a-e and 6a-h ) and discussed further with respect toFIGS. 6i -61. In other embodiments, the interference component may comprise an arm with a stop as shown inFIGS. 6m-6x . The depth selector may be actuated manually or automatically. - Manual Depth Selector for Controlling the Translation Distance of the Stylet— (the Manual Depth Selector being Operational in Conjunction with the Manual Needle Release Button Discussed Above)
-
FIGS. 5a and 5b illustrate thedepth selector 500 is in its first/initial or starting position or depth setting 500A and illustrate the starting and final (after trigger actuation) locations of the depth selection oradjustment mechanism 500 with respect to the handle housing. With reference toFIG. 5c , thedepth selector 500 extends transversely with respect to the longitudinal axis of thedevice 100 and is coupled to thestylet hub 430. Thedepth selector 500 defines two positions, afirst position 500A and asecond position 500B. In theinitial position 500A, an overhang or tab T of thedepth selector 500 is positioned adjacent theproximal portion 432 ofstylet hub 430 and abuts against a distal face of theproximal portion 432 ofstylet hub 430. As shown inFIGS. 5c and 5d , In order to retain thedepth selector 500 in itsfirst position 500A, aprojection 501 is provided on the depth selector that snaps into or otherwise engages with anindentation 502 within thestylet hub 430. Theprojection 501 is held within theindentation 502 until a transversally directed force is applied against the depth selector, to move the depth selector into itssecond position 500B. - With reference now to
FIG. 5d , thedepth selector 500 at its first position or initial depth setting 500A is positioned such that the tab T is positioned adjacent the stylet hubproximal portion 432. Thus, the tab T is positioned distal to the stylet hubproximal portion 432 between the distal surface of the stylet hubproximal portion 432 and theneedle hub 130, and interferes with full advancement of the stylet in terms of how far it can be translated relative to the needle. This allows thestylet 319 to be advanced to a first predetermined distance to deposit thesuture knot 250 within thesuture holder 316 but not to engage therewith.—Thedepth selector 500 is moveable into its second position by application of a transversally directed force F against thedepth selector 500, thereby moving theprojection 501 of the depth selector into thesecond indentation 503 within the stylet hub, which allows the depth selector to remain in itssecond position 500B. With reference now toFIG. 6e , when the depth setting 500B ofdepth selector 500 is in its second position the tab T of thedepth selector 500 is not located between the distal surface of the stylet hubproximal portion 432 andneedle hub 130. In this position, the depth selector tab T does not interfere with the advancement of thestylet hub 430 relative to theneedle hub 130 and allows thestylet 319 to be advanced to a second predetermined distance to engage the suture holder to retrieve thesuture holder 316 - Automatic Depth Selector for Controlling the Translation Distance of the Stylet— (the Automatic Depth Selector being Operational in Conjunction with the Automatic Needle Release Button Discussed Above)
- In some embodiments, as shown in
FIGS. 6i -61, the depth adjustment or selection mechanism may be automated. However, instead of requiring a manual transversally directed force to move thedepth selector 500 from itsinitial position 500A to 500B, an automatic mechanism is provided to move the depth selector from itsfirst position 500A to itssecond position 500B. As shown inFIG. 6i , adepth selector 500 is shown in itsfirst position 500A, prior to the first trigger actuation of the trigger. The device proximal portion orhousing 14 additionally comprises anarm 505 and atab 506. When the depth selector is in its first position thetab 506 rests on a first side of thearm 505 andprojection 501 of the depth selector is positioned within thefirst indentation 502 within thestylet hub 430. Thetab 506 is moveable past thearm 505 upon actuation of the trigger to advance thestylet hub 430. Theautomatic depth selector 500 functions in a manner similar to the manual embodiment described above to limit the translation of stylet hubproximal portion 432 distally within thehandle chamber 140, thus allowing thestylet 319 to be advanced to deposit thesuture knot 240 within thesuture holder 316. Upon release of the trigger, when thestylet hub 430 automatically retracts together withneedle hub 130 to its initial position, thetab 506 is operable to hit theramp 505 b of thearm 505 forcing thedepth selector 500 to move into itssecond position 500B, as shown inFIGS. 6k and 6l . Thetab 506 is positioned on a second side of thearm 505. Theprojection 501 of thedepth selector 500 engages with the second indentation within thestylet hub 430. The stylet hubproximal portion 432 may then be re-advanced with a second actuation of the trigger to allow thestylet 319 to be advanced further to engage thesuture holder 316 so that it can be retracted therewith. - Automatic Depth Selector for Controlling the Translation Distance of the Stylet with an Audible Feedback— (the Automatic Depth Selector with Audible Feedback being Operational in Conjunction with the Automatic Needle Release Button Discussed Above)
- In some embodiments a depth selector is shown with an additional mechanism for generating audible feedback is provided which indicates when the translation of each of the suture passing element and the suture holder retrieving elements (to their respective distances) is complete. The suture holder passing element and the suture holder retrieving element can both translate to different distances when actuated. In one embodiment, as shown in
FIGS. 6m-6w , a U-shaped depth stop ordepth selector 500′ is shown. As shown inFIG. 6m , thedepth selector 500′ comprises alower arm 507 and anupper arm 508, which further comprises astop 509. In a specific example, thedepth selector 500′ is pivotally coupled to the stylet hubproximal portion 432, for example using a pin. Upward rotational movement of thedepth selector 500′ is prevented as it abuts against the stylet hubproximal portion 432. Downward rotation movement of thedepth selector 500′ may also be limited by providing a tab on thedepth selector 500′ that engages with thestylet hub 430. Thehandle body 14′ of the device, comprises depth selector control or guideribs ribs chamber 140 defined by thehandle body 14′. In the initial position atab 510 of the deflectable arm rests against anupper surface 1403 a of thecontrol rib 1403. - In the initial position, the
depth selector 500′ is positioned such thatarm 508 is positioned between theneedle hub 130 and the stylet hubproximal portion 432. Thestop 509 ofarm 508 is operable to contact or abut against theneedle hub 130 upon a first actuation of the trigger to prevent full translation of thestylet hub 430 with respect to theneedle hub 130. This allows thestylet 319 to be advanced distally to a first predetermined position to deposit asuture knot 250 within thesuture holder 316 at thedistal tip 12. Additionally thedepth selector 500′ comprises alower arm 507 having atab 510 that is moveable into its deflected position during the first actuation of the trigger and is moveable thereafter into its undeflected position, to allowtab 510 to hitrib control 1404 of thehandle body 14′. This allows thedepth selector 500′ to generate a “clicking” sound indicating the stylet advancement to its first desired distance is complete. - In its second position the
depth selector 500′ is pivoted downwards so thatarm 508 is no longer positioned between the stylet hubproximal portion 432 and theneedle hub 130, and does not interfere with full advancement of thestylet 430. This allows thestylet 319 to advance distally to a second position to engage with the suture holder. Additionally thelower arm 507 is further moveable into its deflected position during the second actuation of the trigger and is moveable thereafter into its undeflected position, to allowtab 510 to hitcontrol rib 1406 ofhandle body 14′. This allows the depth selector to generate a “clicking” sound indicating the stylet advancement to its second desired distance is complete. - In some embodiments the stylet hub
proximal portion 432 may be an integral part ofstylet hub 430. In other embodiments, the stylet hubproximal portion 432 may be a separate component but is integrally coupled with thestylet hub 430. In some examples, the stylet hubproximal portion 432 may comprise a material that differs from thestylet hub 430. In a specific example, the stylet hubproximal portion 432 comprises stainless steel. - Each of these embodiments describing the
depth selector 500 are described in greater detail hereinbelow with reference to the device in use. - The present device can include a mechanism for compensating for deflection when translating a suture passing element or a suture retrieving element through tissue from the device
proximal portion 14 to the devicedistal tip 12. In some examples, the device may comprise a mechanism for compensating for deflection upon translation of a tissue puncturing member of the device, such as aneedle 116. In other examples, thedevice 100 may provide a mechanism for compensating for deflection within another component, such as a longitudinally extendingneck portion 15 of the device (which may be a part ofshaft 16 of the device proximal portion) which may causedistal tip 12 to deflect. The deflection may be a result of the tissue resisting advancement of theneedle 116 orstylet 319 or the resistive force of the tissue acting at thedistal tip 12. In some examples, deflection ofneedle 116 or thedistal tip 12 may cause theneedle 116 to become misaligned fromchamber 12B which may, for example, prevent a suture passing element such as a stylet housed within theneedle 116 to pass a suture into thedistal tip 12. - In one embodiment a feature is provided for compensating for deflection of the tissue puncturing member. In one specific example, the tissue puncturing member comprises a
needle 116 housed withinshaft 16. The feature for compensating for deflection of theneedle 116 comprises providing an offset between theneedle 116 andchamber 12B. As shown inFIG. 3e , theneedle 116 is advanced from theshaft 16 of the deviceproximal portion 14 to thedistal tip 12 to puncture tissue positioned within thetissue receiving gap 10. As theneedle 116 penetrates the tissue, the tissue applies a resistive force (Ftissue) to theneedle 116. In a specific example as shown, theneedle 116 has a non-symmetric (For example, bevel) geometry. As a result a component of the applied resistive force (Ftissue) acts normal to the longitudinal axis or centerline of the needle (Freaction). This normal force (Freaction) deflects theneedle 116 from its centerline. As a result theneedle 116 may be bent as it is being used to puncture or penetrate the tissue and is thus may become aligned withchamber 12B of thedistal tip 12. In some examples, theneedle 116 is deflected away towards the top of the device as shown as shown by directional arrow M1. Thus, theneedle 116 may then be aligned substantially collinearly with thechamber 12B. Alternatively theneedle 116 is deflected such that the tip of theneedle 116 engages the opening of thechamber 12B, and the continued advancement of theneedle 116 substantially collinearly aligns theneedle 116 with thechamber 12B as the bevel of theneedle 116 results in deflection towards the top of the device as shown as shown by directional arrow M1. - In another embodiment, a means is provided for compensating for deflection of the device
distal tip 12. Similar to the embodiment described above, the feature for compensating for deflection of theneedle 116 comprises providing an offset between theneedle 116 andchamber 12B. In another specific example, as shown inFIG. 3f , as thedevice 100 is positioned withintissue 200, thedistal tip 12 may encounter resistance, such a resistive force that is encountered when the distal tip hits bone (Pbone). If a counter force is applied against this resistive force by the user using thedevice tip 12, a thin portion of theshaft 16, such as longitudinally extendingneck portion 15, may bend. In some examples, thedistal tip 12 may bend away or may be deflected towards the bottom of the device (as shown by directional arrow M2). As a result the distal housing orchamber 12B defined bydistal tip 12, (which theneedle 116 is targeting) may be moved. Thus, a force applied by the user using thedistal tip 12 may bend a portion of theshaft 16, aligningchamber 12B of thedistal tip 12 with theneedle 116. In other words theneedle 116 andchamber 12B may become substantially collinear. - In further detail, in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention as shown in
FIG. 3g , adevice 100 is provided that allows theneedle 116 to be aligned withchamber 12B ofdistal tip 12 in its intended trajectory. More specifically, a device is provided wherein thedistal tip 12 and theneedle 116 are misaligned, in order to compensate for the misalignment created by deflection of either thedistal tip 12 or theneedle 116. More specifically, thedevice 100 provides a chamber orchannel 16B defined by theshaft 16 of the proximal housing,chamber 16B having a longitudinal axis or centerline Lp. Thedevice 100 further comprises achamber 12B defined by thedistal tip 12 of the distal housing,chamber 12B having a longitudinal axis or centerline Ld. According to an embodiment of the present invention,device 100 provides that the centerline Lp of theshaft chamber 16B is offset from centerline Ld of thedistal tip chamber 12B. Thechamber 12B is offset or misaligned in the direction of needle and shaft deflection as shown, so that the deflectedneedle 116 still targets within thechamber 12B within thedistal tip 12. - In an alternate embodiment, other features may be provided to counter deflection of the tissue puncturing member or a portion of the shaft. In one specific example as shown in
FIG. 3h , apre-curved needle 116′ is provided. Thedevice 100 as shown inFIG. 3h , comprises adistal tip 12 definingchamber 12B and ashaft 16 definingchamber 16B, where the centerline Lp ofchamber 16B is aligned with or substantially collinear with centerline Ld ofchamber 12B. Thecurved needle 116′ can accommodate or compensate for the deflection of either thedistal tip 12 due bending of theneck portion 15, or deflection of the needle itself due to resistance force applied by the tissue. In one example, where thedistal tip 12 is deflected downwardly, since the trajectory of thecurved needle 116′ is such that it deflects into thetissue receiving gap 10, the distal end of thecurved needle 116′ is aligned with thedistal tip 12. In another example, where thecurved needle 116′ is deflected away fromtissue receiving gap 10 due to tissue resistance, the resistive force applied by the tissue may straighten the curve of theneedle 116′, thus allowing theneedle 116′ to be aligned with thedistal tip 12. - In some embodiments described above, once a distal end or tip of the
needle 116 enter thechamber 12B within thedistal tip 12, further distal translation force/slides theneedle 116 into thechamber 12B. In some examples, a bevel provided on the needle end face allows theneedle 116 to slide intochamber 12B, to allow the distal end the needle to be substantially collinear withchamber 12B. In some embodiments, theneedle 116 assumes a slight curve or an s-shaped configuration as it is forced or slid intochamber 12B. - An Exemplary Suture Passing Member in Accordance with an Embodiment of the Present Invention
- An embodiment of the
stylet 319 is described with reference toFIGS. 7a-7d , thestylet 319 comprising features for engaging thesuture holder 316. The engagement between suture holder retrieving member such as thestylet 319 and thetrap 416 may be further enhanced by the profile or configuration ofstylet 319. In some embodiments, the suture holder retrieving element such asstylet 319 may comprise an engagement feature that co-operatively engages with thesuture holder 316 such as thetrap 416. The engagement feature may comprise a recess or groove that engages with fingers of thetrap 416. In other embodiments the engagement feature may comprise a protrusion that engages with the fingers of thetrap 416. In one example, astylet 419 is provided as shown inFIGS. 7a-7e . Thestylet 419 comprises astylet tip 420 and astylet shaft 424. A portion of thestylet tip 420 has a width W2. A portion of thestylet shaft 424 adjacent and proximal to thestylet tip 420 has a width W1. The width W2 along a portion of thestylet tip 420 being greater than width W1 along a portion of thestylet shaft 424. The portion of thestylet tip 420 having width W2 being defined as the stylet tipwider region 421. And the portion of thestylet shaft 424 having width W1 being defined as the shaftnarrower region 423. A shoulder or edge 426 may form at the interface between the stylet tipwider region 421, and the stylet shaftnarrower region 423. In other words the stylet tipwider region 421 defines a shoulder oredge 426. As mentioned above, in some embodiments, a protrusion forms the engagement feature ofstylet 419. As an example of this the protrusion is formed by the stylet tipwider region 421. In a specific example, the engagement feature comprises the shoulder or edge 426 defined by the stylet tipwider region 421. In one embodiment, whereinstylet 419 has a substantially circular cross-section, the stylet tipwider region 421 is of a substantially greater diameter than the stylet shaftnarrower region 423. - In one example, wherein the stylet has a reduced profile substantially along the length of the
stylet shaft 424 the stylet shaft may have a substantially rectangular cross-section or a partially rectangular cross-section along portions thereof. In a specific example of this as is further illustrated inFIG. 7e , thestylet shaft 424 has four flats orplanar surfaces 425 that form the reduced rectangular cross-section along the distal portion of theshaft 424 along the shaftnarrower region 423. Furthermoreshaft 424 has a partially rectangular cross-section along theshaft portion 427, with a portion of the shaft cross-section being rounded or circular. In other embodiments, the shaftnarrower region 423 may have any other cross-sectional shape which may non-limitingly include any one of a circular, oval or square cross-section or combinations thereof. - In operation, the
stylet 419, functioning as the suture holder retrieving member is advanced to capture thetrap 416. The stylet is advanced through thetrap 416 such that the shoulder or edge 426 defined by the stylet tipwider region 421 advances past a distal opening of the trap 416 (FIG. 7d ). The distal opening of thetrap 416 is defined byfingers 322 that substantially converge at the distal end, thefingers 322 having a nominal shape and position. In some embodiments, thetrap 416 is resilient and thefingers 322 flex as thestylet tip 420 is advanced past the distal opening of thetrap 416, and return substantially to their nominal shape/position when thestylet tip 420 is positioned distal to the trap 416 (i.e. when the shoulder oredge 426 is positioned distal to the trap 416). When thetrap 416 has returned substantially back to its nominal shape/position, the distal opening of thetrap 416 has a smaller width than the width along the stylet tipwider region 421. Thus, when thestylet 419 is retracted, the shoulder or edge 426 of the stylet tipwider region 421 abuts against the narrow distal end of thetrap 416, thereby preventing thestylet tip 420 from retracting back through thetrap 416. Thestylet 419 and thetrap 416 are then retracted together as a unit, through tissue site P2 through the second segment oftissue 200. In alternate embodiments, thesuture holder 316 may comprise atrap 416 havingfingers 322 and the suture holder retrieving member such asstylet 319 may comprise an indent which engages with the fingers of thetrap 416. Alternatively, thestylet 319 may comprise any other feature that allows thestylet 319 to engage asuture holder 316. - Put differently, an engagement mechanism may be provided between the
stylet 319 and thetrap 416 that enables thetrap 416 to be retracted along with thestylet 319 as thestylet 319 is retracted, allowing for disengagement of thetrap 416 from thedistal tip 12, as shown inFIG. 3d . This allows thesuture knot 250 to be withdrawn proximally through a second side of the tissue, for example through tissue site P2 using thetrap 416. Thesuture 240 is passed from the distal side to the proximal side of the tissue through the second segment of the tissue. Thus, this allows thesuture 240 to be passed through tissue on both sides of the defect to allow the two sides of the tissue to be approximated in order to substantially seal the defect. - An Exemplary Suture Trap in Accordance with an Embodiment of the Present Invention
- As illustrated and discussed in greater detail below, in some embodiments the
suture holder 316 defines an opening on its distal side. Thesuture holder 316 is capable of receiving thestylet 319 that pushes theknot 250 through such that it exits through the opening thereof. In such an example, the opening on the distal side of thesuture holder 316 is defined by the suture retaining means. In other words, the suture retaining means may be understood to be the portion of the suture holder defining the distal opening through whichknot 250 is positioned. One specific embodiment of thesuture holder 316 for receiving aknot 250 is described with reference toFIGS. 7a-7c . In one specific example, as shown inFIG. 7a , thesuture holder 316 described herein above may comprise atrap 416. Thetrap 416 allows a suture holder retrieving member, such as thestylet 319 to engage thetrap 416 when thestylet 319 is advanced to a second predetermined distance or in the second pass (FIGS. 3c-3d andFIG. 7d ) to allow thetrap 416 to be retracted with thestylet 319. Thetrap 416 is formed from a tubular hollow elongate member terminating in flexible tips orfingers 322. The tips orfingers 322 which may be elastic or resilient, form the suture retaining component of thetrap 416. As mentioned above, in the first pass, thestylet 319 is advanced through tissue on a first side of the defect to pass thesuture 240 there-through. As thestylet 319 is advanced through thetrap 416, the flexibleelastic fingers 322 of thetrap 416 forming the suture retaining component flex to allow thestylet 319 to pass theknot 250 through the trap 416 (FIG. 7b ). Thefingers 322 subsequently return to their nominal position when thestylet 319 is retracted, to trap and retain theknot 250 in a position distal to the trap 416 (FIG. 7c ), which in one example, may be beyond the devicedistal tip 12. Thus, thetrap 416 allows theknot 250 to travel through the trap in one direction and retains theknot 250, preventing proximal movement of theknot 250 through thetrap 416. In one embodiment, the suture retaining component of thetrap 416 comprises at least fourfingers 322. In an alternate embodiment, the suture retaining component of thetrap 416 comprises at least threefingers 322. In one specific example, wherein thesuture holder 316 includes atrap 416,trap 416 comprises a bevel at its proximal end face (a beveled proximal face) to allow engagement with the bevel at the distal end of the needle 116 (beveled distal face) according to one embodiment as described above, - Alternative Embodiments of the Suture Trap and Corresponding Engagement Features within the Distal Tip
- Alternative embodiments of the device of the present invention are shown below with respect to
FIGS. 9-19 . Each of these embodiments may be used in conjunction with the method described herein below with reference toFIGS. 2 and 3 . The term “suture holder” as used throughout refers to asuture trap 316 operable to capture a suture passed therethrough by a suture passing member. - In a further embodiment, as shown in
FIGS. 9a-9f , adevice 100 is used to practice a method of the present invention to treat a defect. Thedevice 100 comprises asuture holder 316 at a distal tip thereof. Thesuture holder 316 may be releasably coupled to thedistal tip 12 using any of the member engagement features described herein. For example, thesuture holder 316 may be coupled to thedistal tip 12 using co-operative engagement between thesuture holder 316 anddistal tip 12 or using a wire that passes through thedistal tip 12 into an aperture of thesuture holder 316. Thesuture holder 316 may at least partially define a lumen there-through. In one embodiment thesuture holder 316 has a suture retaining component for remotely capturing and/or retaining a portion of the suture. The suture portion may be captured remotely from the user during a medical procedure. In one example, the suture retaining/capturing component comprises one or more resilient fingers (or ‘spring biased appendages’) that are inwardly biased with respect to the suture holder. The suture retaining component comprises one or more resilient members or fingers that project from (a surface) of the suture holder to effect, direct or restrain motion when brought into contact with a second object. In another example, the one or more resilient fingers effect, direct or restrain motion of a portion of the suture. In a specific example of this, the fingers project sufficiently inwards to prevent retraction of the suture portion. In one example, the suture portion is taken from the group consisting of a suture knot, a suture ball, a metal tab or a plastic tab. The suture retaining component may comprise one finger. Alternatively, the suture retaining component may comprise more than one finger. In some examples, the suture retaining component may comprise two, three, or four fingers. In one embodiment, the inwardly biased fingers are located at a distal end of the suture holder. In an alternate embodiment, the one or more fingers are positioned at a location along the longitudinal length of the suture holder. In one example of this, as shown inFIGS. 9a-9b and 9c , thesuture holder 316 has one or more resilient arms orfinger 322 that may be bent or tapered towards the interior of thesuture holder 316 at about a mid-length of thesuture holder 316. In a specific example, thesuture holder 316 has one arm orfinger 322. In some embodiments, thefingers 322 may be referred to as protrusions, members or tips. - The
device 100 further comprises a suture passing member in the form of astylet 319 that has agroove 428 along its distal portion. Thestylet 319 is housed within ahollow needle 116 that functions as a tissue puncturing member. A portion of thesuture 240, such asknot 250 is held within theneedle 116 in the device proximal portion, as shown inFIGS. 9a-9b, and 9c . The distal end ofstylet 319 is equipped for pushing thesuture knot 250 intosuture holder 316 as shown inFIG. 9d upon advancement of thestylet 319 to a first predetermined distance. The resilient arm orfinger 322 of thesuture holder 316 is capable of flexing to allow passage of stylet through thesuture holder 316 as shown inFIG. 9e . Thus, thesuture holder 316 may additionally function to restrict movement of the suture passing member such asstylet 319, such that it allows the suture passing member to advance till it allows thesuture knot 250 to engage the suture retaining component and the suture passing member is free to retract there-from as shown inFIG. 9e . Thesuture holder 316 may additionally function to restrict movement of the suture holder retrieving member, such asstylet 319 such that it can engagestylet 319 upon readvancement ofstylet 319 to a second distance. This allows the suture thestylet 319 to retract thesuture holder 316 there-with as shown inFIG. 9f . The resilient arm orfinger 322 of thesuture holder 316 is received within and engages thegroove 428 ofstylet 319, allowing capture of thesuture holder 316 by the stylet 319 (FIG. 9g ). In this position thesuture holder 316 restricts movement of thestylet 319 by allowing thegroove 428 to engage with thefinger 322 of thesuture holder 316. In one embodiment as shown inFIG. 9f , the suture holder may comprise tabs that are held within awindow 128 of thedistal tip 12 to allow the suture holder to be coupled to thedistal tip 12. In an alternative of the above described embodiment, thestylet 319 may be rotatable to change its orientation between first and second orientations. In its first orientation,such groove 428 of thestylet 319 faces away from the arm orfinger 322, as shown inFIG. 9h . This may help prevent thegroove 428 of thestylet 319 from engaging the arm orfinger 322 during initial advancement of thestylet 319, thus ensuring that thestylet 319 can be retracted freely after theknot 250 is deposited at thesuture holder 316. Thus, in its first orientation thestylet 319 is in its non-engaging orientation where it cannot engage thesuture holder 316 as it is advanced. In its second orientation, thestylet 319 is in its suture holder engaging orientation where thegroove 428 is positioned on the same side as the arm orfinger 322 so thestylet 319 may engage thesuture holder 316 upon re-advancement. The, the arm orfinger 322 of thesuture holder 316 is operable to fit into or engage thegroove 428 of thestylet 319, which may allow the stylet to retrieve thesuture holder 316 upon retraction, as shown inFIG. 9i . Thus, the arm orfinger 322 of thesuture holder 316 functions to restrict or restrain the motion of thestylet 319 and allows engagement of thestylet 319 with thesuture holder 316. - In another example of an embodiment of the present invention as shown in
FIGS. 10a-10f , thedevice 100 comprises asuture holder 316 that is disposed at the devicedistal tip 12. Thesuture holder 316 comprises a hollow tubular member defining a lumen there-through. Thesuture holder 316 comprises a suture retaining component such as one or more inwardly biased resilient fingers that project from a surface of thesuture holder 316 at a distal end thereof. Thefingers 322 function to effect, direct or restrain motion of a portion of the suture passed through thesuture holder 316. Thefingers 322 additionally also function to restrict motion of the suture passing member used to pass the suture portion through thesuture holder 316, and further to engage the suture holder retrieving member that is passed thereafter through thesuture holder 316 to retrieve thesuture holder 316 with the suture portion coupled thereto. - Additionally, the
suture holder 316 comprises an engagement feature for releasably coupling thesuture holder 316 to the devicedistal tip 12. The engagement feature comprises co-operative engagement between thesuture holder 316 and the devicedistal tip 12. In one example, thesuture holder 316 has an indent, a recess or groove 321 that co-operatively engages with aprojection 121 of thedistal tip 12, to allow thesuture holder 316 to be releasably coupled to thedistal tip 12, as shown inFIG. 10a . The engagement feature allowssuture holder 316 to remain detachably engaged with thesuture holder 316 during advancement ofstylet 319 to passsuture 240 and retraction thereafter as shown inFIGS. 10b and 10c . The disengagement of theprojection 121 of thedistal tip 12 with the indent, recess or groove 321 of thesuture holder 316 may be affected by rotation of thesuture holder 316 usingstylet 319 after it has been re-advanced through thesuture holder 316 as shown inFIGS. 10d and 10e , thereby allowingsuture holder 316 to be retracted through tissue on the opposing side of the defect using the suture holder retracting member such asstylet 319, as shown inFIG. 10 f. - A further alternate embodiment is shown in
FIG. 11a , with thesuture holder 316 disposed at the devicedistal tip 12 and is received within a receiving chamber of thedistal tip 12. Thesuture holder 316 comprises a suture retaining component in the form of one ormore fingers 322, as described previously to retain a portion of thesuture 240 that is passed by the suture passing member into thesuture holder 316. Thesuture holder 316 further comprises an engagement feature allowing it to be detachably coupled to the devicedistal tip 12. The engagement feature comprises a notch or an engaging surface 330 that co-operatively engages with a projection at thedistal tip 12, to retain thesuture holder 316 within the receiving chamber of thedistal tip 12. In one specific example, the projection at thedistal tip 12 is aprojection 131 of aspring clip 132, with thespring clip 132 being coupled to thedistal tip 12, as shown inFIG. 11a . Thesuture holder 316 comprises a suture retaining member such asfingers 322, to capture and retain thesuture knot 250 therein. Furthermore, thestylet 319 may comprise an engagement feature to order to allow thestylet 319 to engage thesuture holder 316, as shown inFIG. 11b . For example similar to embodiments discussed previously, thestylet 319 may have a tip wider region that has a width that is greater than the width along the distal end of thesuture holder 316 for engaging with the suture holder upon advancement of the stylet tip wider region through and distal to thesuture holder 316. In order to enable retraction of thesuture holder 316, a mechanism is provided to disengage thesuture holder 316 from thedistal tip 12. As shown inFIGS. 11c and 11d , in one example, theneedle 116 that houses thestylet 319, may be rotatable (for example by 90 degrees) to allow thesuture holder 316 to rotate with theneedle 116 allowing the notch or engaging surface 330 to be rotated out of engagement with the projection of thespring clip 132, thus decoupling thesuture holder 316 from thedistal tip 12. This ensures that the notch or engaging surface 330 no longer faces theclip 132; instead, thespring clip 132 is adjacent and in contact with a non-engaging surface of thesuture holder 316, (which in one particular example may be a smooth outer surface of the suture holder 316). This allows the stylet 319 (as the suture holder retrieving member), as well as thesuture holder 316, to be retracted with limited, reduced or substantially no hindrance. - In accordance with an alternate embodiment of a method of the present invention, a
device 100 shown inFIG. 12a may be used Thesuture holder 316 may be detachably coupled to thedistal tip 12 using co-operative engagement. Thesuture holder 316 additionally comprises a suture retaining component where the suture retaining/capturing component comprises an element of thesuture holder 316 that at least partially defines an aperture. In some embodiments the suture retaining component comprises a wall of thesuture holder 316 that defines an aperture. In some embodiments, anedge 327 b of the wall defines the aperture and forms a proximal boundary of the aperture. In alternate embodiments, the aperture may be any one of a rectangular aperture, an oblong aperture or a key-shaped aperture. In some embodiments, the aperture may be referred to as a slot, a window, an opening or a hole. In some embodiments, thesuture holder 316 defines a hollow lumen at least partially there-through. In one example, thesuture holder 316 defines a lumen that extends completely there-through. In some embodiments, the suture retaining component comprises a distal face of a wall of thesuture holder 316, the distal face defining the aperture. In one example, the aperture extends transversally within the wall of thesuture holder 316. In other examples, the aperture extends longitudinally within the wall of thesuture holder 316. In some embodiments, the aperture extends both transversally and longitudinally. In one specific example, the aperture is an L-shapedslot 323 having a transversally extendingportion 323 b that is formed distally to longitudinally extending opening 323 a. A portion of thesuture 240 may be passed into theslot 323 through the longitudinally extending opening 323 a. The suture portion may then be retained by the suture retaining component within thetransversally extending portion 323 b of the slot. In one particular example, the suture retaining component comprises anedge 327 b of the suture holder wall that forms the proximal boundary of theslot 323. - As shown in
FIGS. 12a-12d , in order to facilitate the transfer of the suture portion from the device proximal portion to thesuture holder 316 at thedistal tip 12, thedevice 100 further comprises a suture passing member. In one particular embodiment the suture passing member comprises anelongate needle 116 that defines anopening 123 for carrying a portion of thesuture 240. In one example, the suture portion is asuture knot 250. In an alternate embodiment, the suture portion comprises atab 260 which may be a metal or a plastic tab affixed to a free end of the suture. - In operation, the
device 100 is insertable through a defect within a region of tissue, such that the suture holder 316 (coupled to the device distal tip 12) is positioned on a distal side of a first segment of tissue (Not shown). The needle 116 (functioning as the suture passing member) may be advanced through the first segment of tissue to deposit the suture portion within thesuture holder 316. As shown inFIG. 12b , the needle is advanceable to a first distance (which may be a predetermined distance) such that thesuture tab 260 orknot 250 is received within the longitudinally extending opening 323 a ofslot 323 of thesuture holder 316. The distal portion of theneedle 116 is received into thesuture holder 316 but the raised portion orprojection 125 of theneedle 116 does not engage with thesuture holder 316. Theneedle 116 may then be rotated 180 degrees (e.g. counterclockwise) to translate thesuture tab 260 orknot 250 within theslot portion 323 b away from the slot opening 323 a to secure thesuture tab 260 within thesuture holder 316, as shown inFIG. 12c . As shown inFIG. 12d , theneedle 116 may then retracted and rotated by another 180 degrees (e.g. clockwise) after having passedsuture 240 through the first segment of tissue on one side of the defect. - In operation, the
device 100 may then be re-positioned on the other side of the defect. In other words thedevice 100 is re-positioned such that thesuture holder 316 is now positioned on a distal side of a second segment of tissue. The needle 116 (now operating as the suture holder retrieving member) is then re-advanced and passed through the second segment of tissue. As shown inFIG. 12e , theneedle 116 is advanceable to a second distance (which may be a predetermined distance). Theneedle 116 advanced further distally relative to the distance traveled byneedle 116 inFIG. 12b . This allows the raised portion orprojection 125 of theneedle 116 to be positioned within thesuture holder 316. Theneedle 116 may then be rotated 180 degrees (e.g. counterclockwise) to lock theneedle 116 andsuture holder 316 together. In this particular example, when theneedle 116 is rotated theprojection 125 of theneedle 116 is received within/engages a portion of thesuture holder 316, such as a recess or a groove or awindow 317 as shown. Theneedle 116 is then retracted, disengaging thesuture holder 316 from thedistal tip 12. Both theneedle 116 and thesuture holder 316 can then be withdrawn together through the defect (FIG. 120 , thereby passingsuture 240 coupled to thesuture holder 316 through tissue on the second or opposing side of the defect. Thus,device 100 can allowsuture 240 to be passed through both the first and second segments of tissue on opposing sides of the defect.FIGS. 13a-13d illustrate adevice 100 in accordance with still another embodiment of the present invention for passing a suture through tissue using. Similar to embodiments discussed herein above, thedevice 100 comprises asuture holder 316 coupled to the device distal tip 12 (not shown). Thedevice 100 additionally comprises a means for passing a portion of the suture from the device proximal portion to thesuture holder 316 at the devicedistal tip 12. As discussed previously, thesuture holder 316 comprises both an engagement feature for detachably coupling thesuture holder 316 to the devicedistal tip 12, as well as a suture retaining component for receiving and retaining the suture portion. Generally, the suture retaining component of thesuture holder 316 comprises an aperture defining element of thesuture holder 316. In one embodiment, the suture retaining component comprises an aperture defining wall of thesuture holder 316. As an example of this, the suture retaining component forms/defines an edge of the aperture. - In one particular embodiment, the suture retaining component comprises a door, i.e. a hinged, sliding or revolving barrier that forms an edge of the aperture. The barrier is positioned substantially perpendicularly between opposed edges of the aperture. Additionally, the barrier is moveable between an open position and a closed position, where the barrier in its open position allows access to the aperture for receipt of the suture portion therein. In a specific example of this, the barrier forms a side edge of the aperture. In another example, the barrier forms a proximal edge of the aperture. More specifically, the
suture holder 316 defines alongitudinally extending slot 323 with the suture retaining component comprising a barrier orflap 325 at the proximal opening of theslot 323. In some embodiments, the barrier may be hinged or pivotable. As an example of this, the barrier is biased towards its closed position. Furthermore, the bias may be provided using a spring biased mechanism. In one example, thebarrier 325 is coupled to thesuture holder 316 using a spring that biases the barrier towards its closed position. - The operation of the device in use is discussed further herein below. As the needle 116 (carrying knot 250) is advanced through a first side of the tissue and into the
suture holder 316, theknot 250 pushes against the hingedbarrier 325, causing the hingedbarrier 325 to open towards the interior of theslot 323 to receive theknot 250, as shown inFIG. 13b . As theknot 250 moves past the open hingedbarrier 325, the hingedbarrier 325 closes, and returns to its nominal closed position (FIG. 13c ). In one example, a stopper S may be provided that prevents the barrier from opening towards the exterior of the trap and allows the barrier to remain in the closed position. When theneedle 116 is retracted proximally, thesuture knot 250 is retained in theslot 323 by the hinged barrier 325 (FIG. 13d ). Thesuture holder 316, and subsequently theknot 250 retained therein, may then be retracted through tissue on an opposing side of the defect using a suture holder retrieving member as discussed for any of the embodiments described herein. In one specific example, the suture holder retrieving member comprises aneedle 116. Theneedle 116 comprises a projection ortooth 125. Theneedle 116 is advanced to retrieve thesuture holder 316. As theneedle 116 is advanced into thesuture holder 316, thetooth 125 is received within alumen 13′ of alongitudinally extending shaft 13 within thesuture holder 316. Theneedle 116 is not free to rotate as the movement of theneedle 116 is restricted to longitudinal advancement due to the interaction of thetooth 125 withlumen 13′. Once theneedle 116 is fully advanced within thesuture holder 316, thetooth 125 is positioned adjacent a groove orwindow 317 of thesuture holder 316. As theneedle 116 is then rotated, thetooth 125 is received within the groove orwindow 317 and engages therewith. This couples theneedle 116 to thesuture holder 316 enabling theneedle 116 and thesuture holder 316 to be retracted together. - In an alternate embodiment, the hinged
barrier 325 may be replaced by a resilient member or tab 1325A, as shown inFIG. 13e . The material properties of the tab 1325A may allow it to return substantially to its nominal or resting position. In some embodiments the tab 1325A may comprises an elastomer. In one specific example the tab 1325A comprises silicone. In some embodiments,suture holder 316 may comprise a plurality of tabs. In one specific example,suture holder 316 comprises two tabs such as tabs 1325A and 1325B, shown inFIG. 13f andFIG. 13g . In another example, thesuture holder 316 comprises three tabs. In other embodiments, thesuture holder 316 may comprise more than three tabs. - In still another embodiment as shown in
FIGS. 14a-f , adevice 100 is disclosed for passing suture for example to treat a defect, wherein the device comprises asuture holder 316 coupled to a distal tip of thedevice 100. Thesuture holder 316 in some embodiments may define a lumen at least partially there-through. The suture holder comprises a suture retaining component for capturing and retaining the suture. In some embodiments, the suture retaining component comprises a wall defining an aperture such as aslot 327, which in one example is positioned at or adjacent a distal end of thesuture holder 316. The slot is defined by anedge 327 b of the wall that is proximal to theslot 327 and forms the proximal boundary of theslot 327. In other words, the suture retaining component comprises a distal face of a wall of thesuture holder 316 where the distal face defines the aperture. Furthermore, thesuture holder 316 further comprises an engagement feature for coupling thesuture holder 316 to the devicedistal tip 12 for example, through co-operative there-between. In some embodiments, thesuture holder 316 comprises a projection that is received within a notch or a recess of thedistal tip 12. As an example of this, the projection on thesuture holder 316 comprises afin 328. Thus, thesuture holder 316 is retained within the device distal tip by thefin 328 being received within a slot or groove of thedistal tip 12. Thedevice 100 further comprises aneedle 116 carrying asuture knot 250 of thesuture strand 240, as shown inFIG. 14 a. - In operation, the
device 100 is inserted through a defect within the tissue in order to treat it. The devicedistal tip 12 is positioned on a far side of the tissue and positioned such that a first segment oftissue 200 is received the tissue receiving gap 10 (not shown). As shown inFIG. 14b , theneedle 116 is then advanced through the first segment of tissue on one side of the defect, to a first distance such that it is received within thesuture holder 316 and theknot 250 is positioned distal to thesuture holder 316, as shown inFIG. 14b . Theneedle 116 is then rotated by 180 degrees (e.g. counterclockwise) with respect to thesuture holder 316 such that theknot 250 is longitudinally aligned with theslot 327, and then withdrawn, as shown inFIGS. 14c and 14d . As theneedle 116 is retracted, theknot 250 abuts against theedge 327 b forming the proximal boundary ofslot 327 and is retained within theslot 327. The needle is then rotated, e.g. clockwise, by 180 degrees. Thedevice 100 is then re-positioned at tissue on a second side of the defect. The device further comprises a suture holder retrieving member that is housed within the proximal portion and advanced distally to retrieve thesuture holder 316. In one particular example, as shown inFIG. 14e , theneedle 116 also functions as the suture holder retrieval member and is then re-advanced through tissue and into thesuture holder 316 to a second location (which requires advancing a greater distance (distally) relative to the distance traveled by theneedle 116 with respect toFIG. 14b ). A raised portion orprojection 125 ofneedle 116 is received within thesuture holder 316 and theneedle 116 is then rotated 180 degrees (e.g. counterclockwise) to allow theprojection 125 to engage a window or aperture defined by a wall of thesuture holder 316. This allows theneedle 116 to engage thesuture holder 316 while substantially simultaneously allowing thefin 328 of thesuture holder 316 to disengage from the device distal tip. Theneedle 116 can then be withdrawn or retracted, thereby drawing thesuture holder 316 andsuture 240 through tissue on the second side of the defect. - In another embodiment of the present invention, a
device 100 is disclosed having asuture holder 316 coupled to the devicedistal tip 12. Thesuture holder 316 may comprise a resilient material such as an elastomer, plastic or metal such as stainless steel. In some embodiments thesuture holder 316 may comprise a resilient material that is capable of elastic deformation when force is applied to it and is capable of returning substantially to its original position when the force is removed. In some embodiments, thesuture holder 316 comprises avalve 1516. In one example, passage of material/object through thevalve 1516 in a first direction exerts an internal force which causes it to open. Whereas, retraction of material/object in the opposing direction exerts a force on thevalve 1516 from the outside preventing the return passage of material/object therethrough. In one specific example thevalve 1516 is formed of an elastomer such as silicone. In another specific example thevalve 1516 is formed of a metal such as stainless steel. -
FIG. 15a . is an illustration of avalve 1516 comprising resilient material.FIG. 15a shows thevalve 1516 with fingers orflaps fingers FIG. 15b . For example, as described previously, the twofingers knot 250 is pushed through thevalve 1516 for example, using astylet 319. Once theknot 250 is passed through the valve 516, thefingers FIG. 15c , the internal force may be removed allowing the valve to return substantially to its resting/nominal position. Additionally, in some embodiments, as further shown inFIG. 15c , an external force may be applied tofingers valve 1516 may be closed using a pull wire. In other examples, alternative means may be used to close thevalve 1516, such as an electromagnetic means or a mechanically driven means. - In an alternate embodiment, the
suture holder 316 may comprise a valve, For example, a duckbill valve 1616 as illustrated inFIG. 16 . In some examples, a duckbill valve 1616 may generally comprise an elastomeric material. In other examples, the duckbill valve 1616 may comprise other materials such as plastics or metals such as stainless steel. In one example the duckbill valve comprises two fingers orflaps opening 1627 is formed at the distal end of the valve 1616. The opening ofslit 1627 is formed along the distal face of the valve, between the two fingers orflaps - In some embodiments, the
suture holder 316 comprises avalve 1716 comprising two fingers orflaps FIG. 17 , with alongitudinally extending slot 1729 extending there-between along a portion of their length. Thevalve 1716 functions to allow passage of material or object there-through in a first direction, but prevents the movement or flow of the material or object there-through in a second direction substantially opposite to the first direction. In one example, theslot 1729 extends substantially along the length of thevalve 1716. The twofingers proximal portion 1720 of thevalve 1716. In one example, theproximal portion 1720 comprises elastic properties. This allows the twofingers stylet 319 therethrough. In one specific example as shown inFIG. 17 , theslot 1729 does not extend along theproximal portion 1720 of thevalve 1716 and theproximal portion 1720 comprises a continuous cylindrical/tubular section that extends circumferentially about the twofingers second fingers slot 1729 may extend substantially along the length of thevalve 1716 until theproximal portion 1720. An additional component may be used at theproximal portion 1720 of thevalve 1716 such as a metal ring to secure the twofingers - In some embodiments of the present invention, the
valve 1716 may comprise a resilient material such as an elastomer, a plastic or a metal. In some embodiments, thevalve 1716 may be formed from a combination of resilient and non-resilient materials. As an example of this, thevalve 1716 hasresilient fingers metallic ring 1721 along theproximal portion 1720. The combination allows theresilient fingers slot 1729 to allow passage of material/object there-through in a first direction. Therigid ring 1721 allows thefingers fingers proximal portion 1720 of thevalve 1716 may comprise a resilient material. Theproximal portion 1720 then functions to allow thefingers valve 1716 and to close thereafter substantially back to their resting position to prevent backward flow of the material/object there-through. - In operation the
device 100 is positioned such that thevalve 1716 is positioned on a distal side of the tissue. A suture passing member may then be used to pass a portion of thesuture 240, such as aknot 250, from the device proximal portion to the devicedistal tip 12. In one specific example, the suture passing member comprises astylet 319 that may be housed within the deviceproximal portion 14. In operation, thestylet 319 is advanced through a first segment of tissue and then advanced further through thevalve 1716. Thevalve 1716 expands or opens up to allow thestylet 319 to push the knot through the valve 1716 (FIG. 15b ). In other words a distal opening formed at the distal end of the valve enlarges as thestylet 319 is passed through. In one example, the entire body of thevalve 1716 may flex to allow thestylet 319 to push the knot therethrough. As thestylet 319 is then retracted, thevalve 1716 springs back substantially to its closed position as shown inFIG. 15c . The distal opening at the distal end of the valve closes back or in other words returns substantially back to its nominal size, thus preventing theknot 250 and suture 240 from translating proximally through thevalve 1716. The nominal size is relative in scale to the size of theknot 250 and is substantially smaller that theknot 250 to prevent the knot from travelling proximally through thevalve 1716. - The
device 100 may then be repositioned or rotated such that a second segment of tissue is positioned within thetissue receiving gap 10. Thevalve 1716 may then be retrieved through the second segment of tissue that is on an opposing side of the defect using any of the embodiments as described herein above. - In another example as shown in
FIGS. 18a-18c , adevice 100 is shown for passingsuture 240 through a region of tissue. The device comprises asuture holder 316 comprising a trap 1816 coupled to the devicedistal tip 12, the trap 1816 comprising a suture retaining component for receiving and retaining a portion of asuture 240. The portion of thesuture 240 is passed from aproximal portion 14 of the device through the tissue to the devicedistal tip 12 using a suture passing member such as astylet 519. Thestylet 519 may be housed within theneedle 116 within the device proximal portion. In one particular example thestylet 519 may be housed within an additionalelongate member 519′ within thehollow needle 116. Thestylet 519 may be advanceable from the device proximal portion to thedistal tip 12 with theelongate member 519′. Thestylet 519 comprises adistal tip 520 for passing the suture portion and pushing it into the trap 1816. In some embodiments, thedistal tip 520 of thestylet 519 has a sharpened tip or end 521 for carrying the suture portion. In a specific example of this, thestylet 519 is a barbed stylet additionally having one ormore teeth 522 for engaging and carrying the suture portion. The sharpenedend 521 andteeth 522 of thedistal tip 520 allow thesuture knot 250 to be translated from the deviceproximal portion 14 through the tissue (at a first location) to be deposited at the trap 1816 at the devicedistal tip 12. In some embodiments, theknot 250 may be removably secured to thestylet 319. In this particular example, theknot 250 is removably secured to thestylet 519 by spearing it using the sharpenedend 521 of thestylet 519. Theknot 250 may be passed from a proximal side of the tissue to a distal side of the tissue and may be held at the device distal tip 12 (FIG. 18b ) by a suture retaining means such as suture retaining component of the trap 1816. In one example, the suture retaining component may comprise afinger 1822 within the trap 1816 which can flex to allow thestylet 519 to pass theknot 250 through the trap 1816. Thefinger 1822 subsequently returns to its nominal position when thestylet 519 is retracted, to trap and retain theknot 250 within the trap 1816 (FIG. 18c ). The trap 1816 may then be retracted through tissue (at a second location different from the first location) and passed from the distal side of the tissue to the proximal side of the tissue. The trap 1816 may be retracted using a suture holder retrieving member of any of the embodiments described hereinabove to pass thesuture 240 through the second tissue location. Once thesuture 240 has been passed through the first and second tissue locations, the opposing free ends of the suture may be brought together and a closure knot may be provided to secure the two ends in place in order to approximate the defect. - In an alternate embodiment of the present invention a
device 100 is disclosed as shown inFIG. 19A . Similar to embodiments described herein above, thedevice 100 has ashaft 16 that is coupled to adistal tip 12 via alongitudinally extending neck 15. Theshaft 16 is a part of the deviceproximal portion 14. Atissue receiving gap 10 is formed between thedistal tip 12 and theproximal portion 14. Thedistal tip 12 defines achamber 12B for receiving asuture holder 316. Initially, thesuture holder 316 is housed within thechamber 12B. Thedistal tip 12 defines aslot 1940. In one particular example, theslot 1940 within thedistal tip 12 is an L-shaped slot that is axially and circumferentially disposed along an outer surface thereof. The L-shapedslot 1940 comprises a substantiallyrectangular slot 1940 a that is longitudinally or axially disposed along the exterior of thedistal tip 12. Therectangular slot 1940 a is in communication with a substantiallysquare slot 1940 b which is disposed circumferentially along the exterior of thedistal tip 12. In one particular example thesuture holder 316 comprises atrap 1916 having two ormore fingers 1922. In other examples asuture holder 316 may be of the type described in embodiments discussed previously herein. Thetrap 1916 also defines a substantiallyrectangular slot 1942 that is axially disposed along an outer surface of thetrap 1916 as shown inFIGS. 19B and 19C . Thetrap 1916 is positioned such thatslot 1942 of the trap is positioned substantiallyadjacent slot 1940 a of thedistal tip 12. In other words,rectangular slots FIG. 19D , aneedle 116 is disposed within aproximal portion 14 of theshaft 16. - In operation, the
device 100 is inserted into a region of tissue at the site of a defect. Thedevice 100 is positioned such that a first segment of tissue on one side of the defect is positioned within thetissue receiving gap 10. Theneedle 116 is used to carry thesuture 240 from the deviceproximal region 14 through the first segment of tissue to the devicedistal tip 12. In one particular example, theneedle 116 comprises a notch orslot 117 in which thesuture strand 240 is detachably secured, where thesuture strand 240 comprises aknot 250 at its distal end. Theneedle 116 is advanced from the deviceproximal portion 14 to thedistal tip 12. In some embodiments theneedle 116 may be sized to be received within thetrap 1916 and may be used to transfer thesuture 240 held withinnotch 117 to be transferred toslots needle 116 carries thesuture 240 through the first segment of tissue and is advanced further until it abuts thetrap 1916. Astylet 319 is housed within theneedle 116 and is used to deposit thesuture 240 within thedistal tip 12. Thestylet 319 is translated distally until it is received within thetrap 1916. Thestylet 319 pushes theknot 250 such that it passes throughslots FIG. 19D . More specifically, thesuture 240 is positioned withinslot 117 within theneedle 116 such that the knot is placed outside theneedle 116. Slot 117 of theneedle 116 is aligned withslots distal tip 12 and the suture holder respectively, such that when theneedle 116 is advanced and abuts against thetrap 1916, thestylet 319 advances thesuture 240 intoslots knot 250 of thesuture 240 is carried by theneedle 116 and then advanced into thetrap 1916 and intoslots stylet 319, such that it rests on the outside of thedistal tip 12. Thestylet 319 is advanced further until theknot 250 is positioned at a distal end of each of theslots trap 1916 is then rotated clockwise for example using thestylet 319 or the needle 116 (similar to embodiments described herein previously). A mechanism may be provided within the deviceproximal portion 14 that that allows rotation of theneedle 116 or thestylet 319. Clockwise rotation of thetrap 1916 allowsslot 1942 to be translated radially. This allowsslot 1942 of thetrap 1916 to now be aligned with the substantiallysquare slot 1940 b of thedistal tip 12, trapping or locking theknot 250 withinslot 1940 b, as shown inFIGS. 19E and 19F . The knot is held withinslot 1940 b and rests against/abuts a proximal wall of theslot 1940 b. This preventsknot 250 from translating proximally. Theneedle 116 andstylet 319 are then retracted. - The
device 100 is then rotated and repositioned such that a second segment of tissue is positioned within thetissue receiving gap 10. Theneedle 116 and thestylet 319 are then re-advanced through the second segment of tissue until theneedle 116 abuts against thetrap 1916. Thestylet 319 is then advanced further until the tip of thestylet 319 is positioned distal to the trap and thestylet 319 engages with thetrap 1916. Thestylet 319 is then rotated counterclockwise totranstate slot 1942 radially such that it is aligned again withslot 1940 a of thedistal tip 12. Theknot 250 not longer abuts the proximal wall ofslot 1940 b and is free to move proximally within theslots stylet 319 is then retracted to withdraw thetrap 1916 along withknot 250, as shown inFIG. 19G . This allowssuture 240 to be passed through the second segment of tissue. Thesuture 240 can then be used to approximate the defect. - In another broad aspect of the present invention,
device 100 includes features for deploying a suture knot, such as a partially pre-tied suture knot, as illustrated in various embodiments shown inFIG. 21-27 . Some embodiments ofdevice 100 comprise a retaining element that is coupled to thedevice 100 for retaining a portion of the suture during at least a part of the knot deployment procedure. - Features for Directly Coupling a Partially Pre-Tied Knot onto the Device
- In particular as shown in
FIG. 21a , in some embodiments, the device comprises anelongate member 110 having a retaining ortensioning element 900 disposed thereon. In some embodiments, in addition to deploying a suture knot, thedevice 100 may also be used to pass asuture 240 through a region oftissue 200 prior to deploying the knot. For example,device 100 may be used to pass suture through first and second segments, 201, 202 of a region oftissue 200 having adefect 300, as described herein. In other embodiments, another device may be used to pass thesuture 240 through the region oftissue 200 anddevice 100 is used to deploy a suture knot. - In the illustrated embodiment, a
suture 240 is formed into one ormore loops 700 around theelongate member 110. In one particular example, the retaining ortensioning element 900 may be coupled to thedevice 100 proximal (relative to a user) to a location of the one ormore suture loops 700. Afirst portion 701 of thesuture 240 extending from the one ormore loops 700 is coupled to a distal end of thedevice 100. In one particular example, thefirst portion 701 defines apost 703.Segment 703 a of thepost 703 generally extends from thetissue 200, specificallysegment 202 of the tissue, to thedevice 100 where it is coupled. Whereas,segment 703 b extends from thetissue 200, specificallysegment 201 of thetissue 200, to theloops 700 of thesuture 240. During use, the lengths of each of thesegments second portion 702 of thesuture 240 extends from the one ormore loops 700 and interacts with the retaining ortensioning element 900, thesecond portion 702 being substantially longitudinally opposed (i.e. if the suture were to be released from the device and, for example, straightened out,portion 702 would be substantially longitudinally opposed to portion 701) to thefirst portion 701. In one specific example, thesecond portion 702 of thesuture 240 forms alocker 704. In one specific example, thesecond portion 702 is passed under the retaining ortensioning element 900 and is held in frictional engagement between the retaining ortensioning element 900 and theelongate member 110. In other embodiments, thesuture 240 may be routed and retained in other ways through the retaining ortensioning element 900. In alternate embodiments shown inFIGS. 24 and 26 , theloops 700 of the partially pre-tied knot may be formed onto a portion of theshaft 16. - In an alternate embodiment the retaining or tensioning element may comprise a
resilient spring member 912 as shown inFIG. 24 . Thedevice 100 is illustrated afterloops 700 of the pre-tied knot have been deployed from thedevice 100 onto thepost 703 of thesuture 240 forming aDines knot 720 as thepost 703 is pulled through theloops 700. Similar to embodiments discussed previously, thefirst portion 701 of thesuture 240 forms thepost 703 and thesecond portion 702 of thesuture 240 forms thelocker 704 with thepost comprising segments locker 704 is held in tension by theresilient spring member 912 that is coupled to thedevice 100. In one specific example, theresilient spring member 912 may be hook-shaped. The locker maybe formed into a loop Y, and the loop Y may held in engagement by the resilient hook-shapedmember 912 that passes through the loop Y. - In an alternate embodiment, the retaining or
tensioning element 900 for holding thesecond portion 702 of the suture such as thelocker 704, may include interlocking mechanical pieces. In one example the retaining ortensioning element 900 may comprise two interlocking mechanical pieces, whereby a first mechanical piece is coupled to thelocker 704 and maintains tension on it. In other words, the retaining ortensioning element 900 provides resistance against the movement of thelocker 704. The retaining or tensioning element may provide a frictional force against thelocker 704. The first mechanical piece interacts with the second mechanical piece (i.e. the two pieces are co-operatively engaged with each other). - Features outlined herein below will be described with respect to a
device 100 is disclosed as shown inFIG. 22a which of the type described hereinabove with respect toFIGS. 1, 4-6 . Thedevice 100 has ashaft 16 that is coupled to adistal tip 12 via alongitudinally extending neck 15. Theshaft 16 is a part of the deviceproximal portion 14. Atissue receiving gap 10 is formed between thedistal tip 12 and theshaft 16. Aneedle 116 is housed within the deviceproximal region 14 and one portion of a suture or asuture strand 240 is coupled to thedevice 100, for example to theneedle 116. In some embodiments, thesuture 240 may be secured within theneedle 116 for example in proximity to the needle tip. In a specific example of this, thesuture 240 may be formed into a knot and retained within a slot within the needle tip. - The
suture 240 may be formed/arranged into one ormore loops 700 wrapped around a portion of theshaft 16. In other words thesuture 240 may be formed into a partial or fully pre-tied knot. In one broad aspect, embodiments of the present invention provide a means is provided for indirectly coupling theloops 700 of the partially or fully pre-tied knot onto thedevice 100. In other words, a partially or fully pre-tied knot is provided without coupling or tying theloops 700 of the partially pre-tied knot directly onto thedevice 100. In one such example, as shown inFIGS. 22a-22g the one ormore loops 700 of the partially or fully pre-tied knot are formed around aknot slider 800 that is mounted on theshaft 16 and detachably coupled thereto. In one specific example, theloops 700 are wrapped around the exterior of the knot slider proximal to aflexible arm 818 of theknot slider 800. Thearm 818 is shown in its initial position inFIGS. 22c and 22d (iii). In itsfirst position 818A, thearm 818 prevents theloops 700 from sliding off theknot slider 800 and thus serves as an obstructingmember 818. - With respect to
FIG. 22c , thesuture 240 exits theneedle 116, extends proximally and forms a service loop L. Thesuture 240 is then arranged into the one ormore loops 700 around a portion of theknot slider 800. The portion of thesuture 240 coupled to theneedle 116 distal to theloops 700 may be termed afirst portion 701 of thesuture 240. A substantially longitudinally opposedsecond portion 702 of thesuture 240 extends proximally from thesuture loops 700. In one specific example, thesecond portion 702 of thesuture 240 forms a locker, or knot locker. In one specific example thefirst portion 701 of the suture defines a post. - In a specific example, as shown in
FIG. 22d (i) theknot slider 800 comprises aninner slider body 802 and an outer slider body (or external knot slider) 804. Theinner slider body 802 comprises a substantiallycylindrical projection 806. Theprojection 806 defines alumen 810 and adistal opening 812. A longitudinally extendingslot 814 runs substantially along the length of theprojection 806 and is in communication withdistal opening 812 andlumen 810. Additionally, a partiallycircular slot 816 is formed into theinner slider body 802 at the base of theprojection 806 and partially surroundsprojection 806 as shown inFIG. 22d (ii), showing a rear view of theknot slider 800. A boundary oredge 817 defines theslot 816. Theslot 816 is in communication withslot 814 as well thedevice lumen 810 also shown inFIG. 22d (iii), showing a rear perspective view of theknot slider 800. In some embodiments, a retaining or tensioning element is mounted onto theprojection 806. In some examples the retaining or tensioning element comprises a resilient material such as an O-ring (an “elastomeric ring”) or a short section of tubing. In the particular embodiment shown inFIGS. 22a-22h , the retaining or tensioning element comprises an O-ring 910. In one particular example, a retention force applied by the O-ring 910 may comprise the force of friction. In some embodiments the retention force may be varied by changing the normal force and by changing the coefficient of friction (which may be altered by changing material properties or surface roughness). - As mentioned previously, the
loops 700 are formed onto theknot slider 800, and the first andsecond portions suture 240 extend from theloops 700, as shown inFIG. 22c . In some embodiments a segment of thesecond portion 702 of thesuture 240 may be restrained or substantially held in place by the retaining or tensioning element (such as the O-ring 910). In other embodiments the retaining or tensioning element, (such as the O-ring 910) may be used to secure both the first and second portions, 701, 702 of thesuture 240. In the exemplary embodiment, shown inFIGS. 22d (i)-(iii), thesecond portion 702 ofsuture 240 is passed through anopening 805 within theexternal knot slider 804 and into theopening 812 formed within theprojection 806 of theinner slider body 802. Thesuture 240 is then passed throughlumen 810 of theprojection 806. In order to secure thesuture portion 702 using the O-ring, thesuture 240 may then be guided in the direction G alongslot 816 as shown inFIG. 22d (iv) such that it is held by the O-ring 910 and is pinched between theprojection 806 and the O-ring 910. - This is further illustrated in
FIG. 22e , where thesuture 240 is guided laterally outwards (as shown by directional arrow A) such that it exits from the longitudinally extending slot 814). Thesuture 240 may then be guided in a circular motion (as shown by directional arrow B) through theslot 816 such that it is positioned between theprojection 806 and the O-ring 910. The resilient O-ring 910 substantially holds or restrains thesecond portion 702 of thesuture 240 by applying a force to maintain tension on it. Specifically, the O-ring functions to maintain tension on thesecond portion 702 of the suture by frictionally engaging it. In addition to holding thesecond portion 702, the suture retaining element such as O-ring 910 can hold one or more other portions of thesuture 240, such as the service loop L of the suturefirst portion 701. In one such example, the service loop L of thefirst portion 701 may be passed through the O-ring together with thesecond portion 702 in the manner described above. Once passed through the O-ring, both the service loop L of thefirst portion 701 and thesecond portion 702 may be routed through the deviceproximal portion 14, for example through tubing as shown inFIG. 22f . In one such example, the O-ring functions to keep the service loop L taut to allow one end ofsuture portion 701 to remain coupled to theneedle 116 housed within thedevice shaft 16. In a specific example, thesuture portion 701 is coupled to the needle tip via a knot formed at the end of thesuture portion 701. The O-ring helps to keep thesuture portion 701 taut to retain the knot within a slot within the needle tip. - In one broad, embodiments of the present invention provide a means to allow for a controlled deployment of a partially or fully pre-tied knot. As a feature of this broad aspect, a knot slider is provided that is coupled to the shaft/handle of the device via a releasable coupling. As a further feature of this broad aspect, a means is provided to prevent the partially or fully pre-tied knot from sliding until a predetermined force is applied to the releasable coupling.
- In one specific example, the
shaft 16 of theproximal portion 14 comprises a notch or arecess 1601, as shown inFIG. 22j , which co-operatively engages with aprojection 820 on theknot slider 800. In one example, aprojection 820 is formed on theflexible arm 818 of theouter slider body 804, which co-operatively engages withrecess 1601 in order to detachably couple theknot slider 800 to theshaft 16. In some embodiments, theprojection 820 may be formed at any other suitable location on theknot slider 800. In other embodiments, a projection may be formed on theshaft 16 that may engage a recess within theknot slider 800. Alternatively, any other engagement mechanism may be provided that allows theknot slider 800 to be detachably coupled to thedevice 100. - In one specific example, as shown in
FIGS. 22i and 22j , theprojection 820′ may be formed within a portion 822 of theouter slider body 804 that defines ahollow cavity 823. Portion 822 of theknot slider 800 is then mounted onto a raisedsegment 1401 of the deviceproximal portion 14. In other words, the raisedsegment 1401 of the deviceproximal portion 14 is received within thehollow cavity 823 defined by theknot slider 800. In one example, the raisedsegment 1401 is formed onto a handle body forming a part of the deviceproximal portion 14. Anadditional projection 1402 is formed on the raisedportion 1401. When theknot slider 800 is mounted onto the raisedportion 1401, theprojection 1402 of the device proximal portion andprojection 820′ of the knot slider form a snap-fit engagement for detachably coupling theslider 800 to the deviceproximal portion 14. This may help ensure that theknot slider 800 remains in its proximal position during shipment and/or handling of the device and during use, until such as time as is desired for theknot slider 800 to be released from its proximal position. - In one specific example as shown in
FIG. 22k , theknot slider 800 is passively coupled to theshaft 16 of thedevice 100. The O-ring 910 is mounted onto theprojection 806 and anadditional projection 806′, as shown. Theshaft 16 presses into O-ring to deflect the O-ring. Thus, there is contact between the O-ring and theshaft 16. Theknot slider 800 is passively coupled toshaft 16 via interference or frictional engagement between the O-ring 910 andshaft 16. The frictional engagement between the O-ring andshaft 16 is sufficient to prevent premature deployment or disengagement of theknot slider 800 from theshaft 16. - In another broad aspect, embodiments of the present invention provide features for deploying a partially pre-tied knot distally off of the device. As a feature of this broad aspect, embodiments of the present invention provide a means to prevent loops of the partially pre-tied knot from getting caught within the device (for example within a tissue receiving gap of the device) prior to deployment. As an example of this feature, a knot slider is provided that is detachably coupled to the device that slides to a distal position to cover the tissue-receiving gap, with the loops being released once the gap is covered to prevent the loops from being engaged within the gap. The knot slider prevents the loops from sliding off until it is in its distal position over the gap at which point the knot slider allows the loops to be deployed or released. In one particular example, the knot slider has a flexible arm that blocks/prevents the loops from sliding off until the slider is in its distal position over the tissue receiving gap, at which point the arm can bend into the tissue receiving gap allowing the loops to slide off the knot slider. In a further example, the arm and the knot slider have tapers to facilitate sliding of the suture.
- As the
knot slider 800 translates distally along theshaft 16, a stopping mechanism may be provided to allow theknot slider 800 to be positioned over thetissue receiving gap 10. In this distal position, Since, theknot slider 800 covers thetissue receiving gap 10 in this distal position, it prevents theloops 700 from being released within thetissue receiving gap 10 and getting stuck therein. In one embodiment, theknot slider 800 comprises atail hook 824. In a specific example, thetail hook 824 is a part of theinner slider body 802. Thetail hook 824 is operable to slide along a recess orgroove 1603 that runs along a portion of theshaft 16, as shown inFIG. 23b (i). When thetail hook 824 reaches the end of the recess orgroove 1603, further distal translation of theknot slider 800 is impeded. Thetail hook 824 abuts against or engages a portion of theshaft 16, allowing theknot slider 800 be positioned in its distal position over thetissue receiving gap 10. Thetail hook 824 stops theknot slider 800 in the correct position so theflexible arm 818 is lined up with/adjacent thetissue gap 10, so that it can be deflected into thetissue receiving gap 10 when tension is applied to thesuture 240, to allow theloops 700 to be released. Furthermore, thetail hook 824 may additionally prevent theknot slider 800 from falling off theshaft 16. - In other embodiments, alternative means of stopping distal translation of the knot slider may be provided. In one example, a snap or snap arm may be provided instead of a tail hook to allow the
knot slider 800 to stop in the desired distal position. The snap may be actively biased towards the shaft and may comprise an engaging feature that clips or grabs onto the shaft with a biasing force. As theknot slider 800 translates distally along the shaft, the snap rides along the shaft until it reaches the tissue receiving gap and is deflected therein (or snaps into the tissue gap) because of the bias. As a result, the snap abuts/stops against the proximal face of thedistal tip 12. In one particular example, two snaps or snap arms may be provided to mitigate the risk of one of the snaps interfering with thetaut segment 703 a ofsuture portion 701 that is running across thetissue receiving gap 10. This allows at least one of the snaps to be deflected into thetissue receiving gap 10 to stop theknot slider 800 in its desired distal position. - As described hereinabove, the
loops 700 are held in place by thearm 818 which prevents them from sliding off. Theflexible arm 818 has been positioned against and rests against theshaft 16 until theknot slider 800 is in its distal position. During the time that thearm 818 is in itsinitial position 818A, it cannot bend inwards due to hindrance created by theshaft 16. However, when the knot slider is in its distal position, the inward motion of theflexible arm 818 is no longer blocked by theshaft 16, as theflexible arm 818 is now positioned adjacent thetissue receiving gap 10. Therefore, as thedevice 100 is pulled, continued tension on thesuture 240 causes theflexible arm 818 to bend or deflect inwards into thetissue receiving gap 10 into its second orbent position 818B, as shown inFIG. 23b (ii). Theloops 700 are no longer substantially blocked by thearm 818 and are free to slide distally off thearm 818. In one example as shown, thearm 818 of theknot slider 800 is angled or tapered, which facilitates the removal of theloops 700 by allowing them to slide along the tapered surfaces of thearm 818. In a specific example, as shown, thearm 818 is of substantially a triangular shape comprising both a distal taper and a proximal taper. In some embodiments, thearm 818 may be actively biased and once thearm 818 is located adjacent thetissue receiving gap 10, in the absence of any obstruction/hindrance created by theshaft 16, thearm 818 moves inwards towards its biased position such that it is positioned within thetissue receiving gap 10. In some embodiments, as thearm 818 may be sized to allow the arm to deflect into its second position distal to the devicedistal tip 12. In other words, instead of thearm 818 being deflected into thetissue receiving gap 10, thearm 818 is deflected into the space distal to thedevice 100. In some embodiments, an automatic mechanism may be provided for the release of theloops 700. In one such example, theloops 700 may be released when the user presses a button. Alternatively, in some embodiments, theloops 700 may be released by an additional squeeze of a trigger, such as a third squeeze of the trigger. - Additionally, in some embodiments, the
knot slider 800 along a portion thereof is also angled and tapers down towards its distal end, In other words, theknot slider 800 reduces in diameter from its proximal end to its distal end. In some embodiments, theknot slider 800 may comprise a downward step between tapered portions thereof. Since, theloops 700 are wrapped around theknot slider 800 and thus constrict around it, the downward taper of theknot slider 800 may allow theloops 700 to be released/slide off with relative ease. Furthermore, the downward taper of theknot slider 800 may prevent theloops 700 from getting caught on (or gripping/binding to) theknot slider 800 and thus may allow theloops 700 to be released. In some embodiments, the distal direction is defined as the direction along the longitudinal axis of thedevice 100 away from the user, and the proximal direction is defined as the direction along the longitudinal axis of the device towards the user. Additionally the top of theknot slider 800 is defined as the side of theknot slider 800 where thearm 818 is positioned, whereas the bottom of theknot slider 800 is defined as the opposing side. In some embodiments, when the loops are installed on theknot slider 800, theloops 700 may not be vertical/perpendicular with respect to theshaft 16 when viewed from the side, as shown inFIG. 23a . Theloops 700 may be oriented at an angle from the vertical or perpendicular as shown. The bottom portion of the loops is defined as the portion of theloops 700 that is in contact with the bottom of theknot slider 800 and the top portion of the loops is defined as the portion of theloops 700 in contact with the top portion of theknot slider 800. In some embodiments, if the bottom portion of theloops 700 is positioned proximally to the top portion; as tension is applied to theloops 700 to release theloops 700, the top portion starts to move and the loops may grip/bind on theknot slider 800 and not come off. Thus, in some embodiments, theloops 700 may be oriented such that the portion of the bottom portion of theloops 700 at the bottom of theknot slider 800 is positioned distal to the top portion of theloops 700 at the top of theknot slider 800. - In some embodiments, means may be provided to allow the
needle 116 to span across thetissue receiving gap 10, prior to deploying the partially pre-tied knot. In one particular example, thedevice 100 is withdrawn to deploy the partially pre-tied knot. As thedevice 100 is withdrawn, thesuture loops 700 of the pre-tied knot first slide distally alongshaft 16, and then along theneedle 116 spanning across thetissue receiving gap 10. Theloops 700 then may slide onto thedistal tip 12 and are subsequently released distal to thedevice 100. Additional features may be provided to facilitate translation of thesuture loops 700 at the transition between theneedle 116 and thedistal tip 12. - In some embodiments, the
device 100 may be provided with a sheath or tubing that is positioned around theshaft 16. Prior to deploying the partially pre-tied knot, the sheath or tubing may be advanced such that it spans across or covers thetissue receiving gap 10. Similar to embodiments discussed above, in one particular example, the device may be withdrawn to release/deploy theloops 700 of the partially pre-tied knot. Theloops 700 of may slide distally along theshaft 16 until they reach the sheath or tubing spanning across thetissue receiving gap 10. Theloops 700 may then slide along the sheath or tubing and onto thedistal tip 12. Theloops 700 may then be released distal to the devicedistal tip 12. In one specific example, the sheath or tubing may comprise clear tubing. - In some embodiments, the
distal tip 12 of thedevice 100 may be retracted to close thetissue receiving gap 10, to enable theloops 700 of the partially pre-tied knot to be released without being caught within thetissue receiving gap 10. Thus, in one example, when thedevice 100 is retracted to release theloops 700, theloops 700 may slide distally along theshaft 16 and then along thedistal tip 12 that has eliminated/closed thetissue receiving gap 10. The loops may then be released distal to the devicedistal tip 12. - In alternate embodiments, the
distal tip 12 of thedevice 100 may be pivotally coupled to theshaft 16 and may be pivoted or swiveled with respect to theshaft 16, prior to deploying/releasing the pre-tied knot. Thus, thedistal tip 12 may be pivoted (or rotated) away from the path of theloops 700. Theloops 700 may then be released and may slide distally along theshaft 16 without being caught within thetissue receiving gap 10. - Each of these embodiments are described in greater detail hereinbelow with reference to the device in use.
- In some embodiments, a
device 100 may be provided for passing suture that contains features for managing suture as described herein below wither reference toFIGS. 28a-h andFIGS. 29a -e. - In one broad aspect, the device of the present invention comprises features for suture management. By means of introduction, certain features have been incorporated into the device for preventing damage to the suture, while other features have been incorporated into the device for routing the suture. Still furthermore, features are provided to prevent the device from jamming.
- In some embodiments, the present invention provides a structure/feature to allow suture to be routed without being constrained. As an example of this, embodiments of the present invention provide a slot.
- In some embodiments, the present invention provides a means to limit damage to the suture while the suture is being manipulated. As an example of this, embodiments of the present invention provide a spacing/gap to allow suture to pass freely without fraying. In another example, embodiments of the present invention provide surface modifications such as cut-outs to prevent damage to the suture such as fraying.
- In some embodiments, the present invention provides a means to prevent the device from jamming or locking. As an example of this, embodiments of the present invention provide a spacing/gap for the suture to prevent the suture from binding the device mechanism. In another example, embodiments of the present invention provide surface modifications such as cut-outs to provide space for the suture to prevent the suture from binding the device mechanism.
- The various features described above will be discussed with reference to usage of the device as shown in
FIGS. 28a-28h . Certain features of the device related to suture management may be described with respect to one or more stages of a medical procedure (i.e. the same features may be discussed more than once, if they play a role at more than one stage of the procedure). - A
device 100 is disclosed for passing asuture 240 through a region of tissue.Device 100 comprises a deviceproximal portion 14 comprising ashaft 16 that is coupled to a device distal tip portion having adistal tip 12. Thedevice 100 further comprises asuture moving assembly 2822 housed within thedevice 100 for moving asuture 240 between the deviceproximal portion 14 and thedistal tip 12. Thesuture moving assembly 2822 comprises aneedle 116 within which astylet 2819 is positioned. Thestylet 2819 and theneedle 116 are housed within chamber orchannel 16B defined by theshaft 16. A suture 240 (comprising an enlarged portion such as a knot 250) is held at one end within theneedle 116, with theknot 250 being retained within the needle and thestylet 2819 being positioned proximal to theknot 250. - In some embodiments, the
device 100 described comprises a structure/feature to allow thesuture 240 to be routed in a manner limiting constraint of the suture. In one specific example, the feature for facilitating routing of thesuture 240 comprises a slot. Thesuture 240 is guided through aslot 2817 to the exterior of the needle and exists through assimilar slot 2817′ formed within theshaft 16 as shown inFIG. 28b . Theneedle slot 2817 and theshaft slot 2817′ are 90 degrees out of rotation with respect to each other as shown inFIGS. 28a and 28b . In other words, theneedle slot 2817 and theshaft slot 2817′ are radially offset from one another. The enlarged portion of thesuture 240, such as aknot 250 is unable to pass through theslot 2817 within the needle, thus maintaining the position of the enlarged portion of the suture within the needle lumen. Theslot 2817 within the needle may be positioned proximal and, for example, adjacent to, a distal end of theneedle 116. - In one example,
slots suture 240 towards the exterior of theshaft 16, so that thesuture 240 does not interfere with forward translation of thesuture moving assembly 2822 thus substantially minimizing damage to thesuture 240. Thus, in the specific embodiment shown, the risk ofsuture 240 getting frayed or chaffed is substantially reduced as the needle/stylet assembly is advanced distally to pass thesuture 240 through a segment of tissue (positioned within tissue receiving gap 2810) and into the suture holder. In some embodiments, theslot 2817 is provided with a blunt face, which may further minimize the risk of damage to suture 240 as it is routed through the slot. Furthermore, theslot 2817 also may help prevent damage to thesuture 240 by preventing thesuture 240 from being routed across a sharp end point of theneedle 116. Additionally, theslot 2817 minimizes damage to thesuture 240 resulting from pinching which prevents thedevice 100 from jamming or locking.Slot 2817′ of theshaft 16 works in conjunction with theneedle slot 2817 to perform a similar function including reducing the risk of device failure due to binding/locking of the device. In some embodiments as shown inFIG. 28a , the suture may be held in frictional contact between thestylet 319 andneedle 116. - In some embodiments, the
slot 2817 may offer additional advantages. In one specific example, since thesuture 240 is located in theslot 2817 behind a bevel end face of theneedle 116, theslot 2817 of the needle allows tension to be applied to thesuture 240 while enabling theknot 250 to remain within the needle (when it is pulled against the inner wall of the needle 116). In the absence of aslot 2817, thesuture 240 may exit theneedle 116 as tension is applied to thesuture 240. In other words, in the absence of theslot 2817, tension may cause thesuture 240 to be pulled out of theneedle 116. Thus, theneedle slot 2817 allows thesuture 240 to be maintained within theneedle slot 2817 such that the suture position remains substantially fixed relative to theneedle 116 when theneedle 116 is advanced towards the trap 2816 (i.e. during deployment). In such embodiments, the suture, while retained withinneedle 116, may or may not be substantially coupled directly thereto. This may additionally help minimize the risk ofsuture 240 getting damaged or interfering with the suture moving assembly (i.e. locking/binding the device mechanism) as it is advanced. - In some alternative embodiments, a slot is present only in the shaft and not in the needle or vice versa.
- In order to pass the
suture 240 through the tissue, thedevice 100 is positioned such that a first segment of tissue is received within the tissue receiving gap. The suture moving assembly 2822 (comprisingneedle 116,stylet 2819 andsuture 240 operably coupled thereto) is then translated distally, such that it passes through the first segment of tissue until theneedle 116 abuts a suture holder such as thetrap 2816, as illustrated inFIG. 28c . Thestylet 2819 is then advanced further to deposit thesuture knot 250 and thus suture 240 within thetrap 2816 as shown inFIG. 28d , whereas theneedle 116 cannot be advanced further due to interference by thetrap 2816. Thetrap 2816 may comprise features, as described previously, to capture thesuture 240. Thestylet 2819 is now positioned within thetrap 2816. - In one specific example, as shown in
FIGS. 28c and 28d , a gap or spacing 2834 is provided between the distal end face of the needle and the proximal end face of the trap for suture clearance. Thesuture 240 is routed through the gap or spacing 2834 substantially without being damaged or frayed. In other words, as thestylet 2819 is advanced, thesuture 240 is translating relative to theneedle 116 and thetrap 2816. By having a gap or spacing 2834 betweenneedle 116 andtrap 2816, thesuture 240 is substantially free to move. - In one specific example as shown, the gap or spacing 2834 is created by providing a mismatch between the distal end face of the
needle 116 and the proximal end face of thetrap 2816, as shown inFIGS. 28c and 28d . More specifically, the gap or spacing 2834 is created by providing diverging angles on the trap face and needle face. In one example, a chamfer is additionally provided on the trap edge. In one specific example, the gap or spacing 2834 is created by providing a relief cut-out 2830 r. The relief cut-out 2830 r provides a passage between thetrap 2816 and theneedle 116, and prevents thesuture 240 from getting frayed or chaffed due tosuture 240 being pinched between thetrap 2816 and theneedle 116 as shown inFIGS. 28d and 28f . Thus, the relief cut-out 2830 r helps minimize damage to thesuture 240. By minimizing the risk ofsuture 240 being pinched the relief cut-out may also prevent thedevice 100 from getting locked/jammed. - As shown in
FIGS. 28c and 28d , the gap or spacing 2834 formed between the distal end face of theneedle 116 and the proximal end face of thetrap 2816, provides sufficient clearance to preventsuture 240 from becoming pinched between theneedle 116 and thetrap 2816, which may help prevent chafing or fraying or severing of thesuture 240. - Additionally, the gap or spacing 2834 prevents jamming/locking of the device by preventing pinching of the
suture 240. In other words, in some embodiments, the gap or spacing 2834 allows for improved routing ofsuture 240 which may substantially reduce the risk of failure ofdevice 100. More specifically, the gap or spacing 2834 between theneedle 116 and thetrap 2816 may help prevent the suture moving assembly 2822 (which includes theneedle 116 and the stylet 2819) or any of the moving components withindevice 100 from binding or jamming due to thesuture 240 getting caught therebetween. - Furthermore, the suture moving assembly 2822 (or a part thereof) may also comprise features to substantially minimize damage to the
suture 240. In one specific example, as illustrated inFIGS. 28c-28d , thestylet 2819 has a reduced cross-section along a distal portion thereof (also discussed previously and shown inFIGS. 7a-7e ). When thestylet 2819 is positioned within thetrap 2816 to deposit thesuture 240 within thetrap 2816, a gap or spacing 2836 forms between the distal portion of thestylet 2819 having the reduced cross-section and an inner wall of thetrap 2816. In other words there is a clearance for thesuture 240 adjacent to thestylet 2819. In some embodiments, the gap orspace 2836 may be provided in the form of symmetric clearance as shown inFIG. 28d (ii) where thestylet 2819 has a reduced cross-section substantially along its outer periphery. In other embodiments, the gap or spacing 2836 may be provided in the form an asymmetric clearance as shown inFIG. 28d (i), where a portion of thestylet 2819 periphery has a reduced cross-section. - In operation, as the
stylet 2819 translates out of theneedle 116 and into thetrap 2816, thesuture 240 is advanced with it as theknot 250 is pushed by thestylet 2819. Having clearance or gap/spacing 2836 substantially adjacent to thestylet 2819 allows thesuture 240 to slide inside thetrap 2816 without pinching or binding and allows thestylet 2819 to deposit thesuture knot 250 within thetrap 2816 such that it is coupled thereto. In other words, the gap or spacing 2836 allows thesuture 240 to travel. Thus, the gap or spacing 2836 substantially prevents fraying of thesuture 240 as it is routed between thetrap 2816 and thestylet 2819 as thestylet 2819 is advanced. Furthermore, the gap or spacing 2836 also prevents the device from jamming by preventing the suture from being pinched or caught between thestylet 2819 and thetrap 2816. Thestylet 2819 is then withdrawn from thedistal tip 12 to theshaft 16. The clearance of gap/spacing 2836 may also aid withdrawal of thestylet 2819, by preventing damage to thesuture 240 and by preventing jamming of the device as thestylet 2819 is withdrawn. In one specific example, a minimal amount of clearance is provided between thetrap 2816 and the interior of thedistal tip 12, sufficient to provide the advantages described above while minimizing the risk ofsuture 240 being caught betweentrap 2816 and the interior ofdistal tip 12. - After, the stylet 3019 has been withdrawn from the
distal tip 12 to theshaft 16, thedevice 100 is re-positioned to passsuture 240 through a second segment of tissue. As shown inFIG. 28e , as thedevice 100 is rotated for example by 180 degrees, thesuture 240 is pulled towards the axis of rotation of the device, for example, along thelongitudinally extending neck 15 of thedevice 100. In some embodiments, as discussed previously, in order to prevent thesuture 240 from being caught and from chafing, a relief cut-out 2830 r (this feature is more clearly illustrated inFIG. 28e ) is provided within thetrap 2816 of the suture moving assembly 3022. In some embodiments, the relief cut-out 2830 r is provided at the location wheresuture 240 is pulled and positioned when leaving thedistal tip 12, thus substantially preventing thesuture 240 from being damaged. More specifically, in some embodiments, the relief cut-out 2830 r is provided within thetrap 2816 towards the rotational axis of thedevice 100, as shown inFIG. 28e . In other words, the relief cut-out 2830 r is provided within thetrap 2816 at a location facing or adjacent theneck 15, as shown in the drawings, and prevents thesuture 240 from being frayed or cut against a sharp corner or edge of thetrap 2816, as it is routed away from thedistal tip 12. In addition, cut-out 2830 r allows additional room for suture routing, thereby reducing the risk of the suture causing the device to jam or lock-up. - As shown in
FIG. 28f , thestylet 2819 having astylet tip 2820, is then re-advanced distally a second time, such that is passes through a second segment of tissue towards thedistal tip 12. On the second advancement of thestylet 2819, substantially all of thestylet tip 2820 passes through thetrap 2816 to couple thetrap 2816 thereto. The gap orspace 2836 between thestylet 2819 andtrap 2816, as well asgap 2834 between needle end face and trap 2816 (both gaps shown previously) may additionally help limit or prevent damage to thesuture 240 as thestylet 2819 is advanced. Thegap 2834 is further enhanced by the cut-out 2830 r, to ensure that thesuture 240 is not damaged or constrained as theneedle 116 and thestylet 2819 are advanced. As a result, the risk of thedevice 100 binding/jamming may be reduced. Additionally, in order to accommodate thestylet tip 2820 within thetrap 2816, the knot 250 (and thus suture 240) advances distally with thestylet tip 2820 as thestylet tip 2820 passes through thetrap 2816. The gap or space 2836 (shown and discussed above) allows theknot 250 and thesuture 240 to be advanced distally substantially without being pinched or bound. The gap orspace 2836 may also substantially prevent thesuture 240 from being damaged minimizing chafing or fraying ofsuture 240. - Additionally as shown in
FIG. 28f , a space or gap may be provided distal to thetrap 2816 within thedistal tip 12 in order to accommodate theknot 250. In one specific example, the space or gap may be provided in the form of achannel 2838, which is more readily visualized inFIG. 28g . Thechannel 2838 is provided between the suture moving assembly 2822 (i.e.trap 2816 of the suture moving assembly 2822) and a wall of thedistal tip 12 that defineschamber 12B. The channel is of a sufficient length to ensure that theknot 250 can advance a sufficient distance in front of thestylet 2819. In other words, thechannel 2838 allows theknot 250 to advance a distance substantially equal to the length of thestylet tip 2820. Thechannel 2838 may help prevent theknot 250 from falling to the side of thestylet 2819. Thechannel 2838 allowssuture 240 to be drawn distally through thetrap 2816, minimizing pinching of thesuture 240 by thestylet tip 2820 as it passes through thetrap 2816. This may help minimize risk of failure ofdevice 100. More specifically, the dimensions ofchannel 2838 may help prevent binding of the device mechanism as thestylet 2819,trap 2816 andsuture knot 250 are withdrawn back through the distal tip by avoidingsuture 240 getting caught there-between. The gap orspace 2836 between the stylet and trap 3106, as well asgap 2834 between needle end face andtrap 2816 may additionally help prevent damage to the suture as the stylet is withdrawn. Furthermore, the channel 2838 (specifically, the length thereof) also prevents thestylet 2819 from becoming inadvertently coupled to a distal face of the devicedistal tip 12. - Additional features may be provided within the
device 100 to further aid in minimizing damage to thesuture 240 as thetrap 2816 and thus sutureknot 250 are withdrawn using thestylet 2819 through the second segment of tissue towards theproximal portion 14. As shown inFIG. 28g , thesuture 240 bends at about 180 degrees around thetrap 2816 as the trap 2816 (and thus suture 240) is withdrawn through the second segment of tissue upon retraction of theneedle 116 and thestylet 2819. Thus thesuture 240 makes a sharp bend around the face of thetrap 2816. A relief or cut-out may be provided within thetrap 2816 such as cut-out 2830 r (as discussed previously). The cut-out 2830 r may provide a substantially blunt edge in order to minimize abrasion or cutting of thesuture 240 against a sharp edge of thetrap 2816. - Counter-Bore Formed within the Device Proximal Portion
- As the
trap 2816 is withdrawn intoshaft 16 of the proximal housing (as discussed previously), thesuture 240 may double back or fold onto itself. As discussed above, a gap or spacing 2830 p may be provided in the form of a counter-bore 2832, between the exterior of thetrap 2816 and interior of theshaft 16 to accommodate thesuture 240. Additionally, the counter-bore 2832 may also provide sufficient room/space to allow theknot 250 to be positioned adjacent the stylet and thetrap 2816. - More specifically, the
knot 250 may become positioned around thestylet tip 2820 and may become lodged against thetrap 2816, as thestylet 2819 is withdrawn. As the stylet is withdrawn, tension is applied to thesuture 240 to pull it through the tissue, which is resisted by theknot 250 as it in unable to go back (move proximally) through the trap 2816 (For example, between fingers of the trap 2816). Thus, being in tension but being unable to pass back through the trap, theknot 250 may become positioned beside thestylet 2819. As a result, a spacing or gap (such as counter-bore 2832) is provided within theshaft 16 to accommodate theknot 250 beside thestylet 2819, while the needle/trap/stylet are retracted out of thetissue receiving gap 2810. Thus, the counter-bore 2832 provides sufficient space to substantially prevent damage to suture 240 and may additionally prevent thedevice 100 from failing (e.g. due to binding of the mechanism due to thesuture 240 being pinched, for example between the trap and/or stylet and the interior of the shaft 16). - Thus, some embodiments of the present invention provide a means to substantially prevent the
device 100 from failing. More specifically, some embodiments of the present invention provide a means to preventsuture 240 from getting pinched between various components, in order to prevent the device mechanism from binding (or in other words in order to prevent the moveable components of the device from getting jammed). - Furthermore, in some embodiments the
device 100 comprises features to allowsuture 240 to be routed within the proximal portion orhousing 14 to prevent thesuture 240 from getting entangled or damaged. In one such embodiment, as discussed previously and shown inFIG. 22g , thesuture 240 comprises a first portion forming a post having a service loop, and longitudinally opposed second portion forming a locker. In one example, the service loop of the post and the locker may be relatively long and may stored within a handle of the deviceproximal portion 14, in order to minimize the risk ofsuture 240 tangling. However, the locker and post may be stored such that thesuture 240 can be deployed with relative ease during use. In a specific example of this embodiment, suture routing tubes are provided within the handle, and the first and second portions of thesuture 240 are individually routed through one of the tubes and housed therein. In alternate embodiments, thesuture 240 may be routed through a spool payout mechanism. In still other embodiments, the first and second portions of thesuture 240 may be guided through clips or separate channels within theproximal portion 14 to prevent the suture from getting entangled. - Alternative suture management features will now be discussed with reference to an alternative embodiment of a suture passing device. In this alternative embodiment, the device incorporates a ‘suture passing assembly’ 2922 which may, for example, include any of the following:
needle 116,stylet 2919, and/or asuture holder 2916, etc. In other words, in this alternative embodiment, there may or may not be a stylet, andsuture holder 2916 may be passed both ways through the tissue (i.e. proximally through the tissue and then back distally). - In one specific example, the elongate member may comprise a combination of the
stylet 2919 and theneedle 116. In another example, the elongate member forming thesuture moving assembly 2922 may comprise aneedle 116, without a stylet. In some embodiments, thesuture moving assembly 2922 may be operable to passsuture 240 betweenshaft 16 and the distal tip 12 (distally or proximally), to passsuture 240 through tissue. In other embodiments, thesuture moving assembly 2922 may be operable to pass asuture holder 2916, withsuture 240 coupled or secured thereto, between theshaft 16 and distal tip 12 (distally or proximally). In some embodiments, thesuture moving assembly 2922 may be operable tofirst draw suture 240 between thedistal tip 12 and theshaft 16 proximally through a first segment of tissue and then pass suture 240 (with or without a suture holder 2916) distally through a second segment of tissue. - As discussed above with respect to Example 1, the various features will be identified with reference to the movement of
suture 240 using the embodiment ofdevice 100 shown inFIG. 29 . - A Gap or Spacing Formed within the Proximal Shaft
- In one example, as shown in
FIG. 29a , adevice 100 is disclosed for passing asuture 240 through a region of tissue.Device 100 comprises a deviceproximal portion 14 comprising ashaft 16 that is coupled to a device distal tip portion having adistal tip 12. Thedevice 100 further comprises asuture moving assembly 2922 housed within thedevice 100 for moving asuture 240 between the deviceproximal portion 14 and thedistal tip 12. A part of thesuture moving assembly 2922 may be housed within the device proximal portion 14 (for example within a lumen orchamber 16B defined byshaft 16 of the proximal portion 14) and a part of thesuture moving assembly 2922 may at least partially be receivable within the distal tip 12 (for example within achamber 12B defined by the distal tip 12). Thesuture 240 may be operably coupled to one or more components of thesuture moving assembly 2922. In some embodiments of the present invention, thechamber 16B within the shaft 16 (of the device proximal portion 14) andchamber 12B within thedistal tip 12, each include a spacing or gap (formed between components ofsuture moving assembly 2922 and an inner wall of eithershaft 16 ordistal tip 12, respectively) to allow thesuture 240 to be passed substantially without being damaged. In some embodiments, the width ofchamber 16B may vary along the length of theshaft 16. Thus, whilechamber 16B inFIG. 29a is shown as referring to the narrower, proximal portion of the shaft lumen, it also refers to the wider, more distal portion of the shaft lumen as shown, for example, inFIG. 29 d. - In one embodiment, the
device 100 is positioned within tissue such that a first segment oftissue 201 is received within thetissue receiving gap 2910. As shown inFIG. 29b , when thesuture moving assembly 2922 is housed withinshaft 16, a (minimal) gap or spacing forms between an outer surface of thesuture moving assembly 2922 and an inner wall of theshaft 16. In the specific example shown, the gap or spacing is denoted byreference numeral 2930 p.Gap 2930 p may, in some embodiments, comprise a counter-bore or offset recess. - As shown in
FIG. 29b , the gap or spacing 2930 p betweensuture moving assembly 2922 andshaft 16, provides sufficient room to preventsuture 240 from getting pinched between the suture moving assembly 2922 (as it is advanced) and theshaft 16, for example by folding onto itself as shown inFIG. 29b , and thus may substantially prevent pinching of the suture which can lead to chafing, fraying or other damage to the suture. - Additionally, the gap or spacing 2930 p substantially prevents (or minimizes the risk of) jamming/locking of the device by preventing pinching of the suture. In other words, in some embodiments, the gap or spacing 2930 p allows for improved routing of
suture 240 which may substantially reduce the risk of failure ofdevice 100. More specifically, the gap or spacing 2930 p may help prevent thesuture moving assembly 2922 or any of the moving components withindevice 100 from binding or jamming due to thesuture 240. In other words, the gap or spacing 2930 p prevents the suture moving assembly 2922 from locking due to thesuture 240 getting caught between thesuture moving assembly 2922 and theshaft 16, thus interfering with its advancement. - A Gap or Spacing Formed within the Distal Tip
- Similar to the gap or spacing 2930 p present within
chamber 16B ofshaft 16 of theproximal housing 14,chamber 12B defined by thedistal tip 12 may also define a spacing or gap, denoted by 2930 d inFIG. 29c . Thesuture moving assembly 2922 is advanced distally to passsuture 240 through a segment of tissue, and advanced further towards thedistal tip 12, to couple thesuture 240 thereto. In the embodiments as shown inFIG. 29c , thesuture moving assembly 2922 is advanced until a portion of theassembly 2922 is received within the devicedistal tip 12. In one specific example, asuture holder 2916 of thesuture moving assembly 2922 is positioned withinchamber 12B of the distal housing. Agap 2930 d is formed between the outer diameter of thesuture holder 2916 and inner walls ofdistal tip 12 definingchamber 12B. Thegap 2930 d allows thesuture 240 to be routed so that it is not pinched or caught between a portion of thedistal tip 12 and thesuture moving assembly 2922. In some examples, the suture moving assembly is rotated to couple thesuture holder 2916 to thedistal tip 12, and an additional relief or gap may be provided which may allow thesuture holder 2916 to be coupled to thedistal tip 12 substantially without damaging thesuture 240. After thesuture holder 2916 has been deposited at the distal tip 12 (in those embodiments that function in this manner), thestylet 2919, or other elongate member, is then withdrawn proximally and received within theproximal portion 14. Thegap 2930 d may also help minimize damage to the suture as the elongate member is withdrawn proximally. It should be noted that the drawings are not drawn to scale and, as such,gap 2930 d may, in some embodiments, be sufficiently large so as to allow sufficient space for manipulation of the various components described herein while limiting/preventingsuture 240 from being constrained or damaged. For example, in some embodiments,gap 2930 d is suitably dimensioned so as to preventsuture 240 from being manoeuvred into position between components ofsuture moving assembly 2922 and the inner wall ofdistal tip 12. - In some embodiments,
device 100 may be repositioned as shown inFIG. 29d , so that a second segment oftissue 202 is received within thetissue receiving gap 2910. In one example,device 100 is rotated pullingsuture 240 towards the axis of rotation of the device. In the example shown, thesuture 240 is pulled towards theneck 15. In order to prevent thesuture 240 from getting caught and chafing a relief cut-out 2930 r may be provided. Therelief 2930 r may be formed within thedistal tip 12 adjacent the neck 15 (as shown). Alternatively, or in addition, a cut-out may be present within a part of thesuture moving assembly 2922, such as within thesuture holder 2916. The relief cut-out 2930 r prevents or limits thesuture 240 from being frayed or cut by a sharp corner or edge of thedistal tip 12 and/or a corner of the part of thesuture moving assembly 2922, such assuture holder 2916. - After the device 100 (with the
suture holder 2916 coupled to the distal tip 12) has been rotated along its axis to receive thesecond segment 202 of tissue within thetissue receiving gap 2910, components of thesuture moving assembly 2922 are re-advanced towards thedistal tip 12 to retrieve the suture. As these components enter thedistal tip 12 for the second time there may be risk of damage to the suture, such as fraying, or risk of the device being jammed/locked due to pinching ofsuture 240. The spacing orgap 2930 d within thedistal tip 12, as well as any cut-outs present, for example in the distal tip and/or the suture holder, may help minimize the risk of damage to thesuture 240 and/or failure ofdevice 100. - The
suture moving assembly 2922 is then withdrawn so that thesuture 240 is now drawn/passed from the devicedistal tip 12, through thesecond segment 202 of tissue, to the deviceproximal portion 14. The spacing orgap 2930 d (described earlier) as well as the relief cut-outs, such as cut-out 2930 r, may additionally help prevent damage to the suture and reduce the risk of thedevice 100 jamming as thesuture moving assembly 2922 is withdrawn proximally. - In other words,
gap 2930 d, as well as any relief cut-outs or other surface modifications, help mitigate the risk of suture damage and/or device failure both when the suture moving assembly enters the distal tip as well as when it is retracted along with the suture. - As the
suture moving assembly 2922 is pulled back intoshaft 16 of the proximal housing, spacing is provided to accommodate thesuture 240 beside thesuture moving assembly 2922. As described previously, a gap or spacing 2930 p is provided within theproximal shaft 16, which provides sufficient space to substantially minimize chafing or fraying of thesuture 240. In one specific example, thespacing 2930 p is in the form of a counter-bore 2932, as shown inFIG. 29e . The counter-bore 2032 provides sufficient room within theshaft 16 to prevent thesuture 240 from being pinched between a part of the suture moving assembly 2922 (as it is retracted) and theshaft 16. - In an alternative embodiment as shown in
FIG. 20A , adevice 100 is provided that is similar to the embodiments discussed above. Thedistal tip 12 has receivingchamber 12B for receiving and holding a suture holder such as atrap 2016 therein. Thedistal tip 12 comprises aslot 2040 axially disposed along an outer surface thereof.Slot 2040 is formed from two substantiallyrectangular slots slot 2040 b being positioned distal to slot 2040 a. The twoslots tabs 2040 c that extend into theslot 2040. In one example, thetabs 2040 c comprise a resilient material. - Similarly, the
trap 2016 also comprises aslot 2042 that is axially disposed along its outer surface, as shown inFIGS. 20B, 20C and 20D .Trap 2016 comprises a pair of inwardly directed tabs 2042 c that extend into theslot 2042. The tabs 2042 c can be formed from a resilient material and can deform when sufficient force is applied.Trap 2016 is held within thechamber 12B of thedistal tip 12 such thatslots slots tabs 2042 c, 2040 c are offset from each other. Tabs 2042 c of thetrap 2016 are positioned distal totabs 2040 c of thedistal tip 12 such that clearance is provided to pass/route asuture 240 through theslot 2042 and intoslot 2040 b. An alternative method of use of the device is described with respect to the embodiment shown inFIG. 20A and is described herein below. -
Device 100, in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention can be used to repair tissue defects. Thus, according to another aspect of the present invention there is provided a method of treating a defect in a tissue. The method is effected by passing a portion of a suture through a first region of the tissue positioned around the defect and coupling a suture portion to a suture holder. The suture holder is then retrieved through a second region of the tissue which is across the defect from the first region thereby forming a knotable loop. The loop can then be tied to close the defect. - Use of
device 100 in repairing a tissue defect is described in greater detail below with reference toFIGS. 2a-3d . The tissue defect repaired by the present device can be, for example, a tear in annulus fibrosus tissue or a defect formed in the annulus fibrosus as part of a discectomy procedure. Tissues that may be treated using embodiments of the present invention include, but are not limited to: annulus fibrosus tissue of an intervertebral disc, meniscal tissue of the knee, muscle tissue, ligaments, tendons or other tissues of the shoulder or other soft tissues within a patient's body, for example tissues that are amenable to arthroscopic treatment or are amenable to suturing. In one specific example of a method of treating a defect within the meniscus, the defect may non-limitingly include delamination or tears of the meniscus (as mentioned previously) and a method of the present invention may be useful to reverse the delamination, or secure/contain the tear. - Other applications of a method of the present invention may include treatment of a defect, such as a tear within a ligament, a defect within percutaneous tissue, or a defect within the outer surface of tissue such as skin. Still further examples of a method of the present invention may include use within surgical procedures or in vessel repair, shoulder or hip repair.
- For example, when treating a defect in the annulus fibrosus tissue of an intervertebral disc,
device 100 is inserted at the site of thedefect 300, as illustrated inFIG. 2a . In some embodiments, thedevice 100 is sized and configured to be usable through a surgical portal that may be placed at the treatment site as part of a discectomy or other surgical procedure. Thedevice 100 is inserted throughdefect 300 such thattissue 200 is received withintissue receiving gap 10.Distal tip 12 is inserted through the defect and positioned within substantially within the nucleus pulposus whileproximal portion 14 is positioned substantially outside the annulus fibrosus withneck portion 15 ofdevice 100 positioned through the defect. A suture passing member (e.g. stylet 319) is initially positioned withinproximal portion 14 on aproximal side 200 a oftissue 200 and asuture holder 316 coupled todistal tip 12 is positioned on a distal side of thetissue 200 b. In one example, tissue on a first side of thedefect 300, which may be referred to herein as a “first segment” 201 of tissue, is positioned within thetissue receiving gap 10, as illustrated inFIG. 2a . Activation of trigger 218 (shown inFIGS. 1a-b ) translatesstylet 319 from theproximal side 200 a to thedistal side 200 b through the tissue at tissue region or site P1. As is illustrated inFIG. 2b , a tissue puncturing member such asneedle 116 can be used to penetratetissue 200 at puncture site P1 prior to advancingstylet 319. Alternatively,needle 116 andstylet 319 can be advanced together.Needle 116 may create a desired first puncture through puncture site P1. The puncture is created through a first location within the first segment oftissue 201 at some distance from thedefect 300 on a first side of thedefect 300. - When
device 100 is positioned withintissue 200 as described above, it may be angled such that the amount of tissue betweendefect 300 and puncture site P1 (the ‘bite depth’) is maximized. This helps to maximize the distance (from defect 300) at which thesuture 240 is passed through the tissue, thereby reducing the likelihood ofsuture 240 tearing through the tissue when tension is applied tosuture 240. Such angling can also be used to passsuture 240 through tissues that are thicker or are better capable of holding the suture (such as more fibrous tissue for example) than tissues adjacent to defect 300. In some examples, thesuture 240 is passed through tissues that may be preferable, in that they are better able to retain or support thesuture 240. - Once the
knot 250 is retained bysuture holder 316 as shown inFIG. 2d ,stylet 319 is retracted, leaving theknot 250 coupled to thesuture holder 316 at the distal tip 12 (seeFIGS. 2e and 2f ).Device 100 can then be repositioned such that region P2 of tissue 200 (across defect 300) is positioned withintissue receiving gap 10. - As shown in
FIG. 2c ,needle 116 andstylet 319 can be advanced together following puncturing through P1 to abut and stop against a proximal face ofsuture holder 316, positioned atdistal tip 12. In one specific example, as mentioned above thesuture holder 316 includes atrap 416 with a bevel at its proximal end face and theneedle 116 may also be beveled at its distal end, to allow engagement with the beveled end face oftrap 416. In some examples, there may be a partial interaction between the beveled end face oftrap 416 and the beveled distal end ofneedle 116. In other words, the trap and the needle may meet only along a portion of their end faces. In one such embodiment, the partial interaction betweenneedle 116 andtrap 416 allows a channel or gap 334 to form there-between as shown inFIG. 3b . This allows for a portion ofsuture 240 to be passed through channel or gap 334 to help preventsuture 240 from being cut, frayed or severed. The interaction between theneedle 116 andtrap 416, in some embodiments, may be sufficient to prevent thesuture knot 250 from inadvertently escaping through the channel 334. In another example, there may be a complete end to end interaction between the beveled end face of the trap and the beveled distal end of theneedle 116. In other words trap 416 andneedle 116 may meet substantially along their entire end faces. - In one example,
stylet 319 advancing thesuture knot 250, is advanced distally throughsuture holder 316 such thatsuture knot 250 is coupled to, or engages, the suture retaining element ofsuture holder 316. The distal end ofstylet 319 pushes thesuture knot 250 intosuture holder 316, allowingsuture knot 250 to be positioned on the distal side oftissue 200.Suture holder 316 allows substantially one way travel of thesuture knot 250, i.e.suture holder 316 allows thesuture knot 250 to pass substantially distally through the suture holder 316 (for example through an opening at the distal end of the suture holder 316) while impeding or preventing theknot 250 from being retracted through the same opening once it is passed therethrough. - As illustrated and discussed in greater detail below, the
stylet 319 pushes theknot 250 through thesuture holder 316 such that it exits through an opening on the distal side of thesuture holder 316. A distal portion ofstylet 319 is received within thesuture holder 316 without being permanently coupled or secured thereto; in other words, the stylet is received in a manner whereby thestylet 319 is free to retract independently from thesuture holder 316. In a particular embodiment, thesuture holder 316 comprises a resilient material which allows movement of thestylet 319 intosuture holder 316 and allows theknot 250 to be pushed through thesuture holder 316 such that it is retained on the distal side of thesuture holder 316. - Once the
knot 250 is retained bysuture holder 316 as shown inFIG. 2d ,stylet 319 is retracted, leaving theknot 250 coupled to thesuture holder 316 at the distal tip 12 (seeFIGS. 2e and 2f ).Device 100 can then be repositioned such that region P2 of the second segment of tissue 202 (across defect 300) is positioned withintissue receiving gap 10. In one specific example, as shown inFIG. 3a , thedevice 100 is rotated about 180 degrees to position thedevice 100 at region P2 on the opposing side of thedefect 300. In some such embodiments, the device is rotated approximately 180 degrees prior to passing the suture through region P2.Device 100 can also be repositioned such that thesuture holder 316 is retracted through a second location through thefirst segment 201 of tissue on the same side of defect (P3). - In order to retrieve
suture holder 316, a suture holder retrieving element such asstylet 319 is then re-advanced through, for example, tissue site P2, along with a tissue puncturing element such asneedle 116 or following puncturing oftissue 200 byneedle 116. Onceneedle 116 is passed throughtissue 200, it abuts against a surface ofsuture holder 316 which impedes further advancement ofneedle 116 as shown inFIG. 3b .Stylet 319 is then advanced further throughsuture holder 316 and engagessuture holder 316, as illustrated inFIG. 3c .Suture holder 316 allows substantially one way travel of thestylet 319, relative to thesuture holder 316, thereby allowing thestylet 319 to travel distally throughsuture holder 316, while substantially limiting or preventing proximal movement ofstylet 319 there-through (once the stylet has been advanced beyond the portion of the suture holder configured to engage with the stylet).Stylet 319 is then retracted through the tissue site P2 (which is displaced acrossdefect 300 from P1), for example on thesecond side 202 of the defect, but beforestylet 319 is retracted, the suture holder is disengaged fromdistal tip 12 which allows it to be retracted along withstylet 319 as shown inFIG. 3d . The ends ofsuture 240 may be tied to allow for a substantially 360° suture loop to be placed arounddefect 300. In some examples,suture holder 316 is resilient and comprises a structure and/or material that provides both flexibility and elasticity, while having sufficient rigidity to allow thestylet 319 to remove thesuture holder 316 from thedistal tip 12 during retraction of thestylet 319. These properties of rigidity and flexibility may help prevent backward or proximal movement of thestylet 319 relative to thesuture holder 316 as noted above. - Thus, when the
stylet 319 is retracted through the tissue site P2, thesuture holder 316 is retracted along with thestylet 319. This allows thesuture knot 250 to be withdrawn proximally through tissue site P2 using thesuture holder 316. In one embodiment, as shown inFIG. 3d , the suture holder is drawn from the distal side of the tissue 200 (for example, the internal surface of the tissue), to the proximal side of the tissue 200 (for example, the external surface of the tissue). Thus, thesuture 240 has been passed through tissue sites P1 and P2 and across a region oftissue 200 or acrosstissue defect 300. - In some embodiments, the device may be rotated, for example by 90 degrees, prior to withdrawing the device from the tissue. In one particular example, if the
device 100 had previously been rotated in a clockwise direction prior to passingsuture 240 through the second segment of tissue, thedevice 100 may be rotated again approximately 90 degrees in a clockwise direction before withdrawing thedevice 100 from the tissue. Alternatively, if thedevice 100 had previously been rotated in a counter-clockwise direction prior to passingsuture 240 through the second segment of tissue, thedevice 100 may be rotated approximately 90 degrees in a counter-clockwise direction before withdrawing thedevice 100 from the tissue. In other words, thedevice 100 may be rotated by about 90 degrees in the same direction as it was previously rotated before withdrawing thedevice 100 from the tissue. This may help to ensure that a portion of the device does not catch or snag a portion ofsuture 240 as the device is withdrawn from the patient's body. In other embodiments,device 100 may be retracted without rotation, taking care not to snag or grab the suture while retracting. - A closure knot 252 may then be provided to approximate tissue flanking the
defect 300. In some examples, the closure knot 252 is provided as a pre-tied knot. In other examples, the closure knot 252 is formed by tying the ends ofsuture 240. The embodiments of a device and method described above may aid in approximation of a defect within the tissue and can be used for example to provide a suture loop that substantially completely encircles the defect. More specifically,defect 300 may then be treated by approximating thedefect 300 by securing the suture strands that have been passed through both regions P1 and P2, on the first and opposing sides of thedefect 300 using a closure knot. The closure knot may be formed during the procedure or may be in the form of a pre-tied knot that is tightened to approximate the tissue by bringing tissue on the first and second sides of the tissue together. - An overview of the specific embodiment of a method of the present invention, as described above, is illustrated in
FIGS. 8a and 8b .FIG. 8a shows steps involved in depositing a suture knot at the distal tip, in accordance with a method of the present invention, the steps being shown in order from top to bottom. Initially, the device in its starting position is positioned at a desired tissue location. The needle then penetrates through the tissue (with the stylet and suture being housed within the needle). Thereafter, the stylet advances and pushes suture knot through the trap. The stylet and needle then retract from tissue and suture end such as suture knot remains through the trap.FIG. 8b shows steps involved in retrieving the trap from the distal tip, the steps being shown in order from top to bottom. The surgeon then repositions the device for second needle stick. The needle penetrates tissue (the stylet being housed within needle). Then the stylet advances until its tip is captured by the trap. The retention wire is then retracted from the trap. The needle, trap, stylet and suture then retract from tissue. - In accordance with various embodiments of methods described herein above, one or more of the steps may be automated.
- Although one embodiment of a method is described herein above, which involves passing a portion of a suture through a tissue site on one side of the defect to couple the suture portion to a suture holder, and retrieving the suture holder through an opposing side of the defect, alternative embodiments for practicing the invention exist. Certain alternatives are described herein, but other alternatives are possible as well.
- In one alternate embodiment, the method of the present invention may comprise initially passing the suture holder (with a portion of a suture detachably coupled thereto) through a first tissue site on one side of the defect, and subsequently retrieving the suture portion through a second tissue site an opposing side of the defect, i.e. reversing the order described above.
- In another alternate embodiment, the method of the present invention may comprise retrieving a portion of a suture for example from a device distal tip placed on a distal side of the tissue, passing the suture through a first tissue site such that it is passed from a distal side of the tissue to the proximal side of the tissue, and capturing it within a suture holder (e.g. within the device proximal portion). The method may further comprise passing the suture holder through a second tissue site, such that it is passed from the proximal side of the tissue to the distal side of the tissue and coupling the suture holder to the device distal tip. In one example, this may allow for an internal knot to be placed within the tissue.
- In another alternate embodiment, the method of the present invention may comprise passing a portion of the a suture through a soft tissue on one side of the defect and coupling the suture portion to a suture holder comprising a suture anchor, whereby the suture anchor is then retrieved through an opposing side of the defect.
- Method of Dropping or Deploying a Suture Knot in Accordance with Various Embodiments of the Present Invention
- As described hereinabove, in some embodiments a
device 100 may be provided for deploying a partially or fully pre-tied knot with the device additionally comprising asuture retaining component 900 for retaining a portion of the suture as shown inFIGS. 21a-e . In some embodiments of the present invention as discussed earlier with respect toFIGS. 2 and 3 , thedevice 100 may be used to deploy a closure knot after the suture has been passed through for example, first and second segments of tissue on both sides of a defect, in order to re-approximate tissue on both sides of thedefect 300. In other words, a device may be used to deploy a knot to substantially re-approximate thedefect 300 by bringing together the first and second tissue segments around thedefect 300. The embodiments of a device and method described above may aid in approximation of a defect within the tissue and can be used for example to provide a 360 degree suture loop, i.e. a suture loop that substantially completely circumscribes the defect. - During use, the
device 100 is withdrawn proximally along withsegment 703 a of thepost 703 coupled thereto until thesuture 240 is taut, thus placing thesuture 240 in tension. Since the system is in tension, as the device 100 (and thussegment 703 a of the post 703) is pulled or retracted further, theloops 700 fall or release distally off thedevice 100 andsegment 703 a of thepost 703 is pulled proximally through theloops 700. In other words, theloops 700 are deployed or released oversegment 703 a of thepost 703. When the loops are positioned over thepost 703, they form a knot 720 (FIG. 21b ). As shown inFIG. 21b , the loops are deployed at a distance d from thetissue 200. The distance by which thedevice 100 is withdrawn proximally is substantially equivalent to the distance theloops 700 are displaced distally. More specifically, thesuture 240 is routed such thatsegment 703 a of thepost 703 extends from the distal end of thedevice 100 totissue 200, and the post passes throughtissue 200 withsegment 703 b extending proximally fromtissue 200 back towardsloops 700 to which it is integrally coupled. As a result, the proximally directed force applied tosegment 703 a of thepost 703 results in a distally directed force being applied tosegment 703 b of thepost 703 which translates to a distally directed force applied against theloops 700, thus pulling them off thedevice 100 and onto thepost 703. - The
device 100 is then retracted further while thesecond portion 702 of thesuture 240 forming thelocker 704 is held by the retaining ortensioning element 900. In other words, the retaining ortensioning element 900 provides resistance to movement by, for example, providing a frictional force Ff (not shown in the drawings) against thelocker 704, thus preventing thelocker 704 from slipping. As shown inFIG. 21c , as thedevice 100 is pulled/retracted, the device 100 (and thussegment 703 a of the post 703) is withdrawn proximally with respect to thetissue 200 while theloops 700 of theknot 720 substantially collapse or cinch around thepost 703. In some embodiments, theknot 720 is cinched substantially at distance d (not necessarily the same as the distance ‘d.’ inFIG. 21b above) from thetissue 200 in proximity to a distal end of thedevice 100. In some embodiments, the position of theknot 720 with respect totissue 200 remains unchanged as theknot 720 is being collapsed or cinched. Thus, in some embodiments, as described herein, allow the retaining ortensioning element 900 to retain or maintain tension on thesecond portion 702 of the suture strand 240 (such as a locker 704) while theknot 720 is being cinched or collapsed. - Thus, in some embodiments, the device includes a means (such as the retaining or tensioning element 900) for limiting/preventing motion of one portion of the
suture strand 240, such as asecond portion 702 of thesuture strand 240, relative to another portion of the suture strand, such as a part of thefirst portion 701 of the suture strand, during at least a part of the knot deployment procedure. For example, the device may limit motion of thesecond portion 702 relative to a part of thefirst portion 701 that is affixed to thedevice 100, while theknot 720 is collapsed. More specifically, the retaining ortensioning element 900 may limit movement of thelocker 704 relative to a part of thesegment 703 a of thepost 703 that is coupled to thedevice 100. In other words, the retaining ortensioning element 900 prevents motion of thesecond portion 702 of thesuture strand 240 relative to thedevice 100. In some embodiments, the means for limiting/preventing motion (such as the retaining element 900) may apply a frictional force and/or maintain tension on a portion of thesuture 240. Retainingsecond portion 702 within retainingelement 900 may also be understood to allow motion of parts ofsuture portion 701 relative to the retainedsuture portion 702. Put differently, ifsuture portion 702 would not be retained but would rather be free to move, then it would move at the same rate as other parts of the suture and there would therefore be no relative motion between those suture portions; limiting motion ofportion 702, however, allows other parts of the suture to move relative toportion 702. Thus, retainingsuture portion 702 within retainingelement 900 may function to either enable or prevent/limit relative motion between the suture portions, depending on which portions of suture are examined. - As the
knot 720 is cinched or collapsed, thedevice 100 is withdrawn or retracted further, relative totissue 200. As shown inFIG. 21d , when further collapsing theknot 720 requires a force that is greater than the force Ff applied by the tensioning or retainingelement 900 to thelocker 704, theknot 720 begins to translate or slide distally along the post 703 (thus allowing thedevice 100 to be withdrawn) and thelocker 704 is released from the tensioning or retainingelement 900. Some embodiments allow thelocker 704 to be automatically released or withdrawn from the retainingelement 900, for example when the knot is sliding, to avoid premature locking, excessive tightening or cinching of theknot 720. Releasing thelocker 704, allows thelocker 704 and the portion ofpost 703 affixed todevice 100 to move relative to one another. In some embodiments, as shown inFIG. 21e , thedevice 100 is withdrawn until theknot 720 slides to rest substantially adjacent/againsttissue 200. This allows, for example, thesuture 240 to place tension on the first andsecond segments tissue 200, in order to approximate thedefect 300. - Thus in one broad aspect, embodiments of the present invention comprise a device having one or more features for: a) retaining/restraining a portion of the suture strand while tension is applied to another portion of the suture strand to cinch the knot; and b) releasing the portion of suture strand prior to the knot being locked or excessively tightened or cinched. In some embodiments, the suture as a whole is still retained by the device at a different location along the suture length. In order words, the particular portion of suture that was retained by the retaining feature of the device may be released such that it is free to move, while other portions of the suture strand may remain coupled to/retained by the device. It should be understood that the term “release” (and its cognates) may comprise an active or passive act of releasing (or a combination of the two), allowing/enabling, for example, relative motion between two portions of the suture strand. Thus, “releasing the one portion of suture strand” may thereby allow the one portion of suture strand (for example, locker 704) to move relative to another portion of the suture strand (for example a part of
segment 703 a of thepost 703 that is coupled to the device 100). - Method of Deploying a Partially or Fully Pre-Tied Knot that is Indirectly Coupled the Device
- As discussed above with respect to
FIGS. 22a-f , a device may be provided to deploy a pre-tied knot after thesuture 240 has been passed through both first andsecond segments device 100 ofFIGS. 22a-f comprises a pre-tied knot in terms ofloops 700 that are indirectly coupled to thedevice shaft 16. Theloops 700 are disposed onto aknot slider 800 that is mounted on thedevice shaft 16. After suture has been passed through the first and second segments oftissue proximal housing 14, as shown inFIG. 22g . Thedevice 100 may then be withdrawn proximally and pulled away from the patient (the proximal direction is shown by arrow p). The suture within the service loop L is initially held by the force of friction Ff applied by the O-ring on the service loop L. The force Ff that is applied by the O-ring on the service loop L is less than the force required to decouple theknot slider 800 from theshaft 16. In the embodiment where theknot slider 800 is passively coupled to theshaft 16 as shown inFIG. 22k , the force Ff that is applied by the O-ring is less than the force of frictional engagement between the O-ring 910 and theshaft 16. As the device is pulled proximally thesuture portion 701 is placed in tension applying a force FA to the suture in the service loop L. Once the force FA exceeds the force Ff applied by the O-ring, the service loop L is pulled out of engagement with the O-ring. The service loop L slips out from between the O-ring 910 and theprojection 806, as shown inFIG. 22h . Thus, as thedevice 100 is drawn back the excess suture, i.e. the segment ofsuture portion 701 forming the service loop L is deployed or pulled out from theproximal housing 14. - As the
device 100 is withdrawn or retracted further, the excess suture from the service loop L is also consequently withdrawn. Once the excess suture has been withdrawn, the slack insuture portion 701 has been removed and thesuture portion 701 is placed in tension. As thedevice 100 is further retracted, thetaut suture portion 701 places tension on theloops 700 wrapped around theknot slider 800. In other words, as thesuture portion 701 is placed in tension, force is applied to theloops 700 formed around theknot slider 800, thus applying a force FB (not shown in the drawings) on theknot slider 800. Force FB is sufficient to disengage theknot slider 800 from theshaft 16 or any other part of theproximal portion 14 ordevice 100 to which it is detachably coupled. - Thus, when a sufficient force FB is applied on the
knot slider 800 as tension is placed on thesuture 240, theprojection 820 ofknot slider 800 will move out of engagement fromprojection 1402 of the device proximal portion. Theknot slider 800 is decoupled from the deviceproximal portion 14 and, as thedevice 100 is retracted/pulled, it slides distally along theshaft 16. Thetail hook 824 of the knot slider slides along the recess orgroove 1603 of theshaft 16 until it reaches the end of thegroove 1603. The tail hook abuts against or engages a portion of theshaft 16. As shown inFIG. 23a , theknot slider 800 is then positioned in its second configuration within thetissue receiving gap 10 ofdevice 100. Theknot slider 800 is positioned such that theflexible arm 818 is lined up with or adjacent thetissue receiving gap 10. - Thus, when the
device 100 is withdrawn proximally as discussed above, continued tension on thesuture 240 causes theflexible arm 818 to bend or deflect (from itsinitial position 818A which blocks the loops 700) inwardly into thetissue receiving gap 10 into itssecond position 818B to release theloops 700. The taper on thearm 818 may facilitate deployment ofloops 700. Additionally the downward taper on theknot slider 800 may also facilitate removal of theloops 700. When the arm moves into thegap 10, the tension applied by thesuture 240 to the top portion of theloops 700, allows deployment of theloops 700 off theknot slider 800. The tension on the top portion of theloops 700 will pull the top portion forward and since the bottom portion of the loops may already be distally ahead of the top portion, and positioned on a taper, theloops 700 may slip/slide off theknot slider 800 well with relative ease. - The remainder of the knot deployment method discussed herein below is in reference to the function of the retaining or
tensioning element 900 which in this particular example comprises the o-ring 910 discussed previously. With respect toFIGS. 21a-e and further illustrated inFIGS. 23a and 23b , in some embodiments,suture portion 701 forms apost 703 andsuture portion 702 forms alocker 704 withpost 703 comprisingsegments knot slider 800 is in its second or distal position, the device has been withdrawn such that suture portion 701 (703) is in tension. Thedevice 100 is then pulled further in a proximal direction, such that theloops 700 of the partially pre-tied knot are released as shown inFIG. 23 b. - In further detail, in some embodiments the
post 703 is routed such thatsegment 703 a of thepost 703 runs distally from the devicedistal tip 12 to thesecond segment 202 oftissue 200. Thepost 703 then passes through thesecond segment 202, along the opposite side/face of thetissue 200 and through thefirst segment 201 of thetissue 200.Post segment 703 b then runs proximally from thefirst segment 201 oftissue 200 to theloops 700. Thus, when the device 100 (and thussegment 703 a of the post 703) is retracted/pulled proximally while the locker 704 (of suture portion 702) is held by the O-ring 910,segment 703 b of thepost 703 exerts a “pulling” force on theloops 700 distally, allowing them to be deployed or released onto thepost 703 in proximity to the devicedistal tip 12. The positioning of theknot slider 800 within thetissue receiving gap 10 prevents theloops 700 from being released within thetissue receiving gap 10. This prevents the loops from being deployed ontoneck 15 of the device and collapsing or cinching thereon as they are tightened. Since theknot slider 800 is positioned within thetissue receiving gap 10, when the device is retracted/pulled, theloops 700 are deployed distally off theknot slider 800 onto thefirst portion 701 of thesuture 240 that is coupled to thedevice 100, i.e. thepost segment 703 a. Thus, theloops 700 are deployed distally onto thepost segment 703 a forming aknot 720 while tension is maintained on the locker by the O-ring 910. In one example, theloops 700 are deployed at a distance d from thetissue 200, as shown inFIG. 23 b. - With further proximal movement of the
device 100, the O-ring further functions to tension thesuture 240 to aid in collapsing theloops 700 of theknot 720. Asdevice 100 is retracted, asegment 703 a of thepost 703 is withdrawn proximally while tension is maintained on thelocker 704 by the O-ring 910. The proximal movement ofsegment 703 a of thepost 703, whilelocker 704 is retained, applies a force FC (not shown in the drawings) to suture 240 formingloops 700, causing theloops 700 to collapse from a first diameter to a second smaller diameter, thus collapsing theknot 720 around thepost 703. The force FC applied to the suture to collapse theknot 720 is less than the Ff applied by O-ring 910 to thelocker 704. Thus, the retaining or tensioning element such as the O-ring 910 retains and/or restrains a second portion 702 (forming the locker 704) of thesuture 240 while tension is applied to the first portion 701 (forming the post 703) of thesuture 240 to cinch or partially cinch theknot 720. - More specifically, the O-
ring 910 provides resistance against movement of thelocker 704, preventing thelocker 704 from moving which assists in collapsing theknot 720. In other words, the O-ring 910 applies a retention force such as a force of friction Ff against thelocker 704 while thepost 703 is tensioned. Theknot 720 collapses until the force to further collapse the knot is greater than the force/tension applied by the O-ring on thelocker 704. Theknot 720 is collapsed distal to thedevice 100 in proximity to the devicedistal tip 12, as shown inFIG. 23c . As thedevice 100 is pulled theknot 720 remains substantially stationary with respect totissue 200 with thedevice 100 moving proximally relative totissue 200. An increase in length of suture is observed proximal to theknot 720 between theknot 720 and the devicedistal tip 12 due to the decrease inlength 1 of theloops 700 as they collapse. The O-ring 910 places sufficient tension on thelocker 704 to allow theknot 720 to collapse, but the tension is less than the force required to lock theknot 720. - Once the
knot 720 has been collapsed, additional force is required to tighten or lock theknot 720. Thedevice 100 is further retracted proximally, thereby retracting/pullingpost segment 703 a and applying a force FC on theloops 700. When the force FC is greater than the force Ff applied by the O-ring 910 on thelocker 704, thelocker 704 is released and thecollapsed loops 700, and thusknot 720, slide distally along thepost 703 as shown inFIG. 23d . In other words, the applied suture tension is greater than the frictional force applied by the O-ring. This causes thelocker 704 to move distally relative to the O-ring 910 causing thelocker 704 to slide relative to the O-ring 910. Thus, the retaining or tensioning element such as the O-ring 910 releases the second portion 702 (forming the locker 704) prior to theknot 720 being locked or excessively tightened or cinched. More specifically, some embodiments allow for retaining thelocker 704 of thesuture 240 while the knot is being cinched while allowing thelocker 704 to be automatically released or withdrawn from the retaining or tensioning element, for example when the knot is sliding, to avoid premature locking, excessive tightening or cinching of theknot 720. In specific example, when theknot 720 begins to slide, thelocker 704 is no longer held in frictional contact with the O-ring 910 and may slip out completely from the O-ring. In other examples, thelocker 704 may be free to slide or translate distally relative to the O-ring 910 but is held by the O-ring 910 during the procedure. When the O-ring releases thelocker 704 it allows relative movement between thelocker 704 and the part ofsegment 703 a of thepost 703 that is coupled to thedevice 100. Theloops 700 continue to travel distally along thepost 703 until they are in proximity to thetissue 200, as shown inFIG. 23 e. - Additional force may be applied to the
locker 704 and/or thepost 703 in order to further tighten and/or lock theknot 720 for example in order to approximate thedefect 300. Furthermore, thelocker 704 and thepost 703 may be used to create additional knots in order to further secure theknot 720. In one specific example, the additional knots are half-hitches. In a particular embodiment, four half-hitches are created. In another example, the additional knot is an overhand knot or surgeon's knot. In one specific example, the additional knot is a double-overhand knot where either the post or the locker may be pulled to lock the knot. Alternatively both the post and the locker may be pulled simultaneously in order to lock the knot. In one specific example, theknot 720 is sliding locking knot. In one specific example theknot 720 is a Dines knot. - An alternative embodiment of a method of deploying a pre-tied knot as shown in
FIG. 24 . In operation, thedevice 100 is withdrawn to deploy theloops 700 distally off thedevice 100 at a distance fromtissue 200. Theloops 700 are displaced distally substantially by the same distance that the device 100 (and thussegment 703 a of the post) has travelled proximally. After theloops 700 have been deployed forming a knot such as aDines knot 720, thedevice 100 is pulled proximally, withdrawing thepost segment 703 a coupled thereto while thelocker 704 is retained by theresilient member 912. In some embodiments, as force is applied to thepost 703, theDines knot 720 collapses distal to thedevice 100 in proximity to the device at substantially the same distance from thetissue 200 at which theloops 700 have been deployed. TheDines knot 720 collapses until the force applied to thepost 703 to further collapse the knot is greater than the retention force applied byresilient member 912 on thelocker 704. At this point theknot 720 begins to slide towards the tissue and the loop Y of thelocker 704 slips out of engagement with theresilient member 912. Thus, although theresilient member 912 retains thelocker 704 while tension is being applied to thepost 703 to collapse or cinch theknot 720, it releases thelocker 704 as theknot 720 begins to slide, prior to the knot being locked or excessively tightened or cinched. Thedevice 100 continues to be pulled until theknot 720 slides to a position substantially adjacent the tissue. Theknot 720 may then be locked by applying a force to thelocker 704 and/or thepost 703. - In an alternate embodiment as described above with respect to the description of the device, the retaining or
tensioning element 900 for holding thesecond portion 702 of the suture such as thelocker 704, may includes two interlocking mechanical pieces. The first mechanical piece interacts with the second mechanical piece (i.e. the two pieces are co-operatively engaged with each other). Thesuture 240 is passed through tissue as discussed previously for embodiments described herein above. Thedevice 100 is then withdrawn proximally to deployloops 700 onto thepost 703 forming aknot 720. Thedevice 100 is further pulled proximally to collapse theknot 720 until such time that the force required to further collapse theknot 720 is greater than the holding force of the two mechanical pieces. Thus, similar to embodiments described above, the retaining ortensioning element 900 retains thesecond portion 702 of thesuture 240 while tension is applied to thefirst portion 701 of the suture to cinch theknot 720 but allows thesecond portion 702 to be released or withdrawn, for example automatically, when the knot is sliding to avoid premature locking or excessive tightening or cinching of theknot 720. An example of this comprises a first resilient member coupled to thelocker 704, the first resilient member being coupled to a second resilient member that is attached to the device body similar to the example shown inFIG. 24 . - Alternative Methods for Deploying the Loops of a Pre-Tied Knot are Described Further Herein Below with Respect to
FIGS. 25-27 . - In some embodiments as shown in
FIG. 25a , theloops 700 of a partially or fully pre-tied knot are formed onto a portion of theshaft 16. Theloops 700 are formed distal to a retaining ortensioning element 900 mounted on thedevice shaft 16. In one example, the retaining or tensioning element comprises an O-ring 910. As discussed previously herein above, thefirst portion 701 of thesuture 240 extending from theloops 700 forms thepost 703 with thepost comprising segments second portion 702, extending from theloops 700, forms thelocker 704. Similar to embodiments discussed previously, thedevice 100 is used to pass suture through thetissue 200. Thesuture 240 is passed through both first and second segments of tissue, 201, 202 and the device is then withdrawn proximally enabling theloops 700 of the partially pre-tied knot to be deployed or released over thepost 703 as shown inFIG. 25b , forming aknot 720 at a distance from thetissue 200. Since thepost 703 is connected to the device, extends distally, through the tissue and back proximally to theloops 700, aspost segment 703 a is retracted/pulled proximally,post segment 703 b is pulled distally and pullsloops 700 distally off the device to form theknot 720. The length of a portion of thesuture 240 forming theloops 700 is denoted as l. - As the device is withdrawn further,
post segment 703 a is pulled, tensioning thepost 703, while the retaining ortensioning element 900 in the form of the O-ring 910 restrainslocker 704. The O-ring frictionally engages thelocker 704 allowing the tension in thepost 703 to collapse theloops 700 and thusknot 720. More specifically, aspost segment 703 a is pulled proximally relative to thetissue 200, an increase in length is observed in each ofpost segment 703 a and thelocker 704. The increase in length is seen proximal to theknot 720 between theknot 720 and the devicedistal tip 12 and is substantially a result of the decrease in diameter orlength 1 of theloops 700. As shown inFIG. 25c , theextra suture 240 now seen in thepost segment 703 a andlocker 704, proximal to thecollapsed knot 720, is altogether substantially equal to the length of 1 of the suture originally formingloops 700 and is denoted by ½ for each of 703 a and 704. Thus, in summation, as thedevice 100 is pulled proximally, it collapses theloops 700, thus partially cinching the knot 720 (also shown inFIGS. 25d, 25e ). Theknot 720 is collapsed distal, and substantially adjacent, to the distal tip of thedevice 100. Theloops 700 continue to collapse until the O-ring 910 no longer resists movement of thelocker 704 - The mechanism involved in collapsing the knot is further described in
FIGS. 26a and 26b . As thedevice 100 is retracted, thepost segment 703 a is retracted along with it. The force with which thepost segment 703 a is retracted is denoted as Fv (not shown). The force that is applied by the O-ring to retain thelocker 704 is denoted as Ff. As thepost segment 703 a is retracted/pulled proximally, it results in a force Fv being applied on theknot 720 which is less than the force of friction Ff applied by the retaining ortensioning element 900 on thelocker 704. This allows thepost 703 to collapse theknot 720, as shown inFIG. 26a andFIG. 26b . As the knot is collapsed, greater and greater forces are required to tighten the knot, and eventually applied by thepost 703 is greater than Ff applied by the retaining ortensioning element 900. Thelocker 704 is then released from the retaining ortensioning element 900 andknot 720 slides distally along thepost 703. Thedevice 100 is retracted/pulled/withdrawn until theknot 720 slides to a position substantially adjacent the tissue. Thus, similar to embodiments described above, the retaining ortensioning element 900 retains thelocker 704 while tension is applied to thepost 703 to cinch theknot 720 but allows thelocker 704 to be released or withdrawn, for example automatically, when the knot is sliding to avoid premature locking or excessive tightening or cinching of theknot 720. As the knot is 720 is slid to a position adjacent thetissue 200, the tension in thesuture 240 allows the first andsecond segments knot 720 may be tightened by pulling thelocker 704 and/or thepost 703. Additional knots may be formed on top of theknot 720 in order to further secure theknot 720. - Similar to embodiments described above, another embodiment is shown in
FIG. 27a , whereloops 700 of the partial knot are positioned over or stored around a portion of thedevice 100, such as a component of theshaft 16 or a component mounted on theshaft 16, such as aslider 800′. The first and second portions of thesuture 240 extending from theloops 700 are routed under a retaining or tensioning element ortensioner 900 positioned on thedevice shaft 16, proximal to theloops 700 and may be stored within the deviceproximal portion 14 such as within the handle of thedevice 100. The first and second ends of thesuture 240 form thepost 703 andlocker 704 respectively with thepost 703 comprisingsegments device 100 may be used to pass suture through first andsecond segments tissue 200 around adefect 300, similar to embodiments discussed previously. Thedevice 100 is then retracted/pulled/withdrawn such that theloops 700 of the partial knot are positioned over/about the post, completing or forming theknot 720 as shown inFIG. 27b . In a particular example, the component onto whichloops 700 are mounted, such asslider 800′, slides until it is positioned at a distal end of the device, with theloops 700 now being positioned over thepost 703, forming theknot 720. Thedevice 100 is pulled further so that the loops are deployed off the distal end of thedevice 100 onto thepost 703 distal to thedevice 100. As described previously, when the device is withdrawn further, thepost segment 703 a is pulled, resulting inpost 703 applying a force on theknot 720 while the retaining ortensioning element 900 maintains tension or pulls on thelocker 704 to cinch knot. This allows cinching or collapsing of theknot 720, as shown inFIG. 27c . As the device is further retracted, the force applied by thepost 703 is eventually greater than the force Ff applied by the tensioning or retainingelement 900 on thelocker 704. Thelocker 704 is released and theknot 720 begins to slide down towards thetissue 200. Thus, similar to embodiments described above, the retaining ortensioning element 900 retains thelocker 704 while theknot 720 is being cinched while allowing thelocker 704 to be released or withdrawn from the retaining element when the knot is sliding to avoid premature locking or excessive tightening or cinching of theknot 720. The locker may be pulled fully through the tensioning or retaining element. As theknot 720 slides towards thetissue 200,suture 240 places tension on the first andsecond segments tissue 200, in order to approximate thedefect 300 as shown inFIG. 27d . In one particular example, asuture knot 250 that may be coupled to the suture (to assist in passing the suture) may remain in thedevice shaft 16 while thepost 703 is separated from the instrument. - Method of Use of
Device 100 with Respect to the Manual Needle Release Button and Manual Depth Selector as Described Herein Above - As described above, the stylet is advanced beyond the needle by various amounts during the course of a procedure. Various interlock and depth selection features (which allow the
stylet 319 to decouple from theneedle 116, to advance to various distances) can be embodied in various ways as described previously. The specific embodiment of the manual needle release button is described further in terms of the operation of the device. The details of the mechanism ofdevice 100 is described further with reference toFIG. 1a . Thetrigger 218 has a gearedportion 220 that co-operatively engages with agear rack 434 of thestylet hub 430 that is able to slide within thechamber 140 defined by the handle ofdevice 100. Thetrigger 218 is coupled to a biasing mechanism such as a spring biased mechanism. When thetrigger 218 is in a neutral position, the spring is held against the bias. As the trigger is actuated (also shown inFIG. 4a ), the gearedportion 220 of thetrigger 218 advances thegear rack 434 which further exerts a force against the spring bias. Thestylet hub 430 translates distally with thegear rack 434 causing the needle hub 130 (that is coupled to thestylet hub 430 bybutton 600 in itsinitial position 600A), to translate distally with respect to the handle chamber. Additionally,needle 116 is advanced with theneedle hub 130. - The needle functions as a tissue puncturing member and in one example, advancement of
needle 116 allowsneedle 116 to puncturetissue 200 at site P1. As mentioned previously, in the illustrated embodiment ofFIG. 2b , thestylet 319 is housed within theneedle 116 and is also passed through thetissue 200 at site P1. Thestylet 319 functions as a suture passing member and thesuture 240 having aknot 250 is passed through the tissue using thestylet 319. Thesuture knot 250 is positioned adjacent the stylet tip and is carried distally by the stylet tip as it is advanced. As theneedle 116 is advanced further it abuts against a proximal face of thesuture holder 316 at thedistal tip 12 and thetrigger 218 cannot be actuated further as shown byFIG. 2c . Theneedle release button 600 is then depressed (to position 600B, as shown inFIG. 4b ), allowing theneedle hub 130 to disengage from thestylet hub 430. This allows thetrigger 218 to be depressed further and thestylet hub 430 to translate distally with respect to theneedle hub 130. This allows thestylet hub 430 to be advanced distally such that thestylet 319 is received within thesuture holder 316 to deposit thesuture knot 250 therein. - With reference to
FIG. 2d ,stylet 319 is advanced distally, to a predetermined distance required to deposit thesuture knot 250, such that theknot 250 is coupled to thesuture holder 316. Thesuture holder 316 comprises a suture retaining component for retaining thesuture knot 250.FIGS. 4a-4g illustrate the operation ofdevice 100 with respect to selective advancement of thestylet 319 with respect to theneedle 116 to allow asuture 240 to be passed through a first segment oftissue 201. In accordance with a method of the present invention (discussed above) thedevice 100 is then repositioned to then allowsuture 240 to be passed through a second segment oftissue 202 as shown inFIGS. 3a-3d . Thetrigger 218 may be re-actuated to re-advance untilneedle 116 abuts the suture holder 316 (FIG. 3b ). Similar to the mechanism described above, theneedle release button 600 may be depressed again to position 600B to remove the obstruction frominterference block 601 to allow thestylet hub 430 to advance. Thestylet 319 is then advanced distally, further than the predetermined distance required to deposit thesuture knot 250, such that thestylet 319 is coupled to thesuture holder 316 to retract thesuture holder 316 with the stylet 319 (FIGS. 3c-3d ). Thus, as can be seen inFIGS. 2d and 3c , in this specific embodiment of the present invention, thestylet 319, upon a first actuation of the trigger, is initially advanced a certain distance to deposit the suture portion such asknot 250 through the suture holder 316 (FIG. 2d ). Further, upon a second actuation of the trigger (after repositioning the device on the other side of the defect), thestylet 319 is subsequently advanced a greater distance to capture the suture holder 316 (FIG. 3c ). In order to allow for varying the distance to which astylet 319 is advanced when thetrigger 218 is actuated, certain embodiments of the present invention provide a depth selection mechanism (depth selector) 500, as shown inFIGS. 5a, 5b and 6a -e. - The mechanism of the
device 100 is now described with reference to thedepth selector 500.FIGS. 5a-5e illustrate operation ofdevice 100 using the depth selector 500 (also referred to as the depth selection or adjustment mechanism) to advance thestylet 319 through a first region of tissue to deposit theknot 250 within thesuture holder 316 such that thestylet 319 functions as a suture passing member. AdditionallyFIGS. 6a-6h illustrate operation ofdevice 100 using thedepth selector 500 to advance thestylet 319 further to retrieve thesuture holder 316 through a second region oftissue 200, such that the stylet functions as a suture holder retrieving member. As mentioned with respect to an embodiment of a device of the present invention,FIGS. 5a and 5b illustrate thedepth selector 500 is in its first/initial or starting position or depth setting 500A and illustrate the starting and final (after trigger actuation) locations of the depth selection oradjustment mechanism 500 with respect to the handle housing. In accordance with the method, prior to actuation of thetrigger 218, the device may be position at adefect 300 as shown inFIGS. 2a-2d , to receive a first segment oftissue 201 thetissue receiving gap 10 so thatsuture 240 may be passed through tissue adjacent the puncture site P1. With reference now toFIG. 5d , thedepth selector 500 is initially its first position or initial depth setting 500A and is positioned such that the tab T is positioned adjacent the stylet hubproximal portion 432. Thus, the tab T is positioned distal to the stylet hubproximal portion 432. As the trigger is actuated to advanceneedle 116 andstylet 319, theneedle release button 600 is depressed as discussed above, Thebutton 600 moves from itsinitial position 600A to 600B (Not shown) to allow thestylet 319 to travel further thanneedle 116. At initial depth setting 500A, the tab T is positioned or contained between the distal surface of the stylet hubproximal portion 432 and theneedle hub 130, and prevents the stylet hubproximal portion 432 from being further advanced to be positioned flush with theneedle hub 130. Thus, travel of thestylet hub 430 distally within thehandle chamber 140 is limited due to the interference created by the tab T, resulting in the stylet hubproximal portion 432, being positioned at a distance Y2 (FIG. 5b ) from the distal end of thehandle chamber 140. This allows thestylet 319 to extend into the suture holder 316 (for example, trap 416) so that only the distal portion of the stylet and thus thesuture knot 250 is passed through thesuture holder 316, as shown inFIG. 2d . Thus, allowing thestylet 319 to function as a suture passing member. Thestylet 319 does not couple to sutureholder 316 and is free to travel back when thetrigger 218 is released. -
FIG. 5e illustrates the step described above with respect toFIGS. 2e and 2f , whereby thetrigger 218 is released, allowing thestylet 319 to retract while leaving thesuture knot 250 engaged with thetrap 416 at thedistal tip 12. After depositing thesuture knot 250 through tissue site P1, when thetrigger 218 is retracted it allows thestylet hub 430 to translate proximally, and further retraction of thetrigger 218 allows theneedle release button 600 to move back to its first ororiginal position 600A to re-engage theneedle hub 130 to thestylet hub 430, as shown inFIG. 5e . In further detail, as the trigger is released, thestylet hub 430 translates proximally andspring 605 returns to its uncompressed state allowing theneedle hub 130 to be spaced at its nominal distance with respect to the stylet hubproximal portion 432. In other words, inFIG. 5e , theneedle hub 130 and thestylet hub 430 both return to substantially the same position they occupied inFIG. 5c prior to trigger actuation). Previously, thebutton 600 had been kept in thedepressed position 600B by thestylet hub 430 pressing against it. As the stylet hub is retracted, it no longer presses on thebutton 600. Thestylet 319 may then re-engage theneedle 116 withbutton 600 moving to itsfirst position 600A (as thespring 603 in the spring loadedbutton 600 recoils back to its uncompressed state), and both the stylet andneedle 116 may then be automatically retracted together to their initial positions withinproximal portion 14. - In accordance with
FIG. 3a , thedevice 100 may be rotated and the position of thedevice 100 adjusted to allowsuture 240 to be drawn through a second segment of tissue on the other side of thedefect 300. For example, in order to substantially seal thedefect 300, thesuture 240 may be passed through tissue adjacent the puncture site P2. The depth selector may now be set to its second position or depth setting 500B as shown inFIG. 6a (also depicted inFIGS. 4c and 4e ). - With reference to
FIG. 6b , the trigger is actuated to allow thestylet 319 and theneedle 116 to be re-advanced from their initial positions such that theneedle 116 punctures tissue at puncture site P2 on the other side of the defect. As outlined previously, theneedle 116 is advanced until it abuts against thesuture holder 316 at thedistal tip 12. Theneedle release button 600 is then depressed, as shown inFIG. 6c , so that it moves from itsfirst position 600A to itssecond position 600B. This decouples thestylet 319 from theneedle 116, allowing the stylet to advance into thesuture holder 316 at the devicedistal tip 12 to engage thesuture holder 316, as shown inFIG. 6d and as described previously with reference toFIG. 3c . Thus, allowing thestylet 319 to function as a suture holder retrieving member. Actuation of thedepth selector 500 to its second depth setting 500B, as shown inFIG. 6a , allows thestylet 319 to advance to a second distal position (e.g. a second predetermined distal position) which is further distally, relative to the position described above with reference toFIGS. 2d and 5b and which allowsstylet 319 to engage or couple to sutureholder 316. - As shown in
FIG. 6e , thedepth selector 500 may be moved into its second position by applying a transversally directed force F against thedepth selector 500, thereby moving theprojection 501 of the depth selector into thesecond indentation 503 within the stylet hub, which allows the depth selector to remain in itssecond position 500B (until a counter force is applied to move it back to its first position). With reference now toFIG. 6e , when the depth setting 500B ofdepth selector 500 is in its second position the tab T of thedepth selector 500 is no longer located between the distal surface of the stylet hubproximal portion 432 andneedle hub 130. In this position, the depth selector tab T does not interfere with the advancement of thestylet hub 430 relative to theneedle hub 130. In other words, the tab T is located external to the travel path ofstylet hub 430. As thestylet hub 430 is advanced within thehandle chamber 140 relative to theneedle hub 130, the distance thestylet hub 430 travels distally is not limited by thedepth selector 500. In an alternative embodiment, during the second trigger actuation as thestylet 319 is advanced a second time, the distance thestylet hub 430 travels may also be limited by thedepth selector 500. This allows the stylet hubproximal portion 432 to be positioned flush against the proximal surface of theneedle hub 130, i.e. the stylet hubproximal portion 432 travels maximally with respect to theneedle hub 130 within thehandle chamber 140, as shown inFIG. 6f . Thus, as illustrated inFIG. 6g , using the second depth setting 500B results in the stylet hubproximal portion 432 being positioned at a closer distance Y1 from the distal end of thehandle chamber 140, compared to distance Y2 using the first depth setting 500A. This enables further advancement of the stylet which allows thestylet 319 to extend into the suture holder 316 (such as trap 416) so that it engages thesuture holder 316 as shown inFIG. 3 c. - With reference now to
FIG. 6h , when thetrigger 218 is released, the biasing mechanism coupled to trigger 218, such as the spring-biased mechanism, automatically urges thegear rack 434 of thestylet hub 430 to translate proximally within thehandle chamber 140. Thestylet 319 is then retracted when thetrigger 218 is released, allowing thesuture holder 316 to be retracted along with the stylet 319 (as previously discussed with respect toFIG. 3d ). - As noted above with respect to
FIG. 3d , thedistal tip 12 ofdevice 100 defines a receivingchamber 12B. The receivingchamber 12B receives thesuture holder 316 therein. Thesuture holder 316 comprises an engagement feature for releasably coupling thesuture holder 316 to thedistal tip 12. In one specific example of this, thesuture holder 316 is initially secured within the receiving chamber using awire 20 that engages thesuture holder 316. Thewire 20 may be attached to awire stop 18, shown inFIG. 6h . Thewire 20 may be removed by pulling thewire stop 18, to allow disengagement of thesuture holder 316 with the receivingchamber 12B. This allows retraction of thesuture holder 316, upon release of the trigger 218 (FIG. 6h ). - Method of Use of an Automatic Needle Release Button with an Automatic Depth Selector Having a Mechanism for Generating an Audible Feedback as Described Herein Above.
Automatic Depth Selector with a Mechanism for Generating an Audible Feedback - An alternative embodiment of the
depth selector 500′ is described with references toFIGS. 6m-6x that comprises an additional mechanism for generating audible feedback indicating when the translation of thestylet 319 to each of its respective first and second translation distances is complete. During the first actuation of the trigger, the stylet hubproximal portion 432 translates distally, allowing thedepth selector 500′ coupled thereto to translate distally. As shown inFIG. 6n , thelower arm 507 of thedepth selector 500′ is deflectable and flexes astab 510 rides up along anupper surface 1403 a of the control rib 1403 (which includes a taperedsection 1403 t). Thus, thelower arm 507 moves from its un-deflected position into its deflected position. Contrary to this, theupper arm 508 may not flex and remains in its initial position. In one example, theupper arm 508 is in contact with the stylet hubproximal portion 432 which limits the upward movement ofarm 508. - As the stylet hub
proximal portion 432 and thedepth selector 500′ are advanced further, thetab 510 on thelower arm 507 reaches the end of thecontrol rib 1403 just prior to thestop 509 contacting theneedle hub 130, as shown inFIG. 6o . As thetab 510 on thelower arm 507 advances past the end of thecontrol rib 1403, thearm 507 springs back to its un-deflected initial position as shown inFIG. 6p . As it deflects back to its initial position it collides withclick rib 1404, thus making a “click” sound. The “click” sound indicates that the translation of the suture passing element, such as thestylet 319 to its desired translation distance is complete. For example, the “click” may indicate that thestylet 319 has been advanced to a distance to allow the stylet to deposit a suture through a suture holder. As shown inFIG. 6q (in which the components are in positions similar to those shown inFIG. 6p ), thestop 509 on theupper arm 508 touches theneedle hub 130 and thus limits further forward or distal translation of the stylet hubproximal portion 432. As the trigger is released as shown inFIG. 6r , thestylet hub 430 retracts proximally towards its initial/starting position. As thedepth selector 500′ is retracted with thestylet hub 430,tab 510 of thelower arm 507 slides along and past the proximal end of theclick rib 1404, and is then guided along anupper surface 1405 a ofcontrol rib 1405. Thetab 510 of thelower arm 507 then engages with thecontrol rib 1403 pivoting thedepth selector 500′ downwards. Alower surface 1403 b of thecontrol rib 1403 along the taperedsection 1403 t may additionally guide/force thetab 510 of thelower arm 507 down, thus guiding/forcing thedepth selector 500′ to deflect or pivot into its second position. Once thestylet hub 430 has been fully retracted upon release of the trigger, as shown inFIG. 6s , thedepth selector 500′ is now in its second position and is ready for the second actuation of the trigger. Thedepth selector 500′ has been rotated downwards such that it will not contact theneedle hub 130, and will not impede/limit the movement of thestylet hub 430. - As the trigger is actuated again to advance the
stylet hub 430, thedepth selector 500′ remains in its second position as shown inFIG. 6t withtab 510 oflower arm 507 translated distally until it abuts against or engages thelower surface 1405 b of the guide orcontrol rib 1405. Astab 510 of thelower arm 507 rides down/along the a tapered portion of thelower surface 1405 b of thecontrol rib 1405, thelower arm 507 flexes, whereas theupper arm 508 cannot flex and remains in its position as shown inFIG. 6u . The position of theupper arm 508 is maintained by contact with thestylet hub 430. As thelower arm 507 flexes the upper andlower arms tab 510 of thelower arm 507 reaches the end of thecontrol rib 1405, thelower arm 507 springs back to its un-deflected position and collides with theclick rib 1406 making a “click” sound, as shown inFIG. 6v . The “click” sound indicates that the translation of the suture holder retrieving member, such as thestylet 319, to its desired translation distance, is complete. In such an embodiment, thearm 507 andrib 1406 may be understood to be components of a feature for providing an indication that the suture passing member has been advanced by a desired amount. For example, the “click” indicates that thestylet 319 has been advanced to a distance to allow it to engage with the suture holder, which will allow thestylet 318 to withdraw the suture holder along with it when it is retracted. As shown inFIG. 6v , during the second actuation of the trigger, thedepth selector 500′ does not contactneedle hub 130, allowing further translation of thestylet hub 430, which in turn allows the stylet to be advanced further for engaging with the suture holder. The translation of thestylet hub 430 is limited by awire puller 1801 also shown inFIG. 6v . The trigger is then released allowing thestylet hub 430 to retract, allowingdepth selector 500′ to retract therewith. As illustrated inFIGS. 6w and 6x , thedepth selector 500′ is guided bycontrol ribs - Method of Use of an Automatic Needle Release Button Along with the Depth Selector Described Presently Above.
- During the first actuation of the trigger, as the
stylet hub 430 translates distally, it allows theneedle hub 130 to translate distally to the position shown inFIG. 6n . Theramp 402′ of thestylet hub 430 engagesramp 602′ of thebutton 600′ that is coupled to theneedle hub 130 as shown inFIG. 6n (i), pushing theneedle hub 130 distally. Thehook 604′ of thebutton 600′ is now positioned past thetab 1408 as shown inFIG. 6n (ii). - As the trigger is actuated further, the needle coupled to the
needle hub 130 may encounter tissue resistance. In some embodiments, resistance may be observed as the needle abuts against the suture holder at the distal end of the device. This causes theramp 402′ on thestylet hub 430 to depress theramp 602′ on theneedle hub 130 as shown inFIG. 6o (i). Astab 1408 is no longer preventing thehook 604′ of theneedle release button 600′ from retracting, theneedle release button 600′ moves to its depressed orsecond position 600B′, illustrated inFIGS. 6o (i) and 6 o(ii). Thestylet hub 430 and theneedle hub 130 disengage from each other and are no longer operationally coupled. This allows thestylet hub 430 to advance relative to theneedle hub 130 as shown inFIGS. 6o, 6p and 6q while keeping theneedle release button 600′ in itsdepressed position 600B′. This is further illustrated inFIGS. 6q (i) and 6 q(ii) by the translation oframp 402′ of thestylet hub 430 past theneedle release button 600 and theneedle hub 130. In some embodiments, this may allow the stylet to be translated to deposit a suture within the suture holder at the distal tip of the device. The trigger is then released allowing thestylet hub 430 to retract or translate proximally. As shown inFIGS. 6r, 6r (i) and 6 r(ii), as thestylet hub 430 is retracted it no longer depresses theneedle release button 600′ allowing it to return to itsnominal position 600A. Theneedle hub 130 and thestylet hub 430 are coupled once again. As shown inFIGS. 6s, 6s (i) and 6 s(ii), thestylet hub 430 and theneedle hub 130 then translate further proximally. During this proximal translation,hook 604′ of theneedle release button 600′ rides belowtab 1408 of thehousing 14′ as shown inFIG. 65 (ii) and thebutton 600′ remains in itsnominal position 600A. - Upon second actuation of the trigger, the
stylet hub 430 is then re-advanced The interaction betweenramp 402′ of thestylet hub 430 and ramp 602′ of theneedle release button 600′ (that is coupled to the needle hub 130), allows or forces thestylet hub 430 and theneedle hub 130 to advance together.Hook 604′ of theneedle release button 600′ rides below thetab 1408 until it is advanced beyond thetab 1408. As shown inFIGS. 6t, 6t (i) and 6 t(ii), once thehook 604′ is positioned past thetab 1408, further actuation of the trigger causes thestylet hub 430 to depress theneedle release button 600′ into its second ordepressed position 600B′. In some embodiments, this is a result of the needle encountering resistance and not being able to advance. This causes theneedle hub 130 to be decoupled from thestylet hub 430, allowing thestylet hub 430 to advance relative to theneedle hub 130. As the trigger is actuated further, thestylet hub 430 advances further relative to theneedle hub 130, as shown previously inFIGS. 6u and 6v and is further illustrated inFIGS. 6v (i), and 6 v(ii). In one particular embodiment, thestylet hub 430 is advanced to allow the stylet to engage the suture holder at the distal tip to allow the suture holder to be retracted with the stylet. As the trigger is then released thestylet hub 430 and theneedle 130 retract together as a unit. Theneedle release button 600′ remains in itsdepressed position 600B′ and hook 604′ of theneedle release button 600′ rides above thetab 1408 as shown inFIG. 6w and further illustrated inFIGS. 6w (i) and 6 w(ii). When the trigger is fully released, thestylet hub 430 andneedle hub 130 have been retracted proximally as shown inFIG. 6x , and the stylet withdraws the suture holder proximally as it is retracted. Theneedle release button 600′ remains in its depressed orsecond position 600B′. - In some of the embodiments described above with respect to
FIGS. 6m-6x , the springs illustrated in the figures are shown in their uncompressed state but as would be known to one skilled in the art the springs will be compressed between the respective components. - In accordance with an alternative embodiment of the present invention, a method is disclosed for passing suture, the method comprising passing suture from the device proximal portion to the distal tip to be held therein, and capturing the suture using the suture holder while retrieving the suture holder from the distal tip. In operation, the
device 100 is positioned within a region of tissue having a defect. The device is positioned such that a first segment of tissue is positioned within atissue receiving gap 10 of thedevice 100. Thesuture 240 may be held within aneedle 116 for example within anotch 117 as shown inFIG. 20B , and theneedle 116 may then be advanced to pass thesuture 240 through the first segment of tissue. Astylet 319 may additionally be housed within the needle and may be used in conjunction with theneedle 116 to slide thesuture 240 into thetrap 2016. In one example, thestylet 319 may be advanced distally further than theneedle 116 to pass thesuture 240 through bothslot 2040 a of thedistal tip 12 and slot 2042 a of thetrap 2016, as shown in dashed outline inFIG. 20C . Thestylet 319 may then be translated further such that it pushes thesuture 240 through theresilient tab 2040 c of thedistal tip 12. Theneedle 116 and thestylet 319 may then be retracted. Thesuture 240 is held withinslot 2040 b within thedistal tip 12 andknot 250 rests against an outer surface of thedistal tip 12. The knot may be larger than the opening defined byslot 2040 b to help prevent thesuture 240 from disengaging from thedistal tip 12. Thesuture 240 is held between the two sets oftabs 2040 c and 2042 c as shown inFIG. 20C . Alternatively, theneedle 116 may be sized to be received within thetrap 2016 and may be used to push thesuture 240 throughtabs 2040 c intoslot 2040 b ofdistal tip 12, with thesuture 240 being routed through a notch within the needle. - The
device 100 may then be repositioned such that the second segment of tissue is received within thetissue receiving gap 10. Theneedle 116 and astylet 319 housed within theneedle 116 may both be advanced through the second segment of tissue. Theneedle 116 may be translated longitudinally until it abuts against thetrap 2016. Thestylet 319 may then advanced further through thetrap 2016 such that it engages thetrap 2016. Thesuture 240 at this point is held between the two sets oftabs 2040 c and 2042 c. Thesuture 240 is positioned distal totab 2040 c and proximal to tab 2042 c. Thestylet 319 is then retracted allowing thetrap 2016 to be pulled along with it. As thetrap 2016 is retracted, the movement of thetrap 2016 relative to thedistal tip 12 causes thesuture 240 to pass through the second set of tabs 2042 c and into theslot 2042 b of thetrap 2016. Thestylet 319 and thus the 2016 is retracted further thesuture 240 disengages or slips/squeezes through the first set oftabs 2040 c and moves intoslot 2040 a. Thus suture 240 is now held or captured withinslot 2042 b of thetrap 2016 and has been disengaged from thedistal tip 12, as shown inFIG. 20E . Thestylet 319,trap 2016 and thus suture 240 are then withdrawn further through the second segment of tissue. Thus, the suture 340 has been passed through both the first and second segment of tissue around the defect. The defect may be approximated by deploying a knot to tighten and tie the two ends of the suture. In other embodiments,slot 2040 of the device distal tip may not comprise a pair oftabs 2040 c. In one such embodiment thesuture 240 is passed from the device proximal portion to thedistal tip 12 through the first segment of tissue as described previously. Thesuture 240 is coupled to thedistal tip 12 by passingsuture 240 through the pair of tabs 2042 c of thetrap 2016 using thestylet 319, whereintrap 2016 is coupled to thedistal tip 12. Thetrap 2016 can then be disengaged from thedistal tip 12 and retracted using thestylet 319 to passsuture 240 through the second segment of tissue as previously described. - The embodiments of the invention described above are intended to be exemplary only. The scope of the invention is therefore intended to be limited solely by the scope of the appended claims.
- It is appreciated that certain features of the invention, which are, for clarity, described in the context of separate embodiments, may also be provided in combination in a single embodiment. Conversely, various features of the invention, which are, for brevity, described in the context of a single embodiment, may also be provided separately or in any suitable subcombination.
- Although the invention has been described in conjunction with specific embodiments thereof, it is evident that many alternatives, modifications and variations will be apparent to those skilled in the art. Accordingly, it is intended to embrace all such alternatives, modifications and variations that fall within the broad scope of the appended claims. All publications, patents and patent applications mentioned in this specification are herein incorporated in their entirety by reference into the specification, to the same extent as if each individual publication, patent or patent application was specifically and individually indicated to be incorporated herein by reference. In addition, citation or identification of any reference in this application shall not be construed as an admission that such reference is available as prior art to the present invention.
Claims (18)
1. A knot carrier for indirectly coupling a knot to a medical device, the knot carrier comprising:
a knot carrier body configured to slidably engage with a portion of a medical device; and
an obstructing member projecting from a proximal portion of the knot carrier body, the obstructing member having a first configuration for preventing a knot from being deployed from the knot carrier and a second configuration for allowing the knot to be deployed from the knot carrier.
2. The knot carrier of claim 1 , wherein the obstructing member is resilient and is biased in an inward direction.
3. The knot carrier of claim 1 , wherein the knot carrier body is tapered towards a distal end thereof for facilitating deployment of the knot from the knot carrier.
4. The knot carrier of claim 1 , further comprising a retaining element for providing resistance to movement of a segment of a suture strand secured by the retaining element.
5. The knot carrier of claim 4 , wherein the retaining element secures the segment of the suture strand via friction.
6. A suture passer for passing a suture through a region of tissue, comprising: a proximal portion for holding a portion of suture therein;
a distal tip coupled to the proximal portion and defining a tissue receiving gap there-between; a suture trap detachably coupled to the distal tip;
a reciprocally moveable suture passing member held within the proximal portion for translating the suture portion between the proximal portion and the suture trap; and
a trigger for causing reciprocal movement of the suture passing member;
wherein upon a first actuation of the trigger the suture passing member is configured to advance distally to a first predetermined position for placing the suture portion into engagement with the suture trap; and
wherein upon a second actuation of the trigger the suture passing member is configured to advance distally to a second predetermined position for engaging the suture trap,
further comprising the knot carrier of claim 1 .
7. A medical device for controlled deployment of a pre-tied knot, the medical device comprising:
a handle body;
an elongate member extending from the handle body;
a knot carrier comprising a knot carrier body configured to slidably engage with the elongate member and an obstructing member projecting from a proximal portion of the knot carrier body, the obstructing member having a first configuration for preventing a knot from being deployed from the knot carrier and a second configuration for allowing the knot to be deployed from the knot carrier.
and
a pre-tied knot disposed about the knot carrier.
8. A suture passer for passing a suture through a region of tissue, comprising: a proximal portion for holding a portion of suture therein;
a distal tip coupled to the proximal portion and defining a tissue receiving gap there-between; a suture trap detachably coupled to the distal tip;
a reciprocally moveable suture passing member held within the proximal portion for translating the suture portion between the proximal portion and the suture trap; and
a trigger for causing reciprocal movement of the suture passing member;
wherein upon a first actuation of the trigger the suture passing member is configured to advance distally to a first predetermined position for placing the suture portion into engagement with the suture trap; and
wherein upon a second actuation of the trigger the suture passing member is configured to advance distally to a second predetermined position for engaging the suture trap, further comprising a shaft at the proximal portion of the suture passer and a partially pre-tied knot disposed about the shaft.
9. The suture passer of claim 8 , wherein the partially pre-tied knot comprises a plurality of suture loops formed around a surface of the shaft.
10. The suture passer of claim 9 , wherein the partially pre-tied knot comprises a plurality of suture loops formed around a knot carrier, the knot carrier being slidably engaged with the shaft, the knot carrier comprising a knot carrier body and an obstructing member projecting from a proximal portion of the knot carrier body, the obstructing member having a first configuration for preventing a knot from being deployed from the knot carrier and a second configuration for allowing the knot to be deployed from the knot carrier.
11. The suture passer of claim 10 , further comprising a retaining element coupled, directly or indirectly, to the shaft, for providing resistance to movement of a segment of a suture strand secured by the retaining element.
12. The suture passer of claim 11 , wherein the retaining element limits motion of a suture strand segment relative to another portion of the suture strand during at least a part of a knot deployment procedure.
13. The suture passer of claim 11 , wherein the retaining element is located directly on the shaft.
14. The suture passer of claim 10 , wherein the obstructing member of the knot carrier is sized and configured to transition from the first configuration to the second configuration when the knot carrier is positioned about a tissue receiving gap defined by the suture passer, whereby the obstructing member bends inwardly towards the tissue receiving gap.
15. The suture passer of claim 11 , wherein the retaining element is configured to retain a suture strand segment against an application of tension on the suture strand segment and to release the suture strand segment when the tension on the suture strand segment exceeds a pre-determined amount.
16. The suture passer of claim 10 , wherein the knot carrier is coupled to the shaft via a releasable coupling.
17. The suture passer of claim 16 , further comprising a means for preventing the knot carrier from sliding along the shaft until a predetermined force is applied to the releasable coupling.
18. The use of a suture passer as claimed in claim 7 for treating a defect in an intervertebral disc.
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US17/847,350 US20220338863A1 (en) | 2011-08-18 | 2022-06-23 | Suture Passing Instrumentation and Methods of Use Thereof |
Applications Claiming Priority (11)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US201161524765P | 2011-08-18 | 2011-08-18 | |
US201161524766P | 2011-08-18 | 2011-08-18 | |
US201161561486P | 2011-11-18 | 2011-11-18 | |
US201261582464P | 2012-01-02 | 2012-01-02 | |
US201261586287P | 2012-01-13 | 2012-01-13 | |
US201261593843P | 2012-02-01 | 2012-02-01 | |
US201261597449P | 2012-02-10 | 2012-02-10 | |
PCT/IB2012/054204 WO2013024466A2 (en) | 2011-08-18 | 2012-08-17 | Suture passing instrumentation and methods of use thereof |
US201414238945A | 2014-02-14 | 2014-02-14 | |
US16/545,518 US11389156B2 (en) | 2011-08-18 | 2019-08-20 | Suture passing instrumentation and methods of use thereof |
US17/847,350 US20220338863A1 (en) | 2011-08-18 | 2022-06-23 | Suture Passing Instrumentation and Methods of Use Thereof |
Related Parent Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US16/545,518 Continuation US11389156B2 (en) | 2011-08-18 | 2019-08-20 | Suture passing instrumentation and methods of use thereof |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20220338863A1 true US20220338863A1 (en) | 2022-10-27 |
Family
ID=47713171
Family Applications (5)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US14/238,945 Active 2033-12-13 US10383620B2 (en) | 2011-08-18 | 2012-08-17 | Suture passing instrumentation and methods of use thereof |
US13/589,151 Active 2034-04-28 US9271724B2 (en) | 2011-08-18 | 2012-08-19 | Medical device having a position indicator |
US15/056,810 Active US9999418B2 (en) | 2011-08-18 | 2016-02-29 | Medical device having a position indicator |
US16/545,518 Active 2033-05-25 US11389156B2 (en) | 2011-08-18 | 2019-08-20 | Suture passing instrumentation and methods of use thereof |
US17/847,350 Pending US20220338863A1 (en) | 2011-08-18 | 2022-06-23 | Suture Passing Instrumentation and Methods of Use Thereof |
Family Applications Before (4)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US14/238,945 Active 2033-12-13 US10383620B2 (en) | 2011-08-18 | 2012-08-17 | Suture passing instrumentation and methods of use thereof |
US13/589,151 Active 2034-04-28 US9271724B2 (en) | 2011-08-18 | 2012-08-19 | Medical device having a position indicator |
US15/056,810 Active US9999418B2 (en) | 2011-08-18 | 2016-02-29 | Medical device having a position indicator |
US16/545,518 Active 2033-05-25 US11389156B2 (en) | 2011-08-18 | 2019-08-20 | Suture passing instrumentation and methods of use thereof |
Country Status (5)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (5) | US10383620B2 (en) |
EP (3) | EP2744422B1 (en) |
JP (3) | JP6174025B2 (en) |
CA (2) | CA3168314A1 (en) |
WO (1) | WO2013024466A2 (en) |
Families Citing this family (29)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2002102226A2 (en) | 2001-06-14 | 2002-12-27 | Suturtek Incorporated | Apparatus and method for surgical suturing with thread management |
US9775600B2 (en) | 2010-10-01 | 2017-10-03 | Endoevolution, Llc | Devices and methods for minimally invasive suturing |
US9198655B2 (en) | 2009-07-15 | 2015-12-01 | Pivot Medical, Inc. | Method and apparatus for treating a hip joint, including the provision and use of a novel suture passer |
US9357997B2 (en) * | 2011-07-08 | 2016-06-07 | Smith & Nephew, Inc. | Suture passer and method |
US9662105B2 (en) | 2011-07-08 | 2017-05-30 | Smith & Nephew, Inc. | Suture passer and method |
CN104039252B (en) * | 2011-07-08 | 2019-10-15 | 史密夫和内修有限公司 | Orthopaedic instrumentation |
EP2744422B1 (en) | 2011-08-18 | 2019-05-01 | Anchor Orthopedics XT Inc. | Bi-directional suture passer and kit |
WO2013165942A1 (en) | 2012-05-01 | 2013-11-07 | Brigham And Women's Hospital, Inc. | Suturing device for laparoscopic procedures |
USD746456S1 (en) * | 2013-03-13 | 2015-12-29 | Anchor Orthopedics Xt Inc. | Suture cutter |
WO2014141208A1 (en) * | 2013-03-15 | 2014-09-18 | Anchor Orthopedics Xt Inc. | Apparatus and methods for loading suture |
WO2014144200A1 (en) * | 2013-03-15 | 2014-09-18 | Smith & Nephew, Inc. | Surgical needle |
JP6661188B2 (en) * | 2014-08-14 | 2020-03-11 | 学校法人金沢工業大学 | Suture device |
US20160213237A1 (en) * | 2015-01-23 | 2016-07-28 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | Balloon catheter visualization systems, methods, and devices having pledgets |
EP3689275A1 (en) | 2015-06-25 | 2020-08-05 | Gyrus ACMI, Inc. D.B.A. Olympus Surgical Technologies America | Retraction force sensing basket |
EP3753498B1 (en) * | 2015-10-02 | 2023-12-06 | Harpoon Medical, Inc. | Distal anchor apparatus for mitral valve repair |
AU2016364969B2 (en) | 2015-12-04 | 2021-09-16 | Crossroads Extremity Systems, Llc | Devices for anchoring tissue |
KR101711305B1 (en) * | 2015-12-28 | 2017-03-06 | 한국기술교육대학교 산학협력단 | Suturing device |
CN109310284B (en) | 2016-04-19 | 2021-09-14 | 波士顿科学国际有限公司 | Liquid seepage balloon device |
WO2018119459A1 (en) | 2016-12-23 | 2018-06-28 | Brigham And Women's Hospital, Inc. | Systems and methods for suturing tissue |
US20180242967A1 (en) * | 2017-02-26 | 2018-08-30 | Endoevolution, Llc | Apparatus and method for minimally invasive suturing |
US10702263B2 (en) * | 2017-05-30 | 2020-07-07 | Suture Ease, Inc. | Biological tissue access and closure apparatus, systems and methods |
US11648003B2 (en) * | 2017-05-30 | 2023-05-16 | Suture Ease, Inc. | Biological tissue access and closure apparatus, systems and methods |
US11154294B2 (en) * | 2018-05-29 | 2021-10-26 | Suture Ease, Inc. | Biological tissue access and closure apparatus, systems and methods |
CA3129895A1 (en) * | 2017-06-30 | 2019-01-03 | Wright Medical Technology, Inc. | Soft tissue repair instruments and techniques |
WO2020071012A1 (en) | 2018-10-01 | 2020-04-09 | 株式会社カネカ | Medical-use bidirectional suture device |
CA3132510A1 (en) * | 2019-03-06 | 2020-09-10 | Speed Clip Solutions, LLC | Suture tensioning and securement device, system, and methods |
CN111466971B (en) * | 2020-04-15 | 2021-06-11 | 四川大学华西医院 | Stitching instrument for thoracoscopic minimally invasive surgery and control system |
US12042143B2 (en) * | 2021-02-25 | 2024-07-23 | Stryker Corporation | Devices and methods for passing and retrieving suture through tissue |
US20240215973A1 (en) * | 2022-12-29 | 2024-07-04 | Arthrex, Inc. | Suture Passer and Methods of Tissue Repair |
Family Cites Families (89)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US3630261A (en) * | 1968-02-27 | 1971-12-28 | Rex Chainbelt Inc | Frictional antirotation device |
GB8422863D0 (en) | 1984-09-11 | 1984-10-17 | Univ London | Sewing machine |
US5100418A (en) * | 1987-05-14 | 1992-03-31 | Inbae Yoon | Suture tie device system and applicator therefor |
US5080663A (en) | 1990-09-26 | 1992-01-14 | Univerity College London | Sewing device |
US5458609A (en) | 1992-09-04 | 1995-10-17 | Laurus Medical Corporation | Surgical needle and retainer system |
US5304184A (en) | 1992-10-19 | 1994-04-19 | Indiana University Foundation | Apparatus and method for positive closure of an internal tissue membrane opening |
US5417699A (en) | 1992-12-10 | 1995-05-23 | Perclose Incorporated | Device and method for the percutaneous suturing of a vascular puncture site |
US20020095164A1 (en) | 1997-06-26 | 2002-07-18 | Andreas Bernard H. | Device and method for suturing tissue |
US5336229A (en) | 1993-02-09 | 1994-08-09 | Laparomed Corporation | Dual ligating and dividing apparatus |
US5534027A (en) * | 1993-06-21 | 1996-07-09 | Zimmer, Inc. | Method for providing a barrier to the advancement of wear debris in an orthopaedic implant assembly |
US5454820A (en) | 1993-07-14 | 1995-10-03 | Ethicon, Inc. | Method of tying knots using a tube knot applicator |
US5507755A (en) | 1993-08-03 | 1996-04-16 | Origin Medsystems, Inc. | Apparatus and method for closing puncture wounds |
US5478344A (en) | 1993-10-08 | 1995-12-26 | United States Surgical Corporation | Surgical suturing apparatus with loading mechanism |
GB9405790D0 (en) * | 1994-03-23 | 1994-05-11 | Univ London | Sewing device |
US5665096A (en) | 1995-03-07 | 1997-09-09 | Yoon; Inbae | Needle driving apparatus and methods of suturing tissue |
US5697979A (en) * | 1995-05-19 | 1997-12-16 | Pignataro; Anthony S. | Method and apparatus for securing a hair prosthesis to the human head |
JP3327073B2 (en) * | 1995-10-04 | 2002-09-24 | 富士写真光機株式会社 | Ligation device |
US6095149A (en) | 1996-08-13 | 2000-08-01 | Oratec Interventions, Inc. | Method for treating intervertebral disc degeneration |
US5816258A (en) * | 1996-06-13 | 1998-10-06 | General Surgical Innovations, Inc. | Bladder neck suspension method |
US5810848A (en) | 1996-08-21 | 1998-09-22 | Hayhurst; John O. | Suturing system |
US6139556A (en) | 1997-10-29 | 2000-10-31 | X-Site, L.L.C. | Device and method for suturing blood vessels and the like |
US6530933B1 (en) | 1998-12-31 | 2003-03-11 | Teresa T. Yeung | Methods and devices for fastening bulging or herniated intervertebral discs |
US6245107B1 (en) | 1999-05-28 | 2001-06-12 | Bret A. Ferree | Methods and apparatus for treating disc herniation |
US6371990B1 (en) | 1999-10-08 | 2002-04-16 | Bret A. Ferree | Annulus fibrosis augmentation methods and apparatus |
US6152934A (en) | 1999-06-14 | 2000-11-28 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Surgical knot tying instrument |
US7744613B2 (en) | 1999-06-25 | 2010-06-29 | Usgi Medical, Inc. | Apparatus and methods for forming and securing gastrointestinal tissue folds |
AU6059200A (en) | 1999-07-02 | 2001-01-22 | Quickpass, Inc. | Suturing device |
WO2002054978A2 (en) | 1999-08-18 | 2002-07-18 | Intrinsic Orthopedics Inc | Devices and method for nucleus pulposus augmentation and retention |
US6425919B1 (en) | 1999-08-18 | 2002-07-30 | Intrinsic Orthopedics, Inc. | Devices and methods of vertebral disc augmentation |
US6508839B1 (en) | 1999-08-18 | 2003-01-21 | Intrinsic Orthopedics, Inc. | Devices and methods of vertebral disc augmentation |
US7998213B2 (en) | 1999-08-18 | 2011-08-16 | Intrinsic Therapeutics, Inc. | Intervertebral disc herniation repair |
US7220281B2 (en) | 1999-08-18 | 2007-05-22 | Intrinsic Therapeutics, Inc. | Implant for reinforcing and annulus fibrosis |
US7052516B2 (en) | 1999-10-20 | 2006-05-30 | Anulex Technologies, Inc. | Spinal disc annulus reconstruction method and deformable spinal disc annulus stent |
US7615076B2 (en) | 1999-10-20 | 2009-11-10 | Anulex Technologies, Inc. | Method and apparatus for the treatment of the intervertebral disc annulus |
US7004970B2 (en) | 1999-10-20 | 2006-02-28 | Anulex Technologies, Inc. | Methods and devices for spinal disc annulus reconstruction and repair |
US6592625B2 (en) | 1999-10-20 | 2003-07-15 | Anulex Technologies, Inc. | Spinal disc annulus reconstruction method and spinal disc annulus stent |
US8128698B2 (en) | 1999-10-20 | 2012-03-06 | Anulex Technologies, Inc. | Method and apparatus for the treatment of the intervertebral disc annulus |
US6641592B1 (en) | 1999-11-19 | 2003-11-04 | Lsi Solutions, Inc. | System for wound closure |
US6402750B1 (en) | 2000-04-04 | 2002-06-11 | Spinlabs, Llc | Devices and methods for the treatment of spinal disorders |
US6579291B1 (en) | 2000-10-10 | 2003-06-17 | Spinalabs, Llc | Devices and methods for the treatment of spinal disorders |
US6805695B2 (en) | 2000-04-04 | 2004-10-19 | Spinalabs, Llc | Devices and methods for annular repair of intervertebral discs |
US6551330B1 (en) * | 2000-09-21 | 2003-04-22 | Opus Medical, Inc. | Linear suturing apparatus and methods |
US6533796B1 (en) | 2000-10-11 | 2003-03-18 | Lsi Solutions, Inc. | Loader for surgical suturing instrument |
JP3921681B2 (en) * | 2001-10-01 | 2007-05-30 | ニプロ株式会社 | Intracardiac suture device |
US20120053599A1 (en) | 2001-10-22 | 2012-03-01 | Oleg Shikhman | Suturing, crimping and cutting device |
US8142448B2 (en) * | 2001-11-26 | 2012-03-27 | Olympus Corporation | Endoscopic instruments for suturing tissues in a body cavity |
US6719765B2 (en) | 2001-12-03 | 2004-04-13 | Bonutti 2003 Trust-A | Magnetic suturing system and method |
JP3890589B2 (en) * | 2002-04-15 | 2007-03-07 | ニプロ株式会社 | Intracardiac suture device |
US7122039B2 (en) | 2002-05-01 | 2006-10-17 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | Tying knots |
US6755804B2 (en) * | 2002-05-02 | 2004-06-29 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Needle holder for use with safety needle assembly |
US7585305B2 (en) | 2002-05-15 | 2009-09-08 | Arthrex, Inc. | Suture passing instrument |
US6770084B1 (en) | 2002-06-26 | 2004-08-03 | Opus Medical, Inc. | Suture capture device |
US7455675B2 (en) | 2002-11-06 | 2008-11-25 | Angiodynamics, Inc. | Device and method for withdrawing a tubular body part |
US7833237B2 (en) | 2003-02-04 | 2010-11-16 | Lsi Solutions, Inc. | Instrument for assisting in the remote placement of tied surgical knots and trimming of suture away from the knot and method of use |
AU2004270202A1 (en) * | 2003-09-04 | 2005-03-17 | Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. | Method for the correction of spinal deformities using rod-plates anterior system |
US7211093B2 (en) * | 2004-01-14 | 2007-05-01 | Lsi Solutions, Inc. | Sew-right running stitch instrument |
US7390332B2 (en) | 2004-02-24 | 2008-06-24 | Depuy Mitek, Inc. | Methods and devices for repairing tissue |
JP4212494B2 (en) | 2004-03-02 | 2009-01-21 | 日本シャーウッド株式会社 | Medical suture tool |
US8172857B2 (en) * | 2004-08-27 | 2012-05-08 | Davol, Inc. | Endoscopic tissue apposition device and method of use |
US7976555B2 (en) | 2008-07-17 | 2011-07-12 | Endoevolution, Llc | Apparatus and method for minimally invasive suturing |
US8303604B2 (en) * | 2004-11-05 | 2012-11-06 | Biomet Sports Medicine, Llc | Soft tissue repair device and method |
GB2422784A (en) * | 2005-02-07 | 2006-08-09 | Caretek Medical Ltd | Disposable assembly comprising a needle or stylet |
US7632313B2 (en) | 2005-04-29 | 2009-12-15 | Jmea Corporation | Disc repair system |
WO2007019016A1 (en) | 2005-08-08 | 2007-02-15 | Abbott Laboratories | Vascular suturing device |
WO2007025302A2 (en) | 2005-08-26 | 2007-03-01 | G-Surge Medical Solutions, Inc. | Suturing apparatus and methods |
US7396055B2 (en) * | 2005-10-31 | 2008-07-08 | Arneson Christopher L | Security strike plate |
US20070250118A1 (en) * | 2006-04-20 | 2007-10-25 | Masini Michael A | Compression tissue repair apparatus and methods |
US7731727B2 (en) | 2006-04-26 | 2010-06-08 | Lsi Solutions, Inc. | Medical instrument to place a pursestring suture, open a hole and pass a guidewire |
US8157793B2 (en) * | 2006-10-25 | 2012-04-17 | Terumo Kabushiki Kaisha | Manipulator for medical use |
US20110130773A1 (en) * | 2007-07-03 | 2011-06-02 | Saliman Justin D | Methods for continuous suture passing |
US20110029000A1 (en) | 2007-10-26 | 2011-02-03 | Blue Surgical Ltd. | In vivo suture assemblies |
EP2211725A4 (en) | 2007-11-05 | 2015-04-01 | Ceterix Orthopedics Inc | Suture passing instrument and method |
CA2726567A1 (en) | 2008-06-06 | 2009-12-10 | Synthes Usa, Llc | Suture based tissue repair |
WO2010036227A1 (en) * | 2008-09-29 | 2010-04-01 | C R . Bard, Inc . | Endoscopic suturing device |
US8163022B2 (en) | 2008-10-14 | 2012-04-24 | Anulex Technologies, Inc. | Method and apparatus for the treatment of the intervertebral disc annulus |
WO2010083110A1 (en) | 2009-01-16 | 2010-07-22 | Rhaphis Medical, Inc. | Surgical suturing latch |
JP2012515636A (en) * | 2009-01-26 | 2012-07-12 | ジンテス ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフツング | Bi-directional suture threader |
US8397971B2 (en) | 2009-02-05 | 2013-03-19 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Sterilizable surgical instrument |
WO2010105046A1 (en) | 2009-03-11 | 2010-09-16 | Synthes Usa, Llc | Threadable knot soft tissue defect repair system |
CA2758888A1 (en) | 2009-04-17 | 2010-10-21 | Cook Medical Technologies Llc | Suture anchor loading device |
EP2606830B1 (en) * | 2009-04-28 | 2014-05-28 | Synthes GmbH | Bi-directional suture passer |
EP2424442A4 (en) | 2009-05-01 | 2015-05-20 | Cayenne Medical Inc | Meniscal repair systems and methods |
WO2011008607A1 (en) | 2009-07-15 | 2011-01-20 | Pivot Medical, Inc. | Method and apparatus for treating a hip joint, including the provision and use of a novel suture passer |
DK200970073A (en) * | 2009-07-22 | 2011-01-23 | Coloplast As | Suturing system and assembly |
US20110046642A1 (en) | 2009-08-21 | 2011-02-24 | Coloplast A/S | Suture assembly and system |
CA2796091A1 (en) | 2010-05-06 | 2011-11-10 | Synthes Usa, Llc | Soft tissue defect device and associated method |
AU2012201645B2 (en) | 2011-04-29 | 2015-04-16 | Covidien Lp | Surgical stapling apparatus |
US8540736B2 (en) | 2011-06-10 | 2013-09-24 | Coloplast A/S | Spool configured to retain suture for a suture system |
EP2744422B1 (en) | 2011-08-18 | 2019-05-01 | Anchor Orthopedics XT Inc. | Bi-directional suture passer and kit |
-
2012
- 2012-08-17 EP EP12823308.7A patent/EP2744422B1/en not_active Not-in-force
- 2012-08-17 CA CA3168314A patent/CA3168314A1/en active Pending
- 2012-08-17 WO PCT/IB2012/054204 patent/WO2013024466A2/en active Application Filing
- 2012-08-17 US US14/238,945 patent/US10383620B2/en active Active
- 2012-08-17 EP EP19164774.2A patent/EP3560434B1/en not_active Not-in-force
- 2012-08-17 JP JP2014525558A patent/JP6174025B2/en active Active
- 2012-08-17 CA CA2856346A patent/CA2856346C/en active Active
- 2012-08-17 EP EP21160090.3A patent/EP3868308A3/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2012-08-19 US US13/589,151 patent/US9271724B2/en active Active
-
2016
- 2016-02-29 US US15/056,810 patent/US9999418B2/en active Active
-
2017
- 2017-07-05 JP JP2017131658A patent/JP6633027B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
-
2019
- 2019-03-11 JP JP2019043758A patent/JP6845273B2/en active Active
- 2019-08-20 US US16/545,518 patent/US11389156B2/en active Active
-
2022
- 2022-06-23 US US17/847,350 patent/US20220338863A1/en active Pending
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
JP2014528768A (en) | 2014-10-30 |
JP6633027B2 (en) | 2020-01-22 |
JP6174025B2 (en) | 2017-08-02 |
EP3868308A2 (en) | 2021-08-25 |
EP2744422B1 (en) | 2019-05-01 |
EP3560434A1 (en) | 2019-10-30 |
US20130046319A1 (en) | 2013-02-21 |
US20140180313A1 (en) | 2014-06-26 |
JP6845273B2 (en) | 2021-03-17 |
US11389156B2 (en) | 2022-07-19 |
JP2017196473A (en) | 2017-11-02 |
CA2856346C (en) | 2022-08-30 |
CA2856346A1 (en) | 2013-02-21 |
US20190365379A1 (en) | 2019-12-05 |
EP2744422A2 (en) | 2014-06-25 |
US9271724B2 (en) | 2016-03-01 |
US20160249907A1 (en) | 2016-09-01 |
EP3868308A3 (en) | 2021-09-15 |
CA3168314A1 (en) | 2013-02-21 |
US10383620B2 (en) | 2019-08-20 |
JP2019134926A (en) | 2019-08-15 |
EP2744422A4 (en) | 2015-07-08 |
EP3560434B1 (en) | 2021-03-03 |
WO2013024466A2 (en) | 2013-02-21 |
US9999418B2 (en) | 2018-06-19 |
WO2013024466A3 (en) | 2013-06-06 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US11389156B2 (en) | Suture passing instrumentation and methods of use thereof | |
US11766253B2 (en) | Automatically reloading suture passer devices and methods | |
US9936942B2 (en) | Laparoscopic suture device with release mechanism | |
US10398432B2 (en) | Laparoscopic suture device with autoloading and suture capture | |
EP2214566B1 (en) | Suturing assembly | |
US20240173026A1 (en) | Automatically Reloading Suture Passer Devices That Prevent Entanglement | |
IL256888A (en) | Laparoscopic suture device with release mechanism | |
US9867609B2 (en) | Laparoscopic suture device with stripper plate | |
EP2709536B1 (en) | Suture locking device | |
US10327761B2 (en) | Suture delivery device for suturing tissue | |
US20240252164A1 (en) | Hip capsule closure | |
EP3373824B1 (en) | Laparoscopic suture device with stripper plate | |
EP1977698B1 (en) | Loading device for indwelling implement | |
US20240032911A1 (en) | Automatically reloading suture passer devices and methods |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION |
|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: ANCHOR ORTHOPEDICS XT INC., CANADA Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:HARRISON, ROBERT;GODARA, NEIL;ARNETT, JEFFERY;AND OTHERS;SIGNING DATES FROM 20220607 TO 20220616;REEL/FRAME:060564/0865 |
|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: BMC-DORIAN HOLDINGS INC., CANADA Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:ANCHOR ORTHOPEDICS XT INC.;REEL/FRAME:066586/0231 Effective date: 20231219 |